ML12244A081

Final Safety Analysis Report (Fsar), Amendment 109 - Section 9, Auxiliary Systems, Page 9-I Through 9.3-160

ML12244A081
Person / Time
Site:	Watts Bar
Issue date:	08/23/2012
From:	Tennessee Valley Authority
To:	Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
Download: ML12244A081 (444)

Text

WATTS BAR TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Page 9.0 AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.1 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING 9.1-1 9.1.1 NEW FUEL STORAGE 9.1-1 9.1.1.1 DESIGN BASES 9.1-1 9.1.1.2 FACILITIES DESCRIPTION 9.1-1 9.1.1.3 SAFETY EVALUATION 9.1-1 9.1.2 SPENT FUEL STORAGE 9.1-2 9.1.2.1 DESIGN BASES 9.1-2 9.1.2.2 FACILITIES DESCRIPTION 9.1-2 9.1.2.3 SAFETY EVALUATION 9.1-3 9.1.2.4 MATERIALS 9.1-4 9.1.3 SPENT FUEL POOL COOLING AND CLEANUP SYSTEM (SFPCCS) 9.1-4 9.1.3.1 DESIGN BASES 9.1-4 9.1.3.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 9.1-5 9.1.3.3 SAFETY EVALUATION 9.1-8 9.1.3.4 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 9.1-11 9.1.3.5 INSTRUMENT APPLICATION 9.1-11 9.1.4 FUEL HANDLING SYSTEM 9.1-12 9.1.4.1 DESIGN BASES 9.1-12 9.1.4.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 9.1-13 9.1.4.3 DESIGN EVALUATION 9.1-20 9.1.4.4 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 9.1-26 9.2 WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-1 9.2.1 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER (ERCW) 9.2-1 9.2.1.1 DESIGN BASES 9.2-1 9.2.1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 9.2-1 9.2.1.3 SAFETY EVALUATION 9.2-4 9.2.1.4 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 9.2-8 9.2.1.5 INSTRUMENT APPLICATIONS 9.2-8 9.2.1.6 CORROSION, ORGANIC FOULING, AND ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION 9.2-10 9.2.1.7 DESIGN CODES 9.2-12 Table of Contents 9-i

WATTS BAR TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Page 9.2.2 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM (CCS) 9.2-12 9.2.2.1 DESIGN BASES 9.2-12 9.2.2.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 9.2-13 9.2.2.3 COMPONENTS 9.2-16 9.2.2.4 SAFETY EVALUATION 9.2-19 9.2.2.5 LEAKAGE PROVISIONS 9.2-20 9.2.2.6 INCIDENTAL CONTROL 9.2-21 9.2.2.7 INSTRUMENT APPLICATIONS 9.2-21 9.2.2.8 MALFUNCTION ANALYSIS 9.2-23 9.2.2.9 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS - HISTORICAL INFORMATION 9.2-23 9.2.2.10 CODES AND CLASSIFICATION 9.2-24 9.2.3 DEMINERALIZED WATER MAKEUP SYSTEM 9.2-24 9.2.3.1 DESIGN BASES 9.2-24 9.2.3.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 9.2-24 9.2.3.3 SAFETY EVALUATION 9.2-25 9.2.3.4 TEST AND INSPECTION 9.2-25 9.2.3.5 INSTRUMENTATION APPLICATIONS 9.2-25 9.2.4 POTABLE AND SANITARY WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-26 9.2.4.1 POTABLE WATER SYSTEM 9.2-26 9.2.4.2 SANITARY WATER SYSTEM 9.2-27 9.2.5 ULTIMATE HEAT SINK 9.2-30 9.2.5.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 9.2-30 9.2.5.2 DESIGN BASES 9.2-30 9.2.5.3 SAFETY EVALUATION 9.2-31 9.2.5.4 INSTRUMENTATION APPLICATION 9.2-33 9.2.6 CONDENSATE STORAGE FACILITIES 9.2-33 9.2.6.1 DESIGN BASES 9.2-33 9.2.6.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 9.2-33 9.2.6.3 SAFETY EVALUATION 9.2-34 9.2.6.4 TEST AND INSPECTIONS 9.2-35 9.2.6.5 INSTRUMENT APPLICATIONS 9.2-35 9.2.7 REFUELING WATER STORAGE TANK 9.2-35 9.2.7.1 ECCS PUMPS NET POSITIVE SUCTION HEAD (NPSH) 9.2-37 9.2.8 RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-39 9-ii Table of Contents

WATTS BAR TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Page 9.2.8.1 DESIGN BASES 9.2-39 9.2.8.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 9.2-39 9.2.8.3 SAFETY EVALUATION 9.2-42 9.2.8.4 TESTS AND INSPECTION 9.2-42 9.3 PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-1 9.3.1 COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM 9.3-1 9.3.1.1 DESIGN BASIS 9.3-1 9.3.1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 9.3-1 9.3.1.3 SAFETY EVALUATION 9.3-2 9.3.1.4 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 9.3-5 9.3.1.5 INSTRUMENTATION APPLICATIONS 9.3-5 9.3.2 PROCESS SAMPLING SYSTEM 9.3-5 9.3.2.1 DESIGN BASIS 9.3-5 9.3.2.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 9.3-5 9.3.2.3 SAFETY EVALUATION 9.3-8 9.3.2.4 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 9.3-8 9.3.2.5 INSTRUMENTATION APPLICATIONS 9.3-8 9.3.2.6 POSTACCIDENT SAMPLING SUBSYSTEM - (UNIT 1 ONLY) 9.3-8 9.3.3 EQUIPMENT AND FLOOR DRAINAGE SYSTEM 9.3-12 9.3.3.1 DESIGN BASES 9.3-12 9.3.3.2 SYSTEM DESIGN 9.3-12 9.3.3.3 DRAINS - REACTOR BUILDING 9.3-15 9.3.3.4 DESIGN EVALUATION 9.3-15 9.3.3.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 9.3-15 9.3.3.6 INSTRUMENTATION APPLICATION 9.3-15 9.3.3.7 DRAIN LIST 9.3-15 9.3.4 CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM 9.3-16 9.3.4.1 DESIGN BASES 9.3-16 9.3.4.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 9.3-17 9.3.4.3 SAFETY EVALUATION 9.3-36 9.3.4.4 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 9.3-38 9.3.4.5 INSTRUMENTATION APPLICATION 9.3-39 9.3.5 FAILED FUEL DETECTION SYSTEM 9.3-39 9.3.6 AUXILIARY CHARGING SYSTEM 9.3-39 Table of Contents 9-iii

WATTS BAR TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Page 9.3.6.1 DESIGN BASES 9.3-39 9.3.6.2 SYSTEM DESIGN DESCRIPTION 9.3-40 9.3.6.3 DESIGN EVALUATION 9.3-41 9.3.6.4 TESTS AND INSPECTION 9.3-41 9.3.6.5 INSTRUMENT APPLICATION 9.3-41 9.3.7 BORON RECYCLE SYSTEM 9.3-42 9.3.8 HEAT TRACING 9.3-42 9.4 AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING, COOLING, AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS 9.4-1 9.4.1 CONTROL ROOM AREA VENTILATION SYSTEM 9.4-1 9.4.1.1 DESIGN BASES 9.4-1 9.4.1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 9.4-3 9.4.1.3 SAFETY EVALUATION 9.4-7 9.4.1.4 TESTS AND INSPECTION 9.4-8 9.4.2 FUEL HANDLING AREA VENTILATION SYSTEM 9.4-9 9.4.2.1 DESIGN BASES 9.4-9 9.4.2.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 9.4-10 9.4.2.3 SAFETY EVALUATION 9.4-11 9.4.2.4 INSPECTION AND TESTING 9.4-12 9.4.3 AUXILIARY BUILDING AND RADWASTE AREA VENTILATION SYSTEM 9.4-12 9.4.3.1 DESIGN BASES 9.4-12 9.4.3.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 9.4-13 9.4.3.3 SAFETY EVALUATION 9.4-18 9.4.3.4 INSPECTION AND TESTING REQUIREMENTS 9.4-23 9.4.4 TURBINE BUILDING AREA VENTILATION SYSTEM 9.4-23 9.4.4.1 DESIGN BASES 9.4-23 9.4.4.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 9.4-23 9.4.4.3 SAFETY EVALUATION 9.4-26 9.4.4.4 INSPECTION AND TESTING REQUIREMENTS 9.4-26 9.4.5 ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURE VENTILATION SYSTEMS 9.4-26 9.4.5.1 ERCW INTAKE PUMPING STATION (IPS) 9.4-26 9.4.5.2 DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDINGS 9.4-28 9.4.5.3 AUXILIARY BUILDING ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURES (ESF) EQUIPMENT COOLERS 9.4-33 9-iv Table of Contents

WATTS BAR TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Page 9.4.6 REACTOR BUILDING PURGE VENTILATING SYSTEM (RBPVS) 9.4-37 9.4.6.1 DESIGN BASES 9.4-37 9.4.6.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 9.4-40 9.4.6.3 SAFETY EVALUATION 9.4-41 9.4.6.4 INSPECTION AND TESTING REQUIREMENTS 9.4-43 9.4.7 CONTAINMENT AIR COOLING SYSTEM 9.4-43 9.4.7.1 DESIGN BASES 9.4-43 9.4.7.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 9.4-44 9.4.7.3 SAFETY EVALUATION 9.4-47 9.4.7.4 TEST AND INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS 9.4-47 9.4.8 CONDENSATE DEMINERALIZER WASTE EVAPORATOR BUILDING ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM 9.4-48 9.4.9 POSTACCIDENT SAMPLING FACILITY (PASF) ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (UNIT 1 ONLY) 9.4-48 9.5 OTHER AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.5-1 9.5.1 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM 9.5-1 9.5.1.1 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 87 9.5-1 9.5.1.2 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 87 9.5-1 9.5.1.3 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 87 9.5-1 9.5.1.4 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 87 9.5-1 9.5.1.5 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 87 9.5-1 9.5.2 PLANT COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM 9.5-1 9.5.2.1 DESIGN BASES 9.5-1 9.5.2.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION INTRAPLANT COMMUNICATIONS 9.5-1 9.5.2.3 GENERAL DESCRIPTION INTERPLANT SYSTEM 9.5-4 9.5.2.4 EVALUATION 9.5-5 9.5.2.5 INSPECTION AND TESTS 9.5-7 9.5.3 LIGHTING SYSTEMS 9.5-8 9.5.3.1 DESIGN BASES 9.5-8 9.5.

3.2 DESCRIPTION

OF THE PLANT LIGHTING SYSTEM 9.5-8 9.5.3.3 DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING LIGHTING SYSTEM 9.5-9 9.5.3.4 SAFETY RELATED FUNCTIONS OF THE LIGHTING SYSTEMS 9.5-10 9.5.3.5 INSPECTION AND TESTING REQUIREMENTS 9.5-10 Table of Contents 9-v

WATTS BAR TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Page 9.5.4 DIESEL GENERATOR FUEL OIL STORAGE AND TRANSFER SYSTEM 9.5-10 9.5.4.1 DESIGN BASIS 9.5-10 9.5.4.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 9.5-11 9.5.4.3 SAFETY EVALUATION 9.5-14 9.5.4.4 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 9.5-15 9.5.5 DIESEL GENERATOR COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.5-15 9.5.5.1 DESIGN BASES 9.5-15 9.5.5.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 9.5-15 9.5.5.3 SAFETY EVALUATION 9.5-16 9.5.5.4 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 9.5-16 9.5.6 DIESEL GENERATOR STARTING SYSTEM 9.5-17 9.5.6.1 DESIGN BASES 9.5-17 9.5.6.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 9.5-17 9.5.6.3 SAFETY EVALUATION 9.5-18 9.5.6.4 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 9.5-18 9.5.7 DIESEL ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM 9.5-18 9.5.7.1 DESIGN BASES 9.5-18 9.5.7.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 9.5-19 9.5.7.3 SAFETY EVALUATION 9.5-20 9.5.7.4 TEST AND INSPECTIONS 9.5-21 9.5.8 DIESEL GENERATOR COMBUSTION AIR INTAKE AND EXHAUST SYSTEM 9.5-21 9.5.8.1 DESIGN BASES 9.5-21 9.5.8.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS 9.5-21 9.5.8.3 SAFETY EVALUATION 9.5-22 9.5.8.4 TESTS AND INSPECTION 9.5-22 9-vi Table of Contents

WATTS BAR LIST OF TABLES Section Title TABLE 9.1-1 SPENT FUEL POOL COOLING AND CLEANUP SYSTEM DESIGN PARAMETERS TABLE 9.1-2 SPENT FUEL POOL COOLING AND CLEANUP SYSTEM DESIG N AND OPERATING PARAMETERS TABLE 9.1-3 BASIS FOR DESIGN CRITERIA OF THE WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT SPENT FUEL RACKS TABLE 9.2-1 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM PUMP DESIGN DATA TABLE 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS TABLE 9.2-3 AVAILABLE NPSH DURING ECCS OPERATION TABLE 9.2-4 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 66 TABLE 9.2-5 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 66 TABLE 9.2-6 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 66 TABLE 9.2-7 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 66 TABLE 9.2-8 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM COMPONENT DESIGN DATA TABLE 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS TABLE 9.2-10 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM CODE REQUIREMENTS TABLE 9.2-11 RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM PUMP DESIGN DATA TABLE 9.3-1 COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM DESCRIPTIVE INFORMATION STATION CONTROL AND SERVICE AIR SYSTEMS TABLE 9.3-2 PROCESS SAMPLING SYSTEM SAMPLE LOCATIONS AND DATA TABLE 9.3-3 EQUIPMENT AND FLOOR DRAINAGE DATA REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM TABLE 9.3-4 CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM DESIGN PARAMETERS TABLE 9.3-5 PRINCIPAL COMPONENT DATA

SUMMARY

TABLE 9.3-6 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 95 TABLE 9.3-7 FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT TABLE 9.3-8 EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED WITH AUXILARY CONTROL SYSTEM AIR List of Tables 9-vii

WATTS BAR LIST OF TABLES Section Title TABLE 9.4-1 DELETED TABLE 9.4-2 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS INTAKE PUMPING STATION VENTILATION SYSTEM TABLE 9.4-3 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS FOR ACTIVE FAILURES SUBSYSTEM: SAFETY FEATURE EQUIPMENT COOLERS TABLE 9.4-3A FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS FOR ACTIVE FAILURES SUBSYSTEM: TURBINE DRIVEN AUXILIARY FEEDWATER PUMP ROOM VENTILATION TABLE 9.4-4 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS DIESEL GENERATOR VENTILATION SYSTEM TABLE 9.4-4A DELETED BY AMENDMENT 94 TABLE 9.4-5 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS FOR ACTIVE FAILURES SUBSYSTEM: AUXILIARY BOARD ROOMS AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM TABLE 9.4-6 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS FOR ACTIVE FAILURES SUBSYSTEM: 480 V SHUTDOWN TRANSFORMER ROOM VENTILATION TABLE 9.4-7 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS CONTROL BUILDING HVAC TABLE 9.4-8 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS FOR ACTIVE FAILURES SUBSYSTEM: AUXILIARY BUILDING GENERAL VENTILATION TABLE 9.4-8A FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS FOR ACTIVE FAILURES FOR COMPONENTS COMMON TO THE AUX BLDG HVAC SUBSYSTEM TABLE 9.4-8B FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS FOR AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SUBSYSTEM PASSIVE FAILURES TABLE 9.4-9 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS SUBSYSTEM:

SHUTDOWN BOARD ROOM AIR CONDITIONING AND VENTILATION TABLE 9.4-10 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS FOR ACTIVE FAILURES SUBSYSTEM: MAIN STEAM VALVE VAULT VENTILATION SYSTEM (SHEET 1 OF 1)

TABLE 9.4-10A FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS FOR ACTIVE FAILURES SUBSYSTEM: POST ACCIDENT SAMPLING SYSTEM (SHEET 1 OF 1)

TABLE 9.4-11 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 56 9-viii List of Tables

WATTS BAR LIST OF TABLES Section Title TABLE 9.5-1 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 52 TABLE 9.5-2 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS OF THE STANDBY DIESEL GENERATOR AUXILIARY SYSTEMS List of Tables 9-ix

WATTS BAR LIST OF TABLES Section Title THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 9-x List of Tables

WATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURES Section Title FIGURE 9.1-1 NEW FUEL STORAGE RACKS FIGURE 9.1-2 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 44 FIGURE 9.1-3 POWERHOUSE, AUXILIARY, AND REACTOR BUILDINGS UNITS 1 & 2 MECHANICAL - FLOW DIAGRAM FOR FUEL POOL COOLING AND CLEANING SYSTEM FIGURE 9.1-4 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR SPENT FUEL PIT COOLING SYSTEM FIGURE 9.1-5 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM FOR SPENT FUEL PIT COOLING SYSTEM FIGURE 9.1-6 TYPICAL MANIPULATOR CRANE FIGURE 9.1-7 TYPICAL SPENT FUEL PIT BRIDGE FIGURE 9.1-8 NEW FUEL ELEVATOR FIGURE 9.1-9 FUEL TRANSFER SYSTEM ASSEMBLY FIGURE 9.1-10 ROD CLUSTER CONTROL CHANGING FIXTURE FIGURE 9.1-11 TYPICAL SPENT FUEL HANDLING TOOL FIGURE 9.1-12 TYPICAL NEW FUEL HANDLING TOOL FIGURE 9.1-13 REACTOR BUILDING INTERNALS LIFTING RIG PLATFORM AND MECH. TOOLS ARRANGEMENT AND DETAILS FIGURE 9.1-14 TYPICAL STUD TENSIONER FIGURE 9.1-15 PLAN VIEW OF SPENT FUEL POOL FIGURE 9.1-16 FLUX TRAP SPENT FUEL STORAGE RACK FIGURE 9.2-1 IPS, YARD, DGB UNITS 1 & 2 FLOW DIAGRAM FOR ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM POWERHOUSE AND AUXILIARY BUILDING FLOW DIAGRAM FOR ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM FIGURE 9.2-2 POWERHOUSE AUX BLDG UNITS 1 & 2 MECHANICAL FLOW DIAGRAM FOR ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM (UNIT 1)

FIGURE 9.2-3 POWERHOUSE AUXILIARY AND CONTROL BUILDINGS FLOW DIAGRAM FOR ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM (UNIT 1)

FIGURE 9.2-4 POWERHOUSE AUX & CONTROL BLDG UNIT 1 MECHANCIAL FLOW DIAGRAM -ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER FIGURE 9.2-4A POWERHOUSE TURBINE BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 FLOW DIAGRAM FOR ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM FIGURE 9.2-4B POWERHOUSE AUXILIARY BUILDING FLOW DIAGRAM FOR ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM (UNIT 2)

List of Figures 9-xi

WATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURES Section Title FIGURE 9.2-5 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM FOR ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM FIGURE 9.2-6 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM FOR ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM FIGURE 9.2-7 LOGIC DIAGRAM FOR ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM FIGURE 9.2-8 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM FOR ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM FIGURE 9.2-9 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM FOR ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM FIGURE 9.2-10 POWERHOUSE ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM (UNIT 1)

FIGURE 9.2-10A POWERHOUSE ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM (UNIT 2)

FIGURE 9.2-11 POWERHOUSE ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM (UNIT 1)

FIGURE 9.2-11A POWERHOUSE ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM (UNIT 2)

FIGURE 9.2-12 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM (UNIT 1)

FIGURE 9.2-12 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM (UNIT 2) (SHEET A)

FIGURE 9.2-13 POWERHOUSE ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM FIGURE 9.2-14 POWERHOUSE ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM (UNIT 1)

FIGURE 9.2-14A POWERHOUSE ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM (UNIT 2)

FIGURE 9.2-15 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 87 FIGURE 9.2-16 POWERHOUSE, AUXILIARY BUILDING FLOW DIAGRAM FOR COMPONENT COOLING WATER SYSTEM FIGURE 9.2-17 POWERHOUSE, AUXILIARY AND REACTOR BUILDING FLOW DIAGRAM FOR COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM (UNIT 2)

FIGURE 9.2-18 POWERHOUSE, AUXILIARY AND REACTOR BUILDING FLOW DIAGRAM FOR COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM (UNIT 1)

FIGURE 9.2-19 POWERHOUSE, AUXILIARY BUILDING MECHANICAL FLOW DIAGRAM (UNITS 1 AND 2) 9-xii List of Figures

WATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURES Section Title FIGURE 9.2-20 POWERHOUSE ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR COMPONENT COOLING WATER SYSTEM FIGURE 9.2-20A POWERHOUSE UNIT 2 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FIGURE 9.2-21 POWERHOUSE ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR COMPONENT COOLING WATER S-YSTEM (UNIT 1)

FIGURE 9.2-21A POWERHOUSE UNIT 2 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FIGURE 9.2-22 POWERHOUSE UNIT 1 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FIGURE 9.2-22A POWERHOUSE UNIT 2 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FIGURE 9.2-23 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM FOR COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM FIGURE 9.2-24 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM FOR COMPONENT COOLING WATER SYSTEM FIGURE 9.2-25 POWERHOUSE UNIT 1 ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM FIGURE 9.2-25A POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM FOR COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM FIGURE 9.2-26 POWERHOUSE, TURBINE BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 MECHANICAL FLOW DIAGRAM WATER HEATER AND DEMINERALIZERS FIGURE 9.2-27 POWERHOUSE, TURBINE BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 MECHANICAL-FLOW DIAGRAM FOR MAKEUP WATER TREATMENT AND DEMINERALIZERS FIGURE 9.2-28 POWERHOUSE, SERVICE & OFFICE BUILDINGS UNITS 1 & 2 FLOW DIAGRAM FOR DEMINERALIZIZED WATER AND CASK DECON SYSTEM FIGURE 9.2-29 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 62 FIGURE 9.2-29A GENERAL FLOW DIAGRAM FOR POTABLE WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM FIGURE 9.2-29B GENERAL FLOW DIAGRAM FOR POTABLE WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM FIGURE 9.2-29C TURB, SERVICE & OFFICE BLDGS. UNITS 1 & 2 FLOW DIAGRAM FOR POTABLE WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM FIGURE 9.2-29D GENERAL FLOW DIAGRAM FOR POTABLE WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM FIGURE 9.2-30 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 94 FIGURE 9.2-31 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 FLOW DIAGRAM FOR CONDENSATE FIGURE 9.2-32 POWERHOUSE FLOW DIAGRAM FOR RAW COOLING WATER List of Figures 9-xiii

WATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURES Section Title FIGURE 9.2-33 POWERHOUSE FLOW DIAGRAM FOR RAW COOING WATER FIGURE 9.2-34 POWERHOUSE FLOW DIAGRAM FOR RAW COOLING WATER FIGURE 9.2-35 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 MECHANICAL FLOW DIAGRAM FOR RAW COOLING WATER FIGURE 9.2-36 OWERHOUSE AND INTAKE PUMPING STATION ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM FIGURE 9.2-37 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM FIGURE 9.2-38 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR RAW COOLING WATER FIGURE 9.2-39 POWERHOUSE POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 LOGIC DIAGRAM FOR RAW COOLING WATER FIGURE 9.2-40 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER CONTROL AIR AND HPFP PIPING (UNIT 1)

FIGURE 9.2-41 DIVER PROTECTION BARRIERS FIGURE 9.3-1 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR CONTROL AIR SYSTEM FIGURE 9.3-2 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR CONTROL AIR SYSTEM FIGURE 9.3-3 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM FOR COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM FIGURE 9.3-4 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM FOR CONTROL AIR SYSTEM FIGURE 9.3-5 TURBINE BUILDING AND YARD UNITS 1 & 2 FLOW DIAGRAM FOR CONTROL AND SERVICE AIR SYSTEM FIGURE 9.3-5A CONTROL, AUXILIARY, REACTOR, TURBINE, OFFICE AND SERVICE BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 FLOW DIAGRAM FOR CONTROL AND SERVICE AIR SYSTEM FIGURE 9.3-6 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 MECHANICAL FLOW DIAGRAM FOR CONTROL AIR SYSTEM FIGURE 9.3-6A POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 MECHANICAL FLOW DIAGRAM FOR CONTROL AIR SYSTEM FIGURE 9.3-7 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 MECHANICAL FLOW DIAGRAM -

FLOOR AND EQUIPMENT DRAINS FIGURE 9.3-8 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 MECHANICAL FLOW DIAGRAM -

FLOOR AND EQUIPMENT DRAINS 9-xiv List of Figures

WATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURES Section Title FIGURE 9.3-9 POWERHOUSE, AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 MECHANICAL FLOW DIAGRAM -FLOOR AND EQUIPMENT DRAINS FIGURE 9.3-10 POWERHOUSE, AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 FLOW DIAGRAM - FLOOR AND EQUIPMENT DRAINS FIGURE 9.3-11 POWERHOUSE AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 FLOW DIAGRAM - FLOOR AND EQUIPMENT DRAINS FIGURE 9.3-12 POWERHOUSE, AUXILIARY BUILDINGS UNIT 1 & 2 MECHANICAL FLOW DIAGRAM ROOF DRAINS AND FLOOR EQUIPMENT DRAINS FIGURE 9.3-13 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM FOR WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM FIGURE 9.3-14 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM FOR WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM FIGURE 9.3-15 POWERHOUSE UNIT 1 CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM FLOW DIAGRAM (SHEET 1)

FIGURE 9.3-15 AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 FLOW DIAGRAM FOR CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM (BORON RECOVERY) (SHEET 2)

FIGURE 9.3-15 AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 FLOW DIAGRAM FOR CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM (BORON RECOVERY) (SHEET 3)

FIGURE 9.3-15 AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 FLOW DIAGRAM FOR CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM (BORON RECOVERY) (SHEET 4)

FIGURE 9.3-15 AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 FLOW DIAGRAM FOR CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM (BORIC ACID) (SHEET 5)

FIGURE 9.3-15 AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 FLOW DIAGRAM FOR CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM AND (BORON RECOVERY)

(SHEET 6)

FIGURE 9.3-15 AUXILIARY BUILDING UNIT 2 FLOW DIAGRAM FOR CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM (BORON RECOVERY)

(SHEET 6A)

FIGURE 9.3-15 POWERHOUSE UNIT 1 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM CHEMICAL & VOLUME CONTROL SYS (SHEET 7)

List of Figures 9-xv

WATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURES Section Title FIGURE 9.3-15 POWERHOUSE UNIT 1 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM CHEMICAL & VOLUME CONTROL SYS (SHEET 8)

FIGURE 9.3-15 POWERHOUSE UNIT 1 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM CHEMICAL & VOLUME CONTROL SYS (SHEET 9)

FIGURE 9.3-15 POWERHOUSE UNIT 2 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM CHEMICAL & VOLUME CONTROL SYS (SHEET 9A)

FIGURE 9.3-15 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM CHEMICAL & VOLUME CONTROL SYS (SHEET 10)

FIGURE 9.3-15 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM CHEMICAL & VOLUME CONTROL SYS (SHEET 11)

FIGURE 9.3-15 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM CHEMICAL & VOLUME CONTROL SYS (SHEET 12)

FIGURE 9.3-16 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 95 FIGURE 9.3-17 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 95 FIGURE 9.3-18 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 FLOW DIAGRAM FOR FLOOD MODE BORATION FIGURE 9.3-19 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 52 (SHEETS 1 THROUGH 3)

FIGURE 9.3-20 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 95 FIGURE 9.3-21 WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT BORIC ACID TANK LIMITS FIGURE 9.4-1 POWERHOUSE, CONTROL BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 FLOW DIAGRAM FOR HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING AIR FLOW FIGURE 9.4-2 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 FLOW DIAGRAM FOR AIR CONDITIONING CHILLED WATER FIGURE 9.4-3 POWERHOUSE, CONTROL BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 FLOW DIAGRAM FOR AIR CONDITIONING CHILLED WATER FIGURE 9.4-4 POWERHOUSE, CONTROL BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM AIR CONDITIONING FIGURE 9.4-4A CONTROL BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL DIAGRAM - CHILLED WATER FIGURE 9.4-5 CONTROL BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL DIAGRAM - CHILLED WATER FIGURE 9.4-6 CONTROL BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM FIGURE 9.4-7 CONTROL BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM VENTILATION SYSTEM 9-xvi List of Figures

WATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURES Section Title FIGURE 9.4-8 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 AUXILIARY BUILDING FLOW DIAGRAM, HEATING, AND VENTILATING AIR FLOW FIGURE 9.4-9 AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM FOR VENTILATION SYSTEM FIGURE 9.4-10 AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM FOR VENTILATION SYSTEM FIGURE 9.4-11 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 FOR CONTAINMENT VENTILATION SYTEM CONTROL DIAGRAM FIGURE 9.4-12 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM FIGURE 9.4-13 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 AUXILIARY BUILDING FLOW DIAGRAM FOR HEATING, COOLING, AND VENTILATING AIR FLOW FIGURE 9.4-14 AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 FLOW DIAGRAM FOR HEATING, COOLING, AND VENTILATING AIR FLOW FIGURE 9.4-15 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 AUXILIARY BUILDING FLOW DIAGRAM FOR HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING AIR FLOW FIGURE 9.4-16 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 AUXILIARY BUILDING &

ADDITIONAL EQPT BLDG FLOW DIAGRAM FOR HEATING, COOLING & VENTILATING AIR FLOW FIGURE 9.4-17 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR CONTAINMENT VENTILATING SYSTEM FIGURE 9.4-18 TURBINE BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 AND CONTROL FLOW DIAGRAM FOR HEATING AND VENTILATING AIR FLOW FIGURE 9.4-19 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 FLOW DIAGRAM BUILDING HEATING FIGURE 9.4-20 POWERHOUSE UNIT 2 FLOW DIAGRAM BUILDING HEATING FIGURE 9.4-21 PUMPING STATIONS UNITS 1 & 2 MECHANICAL HEATING AND VENTILATING FIGURE 9.4-22 DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 FLOW AND CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR HEATING, VENTILATING AIR FLOW FIGURE 9.4-22A ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 FLOW AND CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR HEATING AND VENTILATING AIR FLOW List of Figures 9-xvii

WATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURES Section Title FIGURE 9.4-22B ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM FOR 5TH DIESEL GENERATOR VENTILATOR SYSTEM FIGURE 9.4-22C ADDITIONAL DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING MECHANICAL HEATING AND VENTILATING FIGURE 9.4-23 DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING MECHANICAL HEATING AND VENTILATING FIGURE 9.4-24 DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING MECHANICAL HEATING AND VENTILATING FIGURE 9.4-24A DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING MECHANICAL HEATING AND VENTILATION FIGURE 9.4-25 DIESEL BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM FOR VENTILATION SYSTEM FIGURE 9.4-26 POWERHOUSE UNIT 1 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR CONTAINMENT VENTILATION SYSTEM FIGURE 9.4-27 POWERHOUSE UNIT 1 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR CONTAINMENT VENTILATION SYSTEM FIGURE 9.4-28 REACTOR BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 FLOW DIAGRAM FOR HEATING AND VENTILATION AIR FLOW FIGURE 9.4-28A POWERHOUSE REACTOR BUILDING UNIT 2 FLOW DIAGRAM HEATING & VENTILATION AIR FLOW FIGURE 9.4-29 POWERHOUSE UNIT 1 ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM FOR VENTILATION SYSTEM FIGURE 9.4-30 POWERHOUSE UNIT 1 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR CONTAINMENT VENTILATING SYSTEM FIGURE 9.4-30 OWERHOUSE UNIT 2 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM CONTAINMENT VENTILATING SYSTEM (SHEET A)

FIGURE 9.4-30 POWERHOUSE UNIT 1 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM CONTAINMENT VENTILATING SYSTEM (SHEET B)

FIGURE 9.4-31 POWERHOUSE UNIT 1 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR CONTAINMENT VENTILATING SYSTEM FIGURE 9.4-32 POWERHOUSE UNIT 1 LOGIC DIAGRAM FOR VENTILATION SYSTEM FIGURE 9.4-33 POWERHOUSE UNIT 1 ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM FOR VENTILATION SYSTEM FIGURE 9.4-34 POWERHOUSE UNIT 1 ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM FOR VENTILATION SYSTEM 9-xviii List of Figures

WATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURES Section Title FIGURE 9.4-35 POWERHOUSE POST-ACCIDENT SAMPLING SYSTEM UNIT 1 FLOW DIAGRAM FOR HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING AIR FLOW FIGURE 9.4-36 AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL POST-ACCIDENT SAMPLING SYSTEM LOGIC DIAGRAM FIGURE 9.4-37 AUXILIARY BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL POST-ACCIDENT SAMPLING CONTROL DIAGRAM FIGURE 9.5-1 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 87 FIGURE 9.5-2 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 87 FIGURE 9.5-3 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 87 FIGURE 9.5-4 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 87 FIGURE 9.5-5 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 87 FIGURE 9.5-6 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 87 FIGURE 9.5-7 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 87 FIGURE 9.5-8 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 87 FIGURE 9.5-9 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 87 FIGURE 9.5-10 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 87 FIGURE 9.5-11 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 87 FIGURE 9.5-12 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 87 FIGURE 9.5-13 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 87 FIGURE 9.5-14 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 87 FIGURE 9.5-15 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 87 FIGURE 9.5-16 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 95 FIGURE 9.5-17 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 95 FIGURE 9.5-18 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 90 FIGURE 9.5-19 WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT-COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT AVAILABILITY FIGURE 9.5-20 YARD, POWERHOUSE, AND DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING UNITS 1 & 2 FLOW DIAGRAM FUEL OIL ATOMIZING AIR &

STEAM FIGURE 9.5-20A ADDITIONAL DSL GEN BLDG UNITS 1 & 2 FLOW DIAGRAM FUEL OIL ATOMIZING AIR & STEAM FIGURE 9.5-20B DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING UNIT 2 FLOW DIAGRAM FUEL OIL ATOMIZING AIR & STEAM List of Figures 9-xix

WATTS BAR LIST OF FIGURES Section Title FIGURE 9.5-21 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR FUEL OIL SYSTEM FIGURE 9.5-22 POWERHOUSE UNITS 1 & 2 ELECTRICAL LOGIC DIAGRAM FOR FUEL OIL SYSTEM FIGURE 9.5-23 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM -JACKET WATER SYSTEM WITH HEAT EXCHANGER FIGURE 9.5-24 DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING UNIT 1 FLOW DIAGRAM FOR DIESEL STARTING AIR SYSTEM FIGURE 9.5-24A ADDITIONAL DIESEL GEN BLDG UNIT 1 & 2 FLOW DIAGRAM DIESEL STARTING AIR SYSTEM FIGURE 9.5-25 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 88 FIGURE 9.5-25A DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING UNIT 1 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM DSL STG AIR SYS DG 1B-B FIGURE 9.5-25B DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING UNIT 1 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM DSL STG AIR SYS DG 2A-A FIGURE 9.5-25C DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING UNIT 1 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM DSL STG AIR SYS DG 2B-B FIGURE 9.5-25D DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING UNIT 1 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAM DSL STG AIR SYS DG OC-S FIGURE 9.5-26 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM LUBE OIL SYSTEM FIGURE 9.5-27 DIESEL ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM FIGURE 9.5-28 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 41 FIGURE 9.5-29 DIESEL AIR INTAKE PIPING SCHEMATIC FIGURE 9.5-30 DIESEL EXHAUST SYSTEM PIPING SCHEMATIC FIGURE 9.5-31 DELETED BY AMENDMENT 87 9-xx List of Figures

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 9.0 AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.1 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING 9.1.1 New Fuel Storage 9.1.1.1 Design Bases New fuel is stored in racks (Figure 9.1-1). Each rack is composed of individual vertical cells which can be fastened together in any number to form a module that can be firmly bolted to anchors in the floor of the new fuel storage pit. The new fuel storage racks are designed to include storage for 1/3 core for each unit at a center to center spacing of 21 inches. This spacing provides a minimum separation between adjacent fuel assemblies of 12 inches which is sufficient to maintain a subcritical array even in the event the building is flooded with unborated water. Space between storage positions is blocked to prevent insertion of fuel. All surfaces that come into contact with the fuel assemblies are made of annealed austenitic stainless steel, whereas the supporting structure may be painted carbon steel. A three inch drain is provided in the new fuel storage vault.

The racks are designed to withstand nominal operating loads as well as SSE and OBE seismic loads in accordance with Regulatory Guides 1.29 and 1.13.

The new fuel storage racks are located in the new fuel pit area which has a cover that protects the racks from dropped objects. Administrative controls are utilized when a section of the protective cover is removed for handling of the new fuel assemblies.

9.1.1.2 Facilities Description The location of the new fuel storage vault is shown in Figures 1.2-3 and 1.2-8. The design of the new fuel storage racks is shown in Figure 9.1-1.

The new fuel storage vault is a reinforced concrete structure. This vault is a part of the Auxiliary Building, which is a Seismic Category I Structure (See Section 3.2)

The new fuel storage vault opens on to the elevation 757 floor, but is normally covered by a series of hatches which are designed to withstand the effects of an OBE or SSE.

These hatches are removed as necessary during handling of the new fuel.

9.1.1.3 Safety Evaluation The center-to-center distance between new fuel assemblies is sufficient to assure keff

< 0.98 when the new fuel storage area is dry or fogged (optimally moderated). For the fully flooded condition assuming cold, clean, unborated water, the value of keff is less than or equal to 0.95.

The new fuel assemblies are stored dry, the 21 inch center to center spacing ensuring an ever safe geometric array. Under these conditions, a criticality accident during refueling and storage is not considered credible.

FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING 9.1-1

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Design of the storage racks is in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.13 and 1.29 and ensures adequate safety under normal and postulated accidents.

Consideration of criticality safety analysis is discussed in Section 4.3.2.7.

9.1.2 SPENT FUEL STORAGE 9.1.2.1 Design Bases The spent fuel racks are designed in accordance with the following listed criteria:

(1) The spent fuel storage racks were designed for storage of 1386 fuel assemblies. The design meets all the structural and seismic requirements of Category I equipment as defined by the NRC Position Paper dated April 14, 1978, on spent fuel storage and handling applications and the references listed in Table 9.1-3.

(2) Burnup credit and fuel assembly placement controls are used to ensure the fuel array in the spent fuel racks is maintained subcritical assuming the array is fully flooded with nonborated water, the fuel is new with a maximum anticipated enrichment of 5.0 weight percent U-235, and the geometric array is the worst possible considering mechanical tolerances and abnormal conditions.

(3) The spent fuel storage facility is designed to prevent severe natural phenomena, including missiles generated from high winds, from causing damage to the spent fuel. The spent fuel storage facility, including the spent fuel racks, is Seismic Category I.

(4) The spent fuel storage racks are designed to withstand handling and normal operating loads and the maximum uplift forces generated by the fuel handling equipment.

(5) A loss of pool cooling accident is not considered a credible accident because the pool cooling system is Seismic Category I and single failure proof.

(6) The spent fuel storage racks are designed to withstand the impact of a dropped spent fuel assembly from the maximum lift height of the spent fuel pit bridge hoist.

(7) The spent fuel storage facilities provide the capability for limiting the potential offsite exposures, in the event of significant release of radioactivity from the stored fuel, to well less than 10 CFR 100 guidelines.

9.1.2.2 Facilities Description The spent fuel storage pool is a reinforced concrete structure with a stainless steel liner for leak tightness. This storage pool is a part of the Seismic Category I Auxiliary Building, and is shared between units one and two. Both the liner and pool walls are designed to withstand the effects of an OBE and SSE. The location of the spent fuel 9.1-2 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 storage pool is shown on Figures 1.2-3 and 1.2-8. The storage rack configuration in the pool is shown on Figure 9.1-15. Typical storage racks are shown on Figure 9.1-16.

The spent fuel storage pool opens onto the elevation 757 floor, and is protected by a guard rail which surrounds the pool. The depth of the pool is sufficient to allow some 26 feet of water shielding (nominally) above the spent fuel. This water depth ensures that the doses on the operating floor from stored spent fuel are negligibly small.

The spent fuel storage racks consist of stainless steel structures with cells or receptacles for nuclear fuel assemblies as they are used in a reactor. Twenty-four of these flux trap racks, provide 1386 storage positions in eighteen 7 x 8 cell array modules and six 7 x 9 cell array modules. Figure 9.1-15 shows the layout of the storage racks in the spent fuel pool. Each rack is supported by four pedestals (one rack has five pedestals) sitting on two-inch thick stainless steel bearing pads which spread the load on the pool floor.

9.1.2.3 Safety Evaluation Design of these storage racks is in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.13 and ensures a safe condition under normal and postulated accident conditions. The distance between spent fuel assemblies is maintained to ensure a keff < 0.95 even if unborated water is used to fill the spent fuel storage pool. Consideration of criticality safety analysis is discussed in Section 4.3.2.7.

The spent fuel racks are designed as free standing and are qualified as seismic Category I structures. The seismic design considered fully loaded racks in water at less than boiling temperature undergoing a SSE. Composite, dynamic simulations which modeled all racks in the pool were utilized to determine limiting loads and displacements for each rack in the pool, to establish limiting relative motion between racks, and to evaluate the potential for and the consequences of inter-rack and rack-wall phenomena in the entire assemblage of racks. The racks were also checked for OBE loads and found to be satisfactory. See section 3.8.4 for related pool structure information.

The racks can withstand the drop of a fuel assembly from its maximum supported height and the drop of tools used in the pool. The racks are also capable of withstanding accidental drops of the gates which cover the slots between the spent fuel pool and the transfer canal and cask loading pit from a height of eight feet above the top of the racks. Electrical and mechanical stops prevent the movement of heavy objects over the spent fuel pool including the shipping casks. The movement of the casks is restricted to areas away from the pool. The wall which separates the fuel storage area from the cask loading area has been designed to restrict damage to the cask loading area if a cask were dropped even in a tipped position in the cask loading area.

Loss of pool cooling and pool water events are discussed in Section 9.1.3. Radiation sources and protection for the pool water are discussed in Sections 12.2.1 and 12.3.2.2. Although the number of stored fuel assemblies is increased, the capacity of FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING 9.1-3

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 the pool water cleanup system is adequate to maintain radionuclide concentrations within design limits. Therefore no increase in personnel exposures is expected.

9.1.2.4 Materials The materials used in the construction of the spent fuel racks are 304 stainless, CF-3M stainless and 17-4 PH stainless. The neutron poison material is a commercial product known as Boral and contains B4C powder in a matrix.

The flux trap racks contain the following proven materials:

(1) Poison inner can and outer tubes: 304 stainless steel, ASTM A-666-72 Grade B (2) Top and bottom grid castings: CF-3M, ASTM A-296-77 (3) Threaded pedestal foot: 17-4 PH, ASTM A-564-66 In addition to the stainless steel material, the racks employ Boral, a patented product of AAR Brooks and Perkins, as the thermal neutron absorber material. Boral is a thermal neutron absorbing material consisting of finely divided particles of boron carbide (B4C) uniformly distributed in type 1100 aluminum, pressed and sintered in a hot rolling process. Boron carbide is a compound having a high boron content in a physically stable and chemically inert form. The 1100 alloy aluminum is a light weight metal with high tensile strength which is protected from corrosion by a highly resistant oxide film. The two materials, boron carbide and aluminum, are chemically compatible and ideally suited for long term use in the radiation, thermal and chemical environment of a spent fuel pool.

9.1.3 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling and Cleanup System (SFPCCS)

The SFPCCS is designed to remove from the spent fuel pool water the decay heat generated by stored spent fuel assemblies. Additional functions of the SFPCCS are to clarify and purify the water in the spent fuel pool, transfer canal, and refueling water storage tanks (RWST). If a warning of flood above plant grade is received when one or both reactor vessels are open or vented to the containment atmosphere, the SFPCCS will be modified as indicated in Section 2.4.14 to accomplish cooling the reactor core(s).

9.1.3.1 Design Bases SFPCCS design parameters are given in Table 9.1-1.

9.1.3.1.1 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling The SFPCCS is designed to remove the decay heat from the spent fuel assemblies stored in the pool and maintain acceptable pool temperatures following a full core discharge. The temperatures listed in Table 9.1-1 can be maintained for the various full core offload scenarios assuming the SFPCCS heat exchangers are supplied with component cooling water at its design flow and temperature. If it is necessary to remove a complete core after a normal refueling, the system can maintain the spent 9.1-4 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 fuel pool water at or below 159.2°F in the worst case design basis single failure scenario.

The SFPCCS incorporates two trains of equipment (plus a spare pump capable of operation in either train). The flow through the pool provides sufficient mixing to ensure uniform water conditions throughout the pool. Under design basis Ultimate Heat Sink (UHS) temperatures and heat exchanger fouling conditions, the heat load in the spent fuel pool is limited to 28.1E+06 BTU/hr during refueling outages. Under more favorable conditions, up to 50.2E+06 BTU/hr may be accommodated. Cycle specific calculations may be performed prior to the start of a refueling outage to determine the exact heat removal capability of the SFPCCS using recent heat exchanger performance testing and anticipated UHS temperatures; otherwise, 28.1E+06 BTU/hr may not be exceeded. The rate of fuel transfer from the reactor to the SFP is controlled such that, with one (1) train of SFPCCS in service, the SFP temperature will remain below 151.2 °F. Operating procedures provide the controls to ensure these limitations are met. A decay heat calculation is routinely performed at the end of each operating cycle to produce heat decay vs time curves for the core and spent fuel pool. This calculation can be used to determine the time to begin core offload and the rate at which the core can be off loaded.

9.1.3.1.2 Spent Fuel Pool Dewatering Protection System piping is arranged so that failure of any pipeline cannot drain the spent fuel pool below the water level required for radiation shielding. A water level of ten feet or more above the top of the stored spent fuel assemblies is maintained to limit direct gamma dose rate.

9.1.3.1.3 Water Purification The system's demineralizer and filter are designed to provide adequate purification to permit unrestricted access to the spent fuel storage area for plant personnel and maintain optical clarity of the spent fuel pool water surface by use of the system's skimmers, strainer, and skimmer filter.

9.1.3.1.4 Flood Mode Cooling Section 2.4.14 presents the design basis operation of the SFPCCS when it may be used for reactor core cooling during flooded plant conditions.

9.1.3.2 System Description The SFPCCS, shown in Figure 9.1-3, consists of two cooling trains (plus a backup pump capable of operation in either train), a purification loop, and a separate skimmer loop. The electrical logic control diagrams for this system are shown in Figures 9.1-4 and 9.1-5.

The SFPCCS removes decay heat from fuel stored in the spent fuel pool. Spent fuel is placed in the pool during the refueling sequence and stored there until it is shipped offsite. The system normally handles the heat load from either a full core or 1/3 of a core freshly discharged from each reactor plus the decreasing heat load from FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING 9.1-5

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 previously discharged fuel. Heat is transferred from the SFPCCS through the heat exchangers to the component cooling system.

When the SFPCCS is in operation, water flows from the spent fuel pool to both spent fuel pool pump suctions, is pumped through the tube side of the heat exchangers, and is returned to the pool. Each pump's suction line, which is protected by a strainer, is located at an elevation four feet below the normal spent fuel pool water level, while the return line contains an anti-siphon hole near the surface of the water to prevent gravity drainage of the pool.

While the heat removal operation is in process, a portion of the spent fuel pool water may be diverted through a demineralizer and a filter to maintain spent fuel pool water clarity and purity. This purification loop is sufficient for removing fission products and other contaminants which may be introduced if a fuel assembly with defective cladding is transferred to the spent fuel pool.

The spent fuel pool demineralizer may be isolated, by manual valves, from the heat removal portion of the SFPCCS. By this means, the isolated demineralizer may be used in conjunction with a refueling water purification pump and filter to clean and purify the refueling water while spent fuel pool heat removal operations proceed.

Connections are provided such that the refueling water may be pumped from either the RWST or the refueling cavity of either unit, through the demineralizer and filter, and discharged to the refueling cavity or RWST of either unit. Connections are also provided to allow cleanup of the water in the transfer canals. Water can be drawn from the canal, and is pumped by a refueling water purification pump through the spent fuel pool demineralizer and a refueling water purification filter before being returned to the transfer canal.

To further assist in maintaining spent fuel pool water clarity, the water surface is cleaned by a skimmer loop. Water is removed from the surface by the skimmers, pumped through a strainer and filter, and returned to the pool surface at three locations remote from the skimmers.

The spent fuel pool is filled with water that is at least 2000 ppm. Borated water may be supplied from the RWST via the refueling water purification pump connection, or by running a temporary line from the boric acid blender, located in the chemical and volume control system directly into the pool. Demineralized water can also be added for makeup purposes (i.e., to replace evaporative losses) through a connection in the recirculation return line.

The spent fuel pool water may be separated from the water in the transfer canal by a gate. The gate is installed so that the transfer canal may be drained to allow maintenance of the fuel transfer equipment. The water in the transfer canal is pumped via a refueling water purification pump (RWPP) to a RWST. The transfer canal will be refilled from the RWST by the RWPP when the maintenance is complete.

An alternate method when the transfer canal water is outside the chemistry limit for use in the RWST is to pump the transfer canal water to the chemical and volume control 9.1-6 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 system (CVCS) holdup tank via the RWPP. The water will be pumped back to the transfer canal via the CVCS holdup tank recirculation pumps.

A description of the operation of the SFPCCS during flood mode operation is given in Section 2.4.14.

9.1.3.2.1 Component Description Spent fuel pool cooling and cleanup system codes and classifications are given in Section 3.2. Equipment operating parameters are given in Table 9.1-2. System design parameters are given in Table 9.1-1.

Spent Fuel Pool Pumps The two pumps are horizontal, centrifugal units. They circulate spent fuel pool water through the heat exchangers, demineralizer, and filter. The pumps are controlled manually from a local station. A third pump is installed to serve as a backup to either of the two pumps normally used for cooling the spent fuel pool water (refer to Section 2.4.14 and Section 9.1.3.3.1).

Spent Fuel Pool Skimmer Pump This horizontal, centrifugal pump circulates surface water through a strainer and a filter and returns it to the pool.

Refueling Water Purification Pumps These horizontal, centrifugal pumps are used to circulate water from the transfer canal, the refueling cavity and the RWST through the spent fuel pool demineralizer, and a refueling water purification filter. The pumps are operated manually from a local station.

Spent Fuel Pool Heat Exchangers The spent fuel pool heat exchangers are of the shell and U-tube type with the tubes welded to the tube sheet. Component cooling water circulates through the shell, and spent fuel pool water circulates through the tubes.

Spent Fuel Pool Demineralizer This flushable, mixed-bed demineralizer is designed to provide adequate fuel pool water purity for unrestricted access by plant personnel to the pool working area, and to maintain water visual clarity.

Spent Fuel Pool Filter The spent fuel pool filter is designed to improve the pool water clarity by removing particles which obscure visibility.

FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING 9.1-7

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Spent Fuel Pool Skimmer Filter The spent fuel pool skimmer filter is used to remove particles which are not removed by the strainer.

Refueling Water Purification Filters The refueling water purification filters are designed to improve the clarity of the refueling water in the refueling canal or in the RWST by removing particles which obscure visibility.

Spent Fuel Pool Strainer A strainer is located in each spent-fuel pool pump suction line for removal of relatively large particles which might otherwise clog the spent fuel pool demineralizer or damage the spent fuel pool pumps.

Spent Fuel Pool Skimmer Strainer The spent fuel pool skimmer strainer is designed to remove debris from the skimmer process stream.

Spent Fuel Pool Skimmers Two spent fuel pool skimmers are provided to remove water from the spent fuel pool water surface in order to remove floating debris.

Valves Manual stop valves are used to isolate equipment, and manual throttle valves provide flow control. Valves in contact with spent fuel pool water are of austenitic stainless steel or equivalent corrosion resistant material.

Piping All piping in contact with spent fuel pool water is austenitic stainless steel. The piping is welded except where flanged connections are used to facilitate maintenance and access to shadowed fuel storage cells.

9.1.3.3 Safety Evaluation 9.1.3.3.1 Availability and Reliability The SFPCCS is located in a Seismic Category I structure that is tornado missile protected. Active components of the cooling portion of the system are located above the design basis flood level in the Auxiliary Building (Section 2.4.14). The SFPCCS heat removal equipment is designed to remain functional for the design basis earthquake and within the required stress limits for the operational basis earthquake.

Electrical power is supplied from emergency power buses to each of the spent fuel pool pumps. Each pump is connected to these emergency power buses so that it receives power from a separate diesel generator set should offsite power be lost. The use of emergency power buses assures the operation of these pumps for open reactor 9.1-8 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 cooling during plant flooding conditions. This manually controlled system may be shut down for limited periods of time for maintenance or replacement of malfunctioning components. The pool is sufficiently large that an extended period of time would be required for the water to heat up appreciably if cooling were interrupted (see Table 9.1-1). In the event of a failure of one spent fuel pool pump, the backup pump would be aligned and operated. In the event of loss of cooling to one spent fuel pool heat exchanger, cooling of the spent fuel pool water could be maintained by the remaining equipment; however, the reduced heat removal capacity would result in elevation of the spent fuel pool water equilibrium temperature to a higher, but acceptable, temperature.

In the event that cooling capability were lost for an extended period, the pool water temperature would approach boiling. At the maximum decay heat production rate, the water loss by vaporization would be about 102 gpm. A seismically qualified line is available from the common discharge of the refueling water purification pumps to the spent fuel pool cooling loop. All piping, valves, and pumps from the RWST to the common discharge of the refueling water purification pumps are seismically qualified.

Other sources for makeup available are the demineralized water system and the fire protection system. A sufficient portion of the fire protection system is a Seismic Class I system. Fire hose stations located on seismic and non-seismic piping in the Fire Protection system are capable of supplying a sufficient quantity of makeup water.

9.1.3.3.2 Spent Fuel Pool Dewatering The most serious failure of this system would be complete loss of water in the storage pool. To protect against this possibility, the spent fuel pool cooling suction connections enter near the normal water level such that it cannot be lowered appreciably by siphoning. The cooling water return line contains an anti-siphon hole to prevent draining of the pool. These design features assure that the pool cannot be drained below four feet of normal water level (normal water level in the spent fuel pool is approximately 26 feet above the top of the stored spent fuel).

The transfer canal has a drain connection in the bottom of the canal. The line runs upward, embedded in concrete, to a level about 13 feet below the normal pool surface.

The line continues embedded, dropping below the bottom of the transfer canal. At the high point of the drain line, a siphon breaker line connects into the drain line, terminating in the canal above the normal pool surface. A valve in this line is locked open at all times except when the canal is to be drained. The transfer canal is isolated from the spent fuel pool with a sectionalizing gate during "Transfer Canal Dewatering",

(draining operation). With this arrangement, if the transfer canal drain line ruptures, the pool level will not be affected. If the transfer canal drain line ruptures with the syphon valve open and the sectionalizing gate open, 13 feet of water will be above the fuel assemblies in the storage racks.

9.1.3.3.3 Pool and Fuel Temperatures The cooling of the spent fuel assemblies stored within the storage racks has been analyzed for effective and adequate cooling under all postulated pool storage conditions.

FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING 9.1-9

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Two discharge scenarios have been evaluated for both single and dual SFP cooling train operation. Case one considers a full core discharge while a second case considers a full core discharge following a normal refueling. Each case considers the accumulated decay heat of all previously discharged spent nuclear fuel assemblies stored in the SFP. Maximum bulk water temperatures for each core off load scenario are given in Table 9.1-1. Following unit shutdown, a decay time of approximately 33 days prior to the completion of core offload is required to maintain the total SFP decay heat below 28.1E+06 BTU/hr design basis limit.

For full core offload following a normal refueling outage (Emergency Offload), it is assumed that a unit is required to shutdown 36 days after a refueling outage on the opposite unit. Following shutdown, it is assumed that core offload will be completed after a 60 day decay time. Under these conditions, the maximum SFP decay heat will be less than 25.61E+06 BTU/hr, which is less than the normal refueling case. Specific guidance in the form of allowable spent fuel pool decay heat curves for better than design conditions of spent fuel pool heat exchanger fouling and shell side cooling temperatures has been developed. Decay heat curves are provided which allow outage specific variation in maximum spent fuel pool decay heat load based on known values of spent fuel pool heat exchanger fouling factors and component cooling system temperatures. Sufficient spent fuel pool cooling equipment is operated and the rate of fuel transfer is controlled to assure that the spent fuel pool temperature does not exceed 150°F during anticipated refueling activities. Operating procedures provide the controls to ensure these limitations are met. A decay heat calculation is routinely performed at the end of each operating cycle to produce heat decay vs time curves for the core and spent fuel pool. This calculation may be used to determine the time to begin core off load and the rate at which the core can be off loaded.

The maximum local water temperature and maximum local fuel temperature have been determined to evaluate the possibility of nucleate boiling on the surface of the fuel assemblies. Analysis has shown that for any scenario with at least one SFPCCS train available, localized boiling does not occur within the fuel racks. The decay heat flux of the rods is greatest at the fuel mid-height. Mid height fuel cladding temperatures of 208.2°F, 217.1°F, and 208.9°F have been calculated based on no blockage, partial blockage, and off-center placement of an assembly in a rack cell respectively. Local maximum water temperatures of 193.7°F, 204.1°F, and 195.2°F have been calculated for the no blockage, partial blockage, and off-center placement cases respectively. The local saturation temperature at the top of the racks (240.7°F) is greater than any calculated local water temperature, which precludes the possibility of nucleate boiling.

Additionally, the local saturation temperature is greater than any calculated fuel cladding temperature, which would preclude the possibility of film boiling at the surface of the fuel rods.

The approach to localized boiling within the racks has been evaluated for highest allowable spent fuel decay heat load (50.21 Mbtu/hr) in Reference [1]. The conclusions of the evaluation indicate that greater than 6°F margin to localized boiling exist between the maximum calculated fuel clad temperature and the local saturation temperature even at the highest allowable heat load.

9.1-10 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 The total volume of water contained in the pool and cask pit area at the start of a loss of cooling scenario is 372,460 gallons. The expected water heat-up rates for a total loss of cooling capability accident for both a full core discharge and a full core discharge following a normal refueling are listed in Table 9.1-1.

9.1.3.3.4 Water Quality Except for operation of this system in the flood mode of reactor cooling, only a very small amount of water is interchanged between the refueling canal and the spent fuel pool as fuel assemblies are transferred in the refueling process. Whenever a fuel assembly with defective cladding is transferred to the spent fuel pool, a small quantity of fission products may enter the spent fuel cooling water. The purification loop provided removes fission products and other contaminants from the water.

Radioactivity concentrations in the spent fuel pool water are maintained at a level such that the dose rate at the surface of the pool is low enough to allow minimum-restricted access for plant personnel (refer to Section 12.3.2.2). With the use of high purity water, it is expected that the racks and pool walls will not see any significant crud buildup.

9.1.3.3.5 Leakage Detection for the Spent Fuel Pool Leakage detection is provided for the spent fuel pool (SFP) by leakage channels located on the back side of each welded joint of the floor and walls of the SFP steel liner. Leakage into these channels will drain to the perimeter leakage channels located at the bottom of the SFP. The leakage will then flow into the SFP drain pipe to a normally open manual gate valve. Visual detection of the leakage from the SFP may be witnessed as the leakage exits the manual valve and drips into a funnel. The leakage is then routed to the tritiated drain collector tank (TDCT) of the waste disposal system. In the event of excessive leakage, the manual gate valve may be closed to prevent further leakage. Similar type design of leakage channels and visual display of leakage are also provided for the fuel transfer canal and the cask loading area. Non qualified instrumentation are provided in the SFP and the TDCT with MCR low and local high level alarms, respectively.

9.1.3.4 Tests and Inspections Active components of the SFPCCS are either in continuous or intermittent use during normal plant operation. Periodic visual inspection and preventive maintenance are conducted using normal industry practice.

9.1.3.5 Instrument Application The instrumentation for the SFPCCS is discussed below. Alarms and indicators are provided as noted.

9.1.3.5.1 Temperature Instrumentation is provided to measure the temperature of the water in the spent fuel pool and give local indication as well as annunciation in the control room when normal temperatures are exceeded.

FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING 9.1-11

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Instrumentation is also provided to give local indication of the temperature of the spent fuel pool water as it leaves the heat exchangers.

9.1.3.5.2 Pressure Instrumentation is provided to give local indication of the pressure at points upstream and downstream of each pump and filter.

9.1.3.5.3 Flow Instrumentation is provided to give local indication of the flow leaving the spent fuel pool filter and in the main cooling loops.

9.1.3.5.4 Level Instrumentation is provided which gives an alarm in the control room when the water level in the spent fuel pool reaches either the high or low level condition.

9.1.4 FUEL HANDLING SYSTEM 9.1.4.1 Design Bases The fuel handling system (FHS) consists of equipment and structures utilized for safely implementing refueling operation in accordance with requirements of General Design Criteria 61 and 62 of 10 CFR 50, Appendix A.

The following design bases apply to the FHS.

(1) Fuel handling devices have provisions to avoid dropping or jamming of fuel assemblies during transfer operation.

(2) Handling equipment has provisions to avoid dropping of fuel handling devices during the fuel transfer operation.

(3) Handling equipment used to raise and lower spent fuel has a limited maximum lift height so that the minimum required depth of water shielding is maintained. See New Fuel Elevator description for use with spent fuel.

(4) The Fuel Transfer System (FTS), where it penetrates the containment, has provisions to preserve the integrity of the containment pressure boundary.

(5) Criticality during fuel handling operations is prevented by geometrically safe configuration of the fuel handling equipment.

(6) Handling equipment will not fail in such a manner as to damage Seismic Category I equipment in the event of a safe shutdown earthquake.

(7) The inertial loads imparted to the fuel assemblies or core components during handling operations are less than the loads which could cause damage.

9.1-12 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 (8) Physical safety features are provided for personnel operating handling equipment.

9.1.4.2 System Description The FHS consists of the equipment needed for the refueling operation on the reactor core. Basically this equipment is comprised of the reactor component hoisting equipment, fuel handling equipment and the FTS. The structures associated with the fuel handling equipment are the refueling cavity, the refueling canal, the transfer canal, the spent fuel storage pit, the cask loading area and the new fuel storage vault.

New fuel assemblies are received one or two per shipping container and moved one assembly at a time using the Auxiliary Building crane. The assemblies are temporarily stored in either the new fuel vault for dry storage or in the spent fuel pool as a staging area for the next refueling. When storage in the spent fuel pool is desired, assemblies are placed into the new fuel elevator and lowered into the transfer canal where normal spent fuel handling equipment is used to complete the movement into its storage location. New assemblies may be transferred directly from the shipping container or from the new fuel vault into the reactor core or spent fuel pool via the new fuel elevator and normal spent fuel handling equipment.

The fuel handling equipment is designed to handle the spent fuel under water from the time it leaves the reactor vessel until it is placed in a container for shipment from the site. Underwater transfer of spent fuel provides an effective, economic and transparent radiation shield, as well as a reliable cooling medium for removal of decay heat. The boric acid concentration in the water is sufficient to preclude criticality.

The associated fuel handling structures may be generally divided into three areas: the refueling cavity and refueling canal which are flooded only during plant shutdown for refueling, the spent fuel storage area which is kept full of water and is always accessible to operating personnel, and the new fuel storage vault which is separate and protected for dry storage. The refueling canal and the transfer canal are connected by a fuel transfer tube. This tube is fitted with a blind flange on the refueling canal end and a gate valve on the transfer canal end. The blind flange is in place except during refueling to ensure containment integrity. Fuel is carried through the tube on an underwater transfer car.

Fuel is moved between the reactor vessel and the refueling canal by the refueling machine. A rod cluster control changing fixture is located on the refueling canal wall and may be used for transferring control elements from one fuel assembly to another.

The Rod Cluster Control Assembly (RCCA) change tool is used from the spent fuel pool bridge crane to transfer control elements from one assembly to another in the spent fuel pool.

The lifting arm at either end of the fuel transfer tube is used to pivot a fuel assembly.

Before entering the transfer tube the lifting arm pivots a fuel assembly to the horizontal position for passage through the transfer tube. After the transfer car transports the fuel assembly through the transfer tube, the lifting arm at that end of the tube pivots the assembly to a vertical position so that it can be lifted out of the upender frame.

FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING 9.1-13

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 In the spent fuel storage area, spent fuel assemblies are moved about by the spent fuel pit bridge hoist. When lifting spent fuel assemblies, the hoist uses a long-handled tool to assure that sufficient radiation shielding is maintained. A shorter tool is used to handle new fuel assemblies with the Auxiliary Building crane, but the new fuel elevator must be used to lower the assembly to a depth at which the spent fuel pit bridge crane, using the long-handled tool, can place the new fuel assembly into the upending device.

The new fuel elevator may be used to raise or lower an irradiated fuel assembly to facilitate maintenance activities under administrative controls that ensure sufficient radiation shielding is maintained.

Decay heat, generated by the spent fuel assemblies in the spent fuel pit, is removed by the spent fuel pool cooling system.

9.1.4.2.1 Refueling Procedure The refueling operation follows a detailed procedure which provides a safe, efficient refueling operation. Reactor core alterations or handling of irradiated fuel are suspended during a tornado warning. Prior to initiating refueling operations the reactor coolant system is borated and cooled down to refueling shutdown conditions as specified in the Technical Specifications. Criticality protection for refueling operations, including a requirement for periodic checks of boron concentration, is specified in the Technical Specifications.

The following significant points are assured by the refueling procedure:

(1) The refueling water and the reactor coolant contain the required concentration of boron. This concentration is sufficient to keep the core reactivity of keff<0.95 during the refueling operations with all control rods inserted, except the most reactive rod.

(2) The water level in the refueling cavity is high enough to keep the radiation levels within acceptable limits when the fuel assemblies are being removed from the core.

The refueling operation is divided into four major phases. A general description of a typical refueling operation through the four phases is given below:

(1) Phase I - Preparation The reactor is shut down and cooled to refueling conditions with a final keff

< 0.95 (all rods in, except the most reactive rod). At this time, the coolant level in the reactor vessel is lowered to a point slightly below the vessel flange.

Then the fuel transfer equipment is checked for proper operation. The refueling machine is checked for proper operation prior to or during Phase 1.

(2) Phase II - Reactor Disassembly Missile shields are removed from around the reactor head, allowing all piping, supports, cables, air ducts, and insulation to be removed from the vessel 9.1-14 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 head. The refueling cavity is then prepared for flooding by sealing off the reactor cavity, checking of the underwater lights, tools, and FTS, closing the refueling canal drain holes, and removing the blind flange from the fuel transfer tube. After the reactor vessel head has been detensioned, the vessel head is unseated and raised above the vessel flange. Water from the RWST is pumped into the reactor coolant system by the residual heat removal pumps. During reactor pressure vessel (RPV) head removal and lift, radiation levels are monitored and direct inspections are performed to detect potential rod cluster control assembly (RCCA) withdrawal. This inspection may be performed by monitoring the source range instrumentation for any unusual unexpected change during RPV head removal. The RPV head is raised to clear obstructions, and moved to the storage stand. The reactor cavity water level is raised to just above the vessel flange, leak inspections are initiated, and the level is increased to cover the upper internals guide tubes. The cavity water level is raised to normal refueling level. The control rod drive shafts are disconnected and, with the upper internals, are removed from the vessel. The fuel is now free from obstructions and the core is ready for refueling.

(3) Phase III - Fuel Handling The general fuel handling sequence for a full core off load is:

(a) The refueling machine is placed over the first assembly to be removed.

(b) The fuel assembly is lifted and moved into the upender.

(c) The upender is then pivoted to the horizontal position by the lifting arm.

(d) The fuel is moved through the fuel transfer tube to the transfer canal area by the transfer car.

(e) The fuel assembly is pivoted to the vertical position by the lifting arm.

The fuel assembly is lifted and moved by the spent fuel handling tool attached to the spent fuel pit bridge crane.

(f) The fuel assembly is then placed into a spent fuel rack storage cell.

(g) This sequence is repeated until all 193 fuel assemblies are removed from the core and placed into the spent fuel pit.

(h) Fuel related components are then shuffled/removed from assemblies and placed into their proper locations. After fuel related components shuffles are completed, the fuel is loaded back into the core in the prescribed sequence by reversing the above steps.

FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING 9.1-15

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 (4) Phase IV - Spent Fuel Cask Loading. WBN currently does not, and has no immediate plans to, ship spent fuel off-site. The following discussion is provided for Historical Information only.

(a) The fuel cask shipping conveyance is parked inside the Auxiliary Building with the hatch covers in the elevation 757 floor closed for ventilation control.

(b) When the outside door is closed, the hatch covers are opened.

(c) The shipping cask is picked up by the Auxiliary Building crane and is moved to an open area on the operating floor. If it is necessary to disengage the crane hook to free the crane for other uses, the cask is lowered to the cask decontamination facility or into the cask loading area of the spent fuel pool. In either of these locations, a seismic event would not overturn the cask.

(d) The gate is placed in the slot between the spent fuel pit and the cask loading area.

(e) The cask is picked up by the crane and is lowered onto the shelf in the loading area. The crane hook is disengaged from the cask, and an extension link is inserted between hook and cask. The cask then is lowered into the deep portion of the pit.

(f) The cask lid is removed and placed in the cask setdown area.

(g) The gate is removed from the slot.

(h) Using the spent fuel pit bridge crane, fuel assemblies are transferred, one at a time, from the spent fuel storage racks to the cask.

(i) The gate is placed in the slot and the cask lid is replaced.

(j) The cask is lifted onto the shelf, the extension link is removed, and the cask is removed from the loading areas. It is then placed in the cask decontamination room and tiedown devices are affixed.

(k) After decontamination the cask undergoes preshipment tests.

(l) The cask is placed on the shipping conveyance with the outer door closed.

(m) The hatch covers in the Elevation 757 floor are closed and the conveyance is moved out of the building.

9.1-16 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 9.1.4.2.2 Component Description Refueling Machine The refueling machine (Figure 9.1-6) is a rectilinear bridge and trolley crane with a vertical mast extending down into the refueling water. The bridge spans the refueling cavity and runs on rails set into the edge of the refueling cavity. The bridge and trolley motions are used to position the vertical mast over a fuel assembly. A long tube with a pneumatic gripper on the end is lowered down out of the mast to grip the fuel assembly. The gripper tube is long enough so that the upper end is still contained in the mast when the gripper end contacts the fuel. A winch mounted on the trolley raises the gripper tube and fuel assembly up into the mast tube. The fuel is transported while inside the mast tube to its new position.

The refueling machine uses three AC servo motors to control bridge, trolley, and hoist motions. Boundaries, interlocks, and speeds are controlled by an industrial programmable logic controller.

All major controls for the refueling machine are mounted in a console on the trolley.

The bridge and trolley are positioned in relation to a grid pattern referenced to the core by a series of redundant digital encoder systems.

The drives for the bridge, trolley and hoist are variable speed. The maximum speed for the bridge is approximately 60 fpm and the maximum speed for the trolley is approximately 40 fpm. The maximum speed for the hoist is approximately 40 fpm.

The refueling machine has two auxiliary monorail hoists, one on each side of the bridge upper structure.

Electrical interlocks and limit switches on the bridge and trolley drives prevent damage to the fuel assemblies. The hoist is also provided with redundant limit switches to prevent a fuel assembly from being raised above a safe shielding depth should the limit switch fail. In an emergency, the bridge, trolley and hoist can be operated manually using a handwheel on the motor shaft to return the system to a safe configuration.

Portable underwater cameras are used, as required, during refueling operations and can permit viewing of all fuel assembly positions.

Spent Fuel Pit Bridge Crane The spent fuel pit bridge crane (Figure 9.1-7) is a steel-mounted walkway spanning the spent fuel pit, which carries an electric monorail hoist on an overhead structure. The spent fuel pit bridge crane is used exclusively for handling fuel assemblies within the spent fuel pit and transfer canal by means of a long-handled tool suspended from the hoist. The hoist travel and tool length are designed to limit the maximum lift of a fuel assembly to a safe shielding depth.

The spent fuel bridge crane has two step magnetic controllers for the bridge and hoist.

The bridge speeds are 11 and 33 fpm and the hoist speeds are 7 and 20 fpm. A hydraulic coupling is used in the bridge drive to limit starting acceleration.

FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING 9.1-17

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 The hoist pendent control is equipped with a load sensing device to indicate an overload in the up direction or an underload in the down direction to prevent damage to the fuel elements. The hoist trolley is hand operated by a chain drive.

New Fuel Elevator The new fuel elevator (Figure 9.1-8) consists of a box-shaped elevator assembly with its top end open and sized to house one fuel assembly.

The new fuel elevator is used primarily to lower a new fuel assembly to the bottom of the fuel transfer canal where it is transported to the fuel transfer system by the spent fuel pit bridge hoist.

The New Fuel Elevator may also be used to raise and lower an irradiated fuel assembly to facilitate maintenance activities. Prior to placing an irradiated fuel assembly in the elevator, safety precautions will be implemented to limit the maximum lift of the fuel assembly to a safe shielding depth.

Fuel Transfer System The fuel transfer system (Figure 9.1-9) includes a cable-driven transfer car that runs on tracks extending from the reactor cavity through the transfer tube into the transfer canal. At each end of the transfer tube are lifting arms. The upender in the refueling cavity receives a fuel assembly in the vertical position from the refueling machine. The fuel assembly is then pivoted to a horizontal position with the lifting arm for passage through the transfer tube. The transfer car is positively connected to the drive train in the transfer canal. After passing through the tube, the fuel assembly is pivoted to a vertical position for removal to the spent fuel pit storage location via the spent fuel pit bridge crane.

During reactor operation, the transfer car is stored in the transfer canal. A blind flange is bolted on the refueling canal end of the transfer tube to seal the reactor containment.

The terminus of the tube in the transfer canal is closed by a gate valve.

Rod Cluster Control (RCC) Changing Fixture The RCC changing fixture is supplied for periodic RCC element inspections and for transfer of RCC elements from one fuel assembly to another in the event this operation is ever required (Figure 9.1-10). The major subassemblies which comprise the changing fixture are the frame and track structure, the carriage, the guide tube, the gripper, and the drive mechanism. The carriage is a moveable container supported by the frame and track structure. The tracks provide a guide for the four flanged carriage wheels and allows horizontal movement of the carriage during changing operation.

The positioning stops on both the carriage and frame locate each of the three carriage compartments directly below the guide tube. Two of these compartments are designed to hold individual fuel assemblies while the third is made to support a single rod cluster control element. Situated above the carriage and mounted on the refueling canal wall is the guide tube. The guide tube provides for the guidance and proper orientation of the gripper and rod cluster control element as they are being raised and lowered. The gripper is a pneumatically actuated mechanism responsible for engaging the rod 9.1-18 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 cluster control element. It has two flexure fingers which can be inserted into the top of the rod cluster control element when air pressure is applied to the gripper piston.

Normally the fingers are locked in a radially extended position. Mounted on the operating deck is the drive mechanism assembly which consists of the manual carriage drive mechanism, the operating handle, the pneumatic selector valve for actuating the gripper piston, and the electric hoist for elevation control of the gripper.

Spent Fuel Assembly Handling Tool The spent fuel assembly handling tool (Figure 9.1-11) is used to handle new and spent fuel assemblies in the spent fuel pit. It is a manually actuated tool, suspended from the spent fuel pit bridge crane, which uses four cam actuated latching fingers to grip the underside of the fuel assembly top nozzle. The operating handle to actuate the fingers is located at the top of the tool. When the fingers are latched, a pin is inserted into the operating handle which prevents the fingers from being accidently unlatched during fuel handling operations.

New Fuel Assembly Handling Tool The new fuel assembly handling tool (Figure 9.1-12) is used to lift and transfer fuel assemblies between the new fuel shipping containers, the new fuel storage racks, and/or the new fuel elevator. It is a manually actuated tool suspended from the Auxiliary Building crane which uses four cam actuated latching fingers to grip the underside of the fuel assembly top nozzle. The operating handles to actuate the fingers are located on the side of tool. When the fingers are latched, the safety screw is turned in to prevent the accidental unlatching of the fingers.

Reactor Vessel Head Lifting Device The reactor vessel head lifting device consists of a welded and bolted structural steel frame with suitable rigging to enable lifting and storing the head during refueling operations. The lifting device is permanently attached to the reactor vessel head.

Reactor Internals Lifting Device The reactor internals lifting device (Figure 9.1-13) is a structural steel frame. The frame is lowered onto the guide tube support plate of the internals, and is mechanically connected to the support plate by three bolts. Bushings on the frame engage guide studs in the vessel flange to provide guidance during removal and replacement of the internals package.

Reactor Vessel Stud Tensioner The stud tensioners (Figure 9.1-14) are employed to secure the head closure joint at every refueling. The stud tensioner is a hydraulically operated device that uses oil as the working fluid. The device permits preloading and unloading of the reactor vessel closure studs at cold shutdown conditions. Stud tensioners minimize the time required for stud tensioning and detensioning operations. Three tensioners are provided and are applied simultaneously to three studs located 120 degrees apart. A single hydraulic pumping unit operates the tensioners, which are hydraulically connected.

The studs are tensioned to their operational load in two steps to prevent high stresses FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING 9.1-19

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 in the flange region and unequal loadings in the studs. Relief valves on each tensioner prevent overtensioning of the studs due to excessive pressure.

9.1.4.3 Design Evaluation 9.1.4.3.1 Safe Handling Design Criteria for the Refueling Machine (1) The primary design objective of the refueling machine is reliability. A conservative design approach is used for all load bearing parts. Throughout the design consideration is given to the fact that the machine spends long idle periods stored in an atmosphere of 80°F and high humidity. In general, the crane structure is considered in the Class AI, Standby Service, as defined by the Crane Manufacturers Association of American Specification No. 70.

(2) Seismic design considerations are discussed in Section 9.1.4.3.2.

(3) All components critical to the operation of the crane and parts which could fall into the reactor are positively restrained from loosening. Fasteners above water that cannot be lockwired or tack welded are coated with locking compound.

Industrial codes and standards used in the design of the fuel handling equipment are:

(1) Refueling machine and fuel handling machine: Applicable sections of Crane Manufacturer Association of America Specification No. 70.

(2) Structural: AISC, Part 5, 7th Edition (3) Electrical: Applicable standards and requirements of the IEEE Standard 279, National Electric Code, NFPA#70, and NEMA Standard MG 1 shall be used in the design of all electrical equipment.

(4) Materials: Materials conform to the specifications of the ASTM standard.

(5) Safety: OSHA Standards 29 CFR 1910 and 29 CFR 1926, including load testing requirements, the requirements of Regulatory Guide 1.29, and General Design Criteria 61 and 62.

Refueling Machine The refueling machine design includes the following provisions to ensure safe handling of fuel assemblies:

(1) Electrical Interlocks (a) Bridge, Trolley and Hoist Drive Interlocks 9.1-20 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Bridge, along with the trolley drives are interlocked with the hoist, using redundant interlocks to prevent simultaneous operation of the hoist with the bridge and/or trolley.

(b) Bridge Trolley Drive - Gripper Tube Up Bridge and trolley drive operation is prevented except when the gripper tube up position switches are actuated or during indexing operation.

The interlock is redundant.

(c) Gripper Interlock An interlock is supplied which prevents the opening of a solenoid valve in the air line to the gripper except when zero suspended weight is indicated by a force gage. As backup protection for this interlock, the mechanical weight actuated lock in the gripper, prevents operation of the gripper under load even if air pressure is applied to the operating cylinder. This interlock is redundant.

(d) Excessive Suspended Weight Two redundant excessive suspended weight switches open the hoist drive circuit in the up direction when the loading is excessive based on the vendor recommendations. The interlock is redundant.

The hoist is also provided with a low-load safety circuit, which prevents down-travel of the hoist if the load cell weight is sufficiently reduced.

This minimizes the possibility of fuel assembly damage if one fuel assembly were to be lowered on top of another fuel assembly. The low load safety circuit setpoint is established using vendor recommendations.

(e) Hoist-Gripper Position Interlock An interlock in the hoist drive circuit in the up direction permits the hoist to be operated only when either the open or closed indicating switch on the gripper is actuated. The hoist-gripper position interlock consists of two separate circuits that work in parallel so that one circuit must be closed for the hoist to operate. If one or both interlocking circuits fail in the closed position, an audible and visual alarm on the console is actuated.

(2) Bridge and Trolley Hold-Down Devices Both refueling machine bridge and trolley are horizontally restrained on the rails by two pairs of guide rollers, one pair at each wheel location on one truck only. The rollers are attached to the bridge truck and contact the vertical faces on either side of the rail to prevent horizontal movement. Vertical restraint is accomplished by anti-rotation bars located at each of the four FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING 9.1-21

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 wheels for both the bridge and trolley. The anti-rotation bars are bolted to the trucks and, for the bridge restraints, extended under the rail flange, while the trolley restraints extend beneath the top flange of the bridge girder which supports the trolley rail. Both horizontal and vertical restraints are adequately designed to withstand the forces and overturning moments resulting from the Safe Shutdown Earthquake.

(3) Design Load The structure which supports the fuel assembly is designed for a static load of 5500 pounds. The refueling machine hoist has a manufacturer's rated capacity of 4000 pounds but is capable of supporting a static load of 5000 pounds with a safety factor of 5.0, and has been evaluated to be capable of a 5500 lb. static load in an emergency. Under normal conditions, the working load of the hoist is 2500 pounds (the weight of a fuel assembly, approximately 1600 pounds, plus gripper tube which weighs less than 1000 pounds).

During normal hoist operation, the overload setpoint limits the hoist load to a value well below the rated capacity of the hoist. This value is based on vendor recommendations. The maximum allowable emergency pullout load (total maximum load which can be applied using the handwheel without danger of over stressing the hoist and supporting structure) is 5500 pounds.

The 5500 pound load is a static load to be applied with the handwheel only, and only under emergency conditions. A load sensing device allows the load to be measured, so the operator knows the load being imposed on the hoist when using the handwheel.

(4) Main Hoist Braking System The main hoist is equipped with two independent braking systems. A solenoid release, spring-set electric brake is mounted on the motor shaft.

This brake operates in the normal manner to release upon application of current to the motor and set when current is interrupted. The second brake is a mechanically actuated load brake internal to the hoist gear box that sets if the load starts to overhaul the hoist. It is necessary to apply torque from the motor to raise or lower the load. In raising, this motor cams to brake open; in lowering, the motor slips the brake allowing the load to lower. This brake actuates upon loss of torque from the motor for any reason and is not dependent on any electrical circuits. The motor brake capacity is 100% of the rated hoist capacity of 4000 pounds. The mechanical brake has a capacity of 150% of the rated hoist capacity.

(5) Fuel Assembly Support System The main hoist system is supplied with redundant paths of load support such that failure of any one component will not result in free fall of the fuel assembly. Two wire ropes are anchored to the winch drum and carried over independent sheaves to a load equalizing mechanism on the top of the gripper tube. In addition, supports for the sheaves and equalizing 9.1-22 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 mechanism are backed up by passive restraints to pick up the load in the event of failure of this primary support. Each wire rope has a load rating 5 times the design load.

The gripper mechanism contains a spring actuated mechanical lock which prevents the gripper from opening unless the gripper is under a compressive load.

The gripper and hoist systems are routinely load tested to the requirements listed in plant Technical Requirements Manual.

Fuel Transfer System The following safety features are provided for in the fuel transfer system.

(1) Transfer Car Permissive Switch The primary transfer car controls are located on the operating floor and conditions in the containment may, therefore, not be visible to the operator.

The transfer car controls include an e-stop function on the containment side transfer control console allowing a second operator in the containment to exercise some control over car movement if conditions visible to him warrant such control. Transfer car operation is possible only when both lifting arms are in the down position as indicated by the underwater proximity switches.

A second set of underwater proximity switches monitor the full up position of each of the upenders. Control logic provides a second permissive condition as a backup for the transfer car lifting arm interlock. Assuming the upender is in the upright position in the containment and the lifting arm interlock circuit fails in the permissive condition, the operator on the operating floor still cannot operate the car because the logic prevents car motion if either upender is indicated as being full up, or if either upender is indicated as being in motion.

(2) Lifting Arm - Transfer Car Position Lifting arm operation is permitted only when the transfer car is at the respective end of its travel. Transfer car postion indication, limit sensing, and braking controls are displayed on the control panel. The backup lifting arm interlock, a mechanical latch device which is opened by the weight of the fuel container when in the horizontal position, has been abandoned.

(3) Transfer Car - Valve Open Interlocks on the transfer tube valve permit transfer car operation only when the transfer tube valve position switch indicates the valve is fully open.

FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING 9.1-23

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 (4) Transfer Car - Lifting Arm The transfer car lifting arm interlock is primarily designed to protect the equipment from overload and possible damage if an attempt is made to move the car when the upender is not in the horizontal position. The basic interlock is a position limit switch in the control circuit made up from a 150 pound load, cart in position, and cart in zone.

(5) Lifting Arm - Refueling Machine The refueling canal lifting arm is interlocked with the refueling machine.

Whenever the transfer car is located in the refueling canal, the lifting arm cannot be operated unless the refueling machine mast is in the fully retracted position or the refueling machine is not over the upender.

(6) Lifting Arm - Spent Fuel Pit Bridge The transfer canal lifting arm is interlocked with the spent fuel pit bridge position and hoist. The lifting arm cannot be operated when the spent fuel pit bridge is over the lifting arm area and the hoist is not in the full up position or when the spent fuel pit bridge crane is in bypass mode.

Spent Fuel Pit Bridge The spent fuel pit bridge includes the following safety features.

(1) The spent fuel pit bridge controls are interlocked to prevent simultaneous operation of bridge drive and hoist.

(2) Bridge drive operation is prevented except when the hoist is in the full up position unless in bypass mode which allows bridge slow speed when the hoist is not in the full up position.

(3) An overload protection device is included on the load monitor to limit the uplift force. The overload is set and administratively controlled based on Westinghouse recommendations.

(4) Restraining bars are provided on each track to prevent the bridge from overturning.

Fuel Handling Tools and Equipment All fuel handling tools and equipment handled over an open reactor vessel are designed to prevent inadvertent decoupling from machine hooks (i.e., lifting rigs are pinned to the machine hook and safety latches are provided on hooks supporting tools).

Tools required for handling internal reactor components are designed with fail safe features that prevent disengagement of the component in the event of operating 9.1-24 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 mechanism malfunction. These safety features apply to all tools which handle or service new or spent fuel or fuel related components.

9.1.4.3.2 Seismic Considerations The safety classifications for all fuel handling and storage equipment are listed in Table 3.2-2. These safety classes provide criteria for the seismic design of the various components. Class 1 and Class 2 equipment is designed to withstand the forces of the OBE and SSE. For normal conditions plus OBE loadings, the resulting stresses are limited to allowable working stresses as defined in the ASME Code,Section III, Appendix XVII, Subarticle XVII-2200 for normal and upset conditions. For normal conditions plus SSE loadings, the stresses are limited to within the allowable values given by Subarticle XVII-2110 for critical parts of the equipment which are required to maintain the capability of the equipment to perform its safety function. Permanent deformation is allowed for the loading combination which includes the SSE to the extent that there is no loss of safety function.

The Class 3 fuel handling and storage equipment satisfies the Class 1 and Class 2 criteria given above for the SSE. Consideration is given to the OBE only insofar as failure of the Class 3 equipment might adversely affect Class 1 or 2 equipment.

For non-nuclear safety equipment, design for the SSE is considered if failure might adversely affect a Safety Class 1, 2 or 3 component. Design for the OBE is considered if failure of the non-nuclear safety component might adversely affect a Safety Class 1 or 2 component.

9.1.4.3.3 Containment Pressure Boundary Integrity The fuel transfer tube which connects the refueling cavity (inside the reactor containment) and the operating floor (outside the containment) is closed on the refueling cavity side by a blind flange when containment integrity is required, except during refueling operations. Two seals are located around the periphery of the blind flange with leak-check provisions between them.

9.1.4.3.4 Radiation Shielding During all phases of spent fuel transfer, the gamma dose rate at the refueling bridge is 2.5 mr/hr or less. This is accomplished by maintaining a minimum of 9.9 feet of water above the active fuel region which correlates to 8 feet and 10.875 inches above the top of the fuel assembly during all handling operations.

The two fuel handling devices used to lift spent fuel assemblies are the refueling machine and the spent fuel pit bridge. The refueling machine contains positive stops which prevent the active fuel region of a fuel assembly from being raised to within a minimum of 9.9 feet of the water level in the refueling cavity. The hoist on the spent fuel pit bridge moves spent fuel assemblies with a long handled tool. Hoist travel and tool length likewise limit the maximum lift of the active fuel region of a fuel assembly to within a minimum of 9.9 feet of the water level in the spent fuel pit and transfer canal.

FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING 9.1-25

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 9.1.4.4 Tests and Inspections As part of normal plant operations, the fuel handling equipment is inspected for operating conditions prior to each refueling operation. During the operational testing of this equipment, procedures are followed that will affirm the correct performance of the fuel handling system interlocks.

REFERENCES (1) Holtec Report No. HI-2002607, R0, LOCA Temperature Analysis of the Watts Bar Spent Fuel Pool.

9.1-26 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.1-1 SPENT FUEL POOL COOLING AND CLEANUP SYSTEM DESIGN PARAMETERS Spent Fuel Pool Storage Capacity 1386 Assemblies Spent Fuel Pool Water Volume 372,460(1) gallons Nominal Boron Concentration of the Spent Fuel Pool Water 2,000 ppm Maximum Maximum Boil-Off Time SFP SFP SFP Loss of to 10ft Above Temperature Temperature Cooling Rack With no Decay Heat (2) (2-Train) (1-Train) Heatup Rate Makeup (MBTU/hr) (°F) (°F) (°F/hr) (hr)

Normal Full 28.1 124.7 151.2 9.88 47.4 Core Discharge(3)

Emergency 25.6 129.3 159.2 8.40 55.1 Offload (4)

Optimum 50.2 129.3 159.2 16.46 28.1 (Better than Design)

Conditions (5)

(1) Including Cask Pit Area Volume (2) Decay Heat in accordance with ANS Standard 5.1, "Decay Heat Power in Light Water Reactors," and USNRC Regulatory Guide 3.54, "Spent Fuel Heat Generation in an Independent Spent Fuel Pool Storage Installation."

(3)

Stored legacy fuel assemblies, plus an additional full core (193 assemblies) discharged after 33 days decay time at design basis heat exchanger fouling conditions and Technical Specification Ultimate Heat Sink (UHS) temperatures. The normal refueling interval for WBN is 18 months, with refueling outages typically scheduled in the spring and fall.

(4) Stored legacy fuel assemblies, plus 96 assemblies discharged the previous refueling outage, decayed 96 days, plus an additional full core (193 assemblies) discharged after 60 days decay time. The SFP has been analyzed for a maximum water temperature of 159.2 °F.

(5)

Considers better than design heat exchanger fouling and better than design UHS temperature FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING 9.1-27

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.1-2 SPENT FUEL POOL COOLING AND CLEANUP SYSTEM DESIGN AND OPERATING PARAMETERS (Page 1 of 4)

Spent Fuel Pool Pump Number 3 Design pressure, psig 150 Design temperature, °F 200 Design flow, gpm 2300 Total developed head, ft 125 Material Stainless Steel Spent Fuel Pool Skimmer Pump Number 1 Design pressure, psig 150 Design temperature, °F 200 Design flow, gpm 100 Total developed head, ft 50 Material Stainless Steel Refueling Water Purification Pump Number 2 Design pressure, psig 150 Design temperature, °F 200 Design flow, gpm 200 Total developed head, ft 170 Material Stainless Steel 9.1-28 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.1-2 SPENT FUEL POOL COOLING AND CLEANUP SYSTEM DESIGN AND OPERATING PARAMETERS (Continued)

(Page 2 of 4)

Spent Fuel Pool Heat Exchanger Number 2 Design heat transfer, Btu/hr 11.94 x 106 Shell Tube Design pressure, psig 150 150 Design temperature, °F 200 200 6

Design flow lb/hr 1.49 x 10 1.14 x 106 Inlet temperature, °F 95 120 Outlet temperature, °F 103 109.5 Fluid circulated Component Cooling Water Spent Fuel Pool Water Material Carbon Steel Stainless Steel Spent Fuel Pool Demineralizer Number 1 Design pressure, psig 300 Design temperature, °F 250 Design flow, gpm 100*

Resin volume, ft1 30 Material Stainless Steel Spent Fuel Pool Filter Number 1 Design pressure, psig 300 Design temperature, °F 250 Design flow, gpm 150 Filtration requirement 98% retention of particles above 5 microns Materials, vessel Stainless Steel

• Flow may be increased to 180 gpm for refueling cavity and RWST cleanup.

FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING 9.1-29

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.1-2 SPENT FUEL POOL COOLING AND CLEANUP SYSTEM DESIGN AND OPERATING PARAMETERS (Continued)

(Page 3 of 4)

Spent Fuel Pool Skimmer Filter Number 1 Design pressure, psig 300 Design temperature, °F 250 Design flow, gpm (Filter) 150 Rated flow, gpm (Pump) 100 Filtration requirement 98% retention of particles above 5 microns Material, vessel Stainless Steel Refueling Water Purification Filter Number 2 Design pressure, psig 200 Design temperature, °F 250 Design flow, gpm 200 Filtration requirement 98% retention of particles above 5 microns Material, vessel Stainless Steel Spent Fuel Pool Strainer Number 2 Rated flow, gpm 2300 Perforation, inches Approximately 0.2 Material Stainless Steel Spent Fuel Pool Skimmer Strainer Number 1 Rater flow, gpm 100 Design pressure, psig 50 Design temperature, °F 200 Perforation, inches 1/8 Material Stainless Steel 9.1-30 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.1-2 SPENT FUEL POOL COOLING AND CLEANUP SYSTEM DESIGN AND OPERATING PARAMETERS (Continued)

(Page 4 of 4)

Spent Fuel Pool Skimmers Number 2 Design flow, gpm 50 Piping and Valves Design pressure, psig 150 Design temperature, °F 200 Material Stainless Steel FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING 9.1-31

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.1-3 BASIS FOR DESIGN CRITERIA OF THE WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT SPENT FUEL RACKS ASME B&PV Code,Section III, Subsection NF AISC Manual of Steel Construction, Seventh Edition, 1970.

USNRC Standard Review Plan, Section 3.8.4, "Other Seismic Category I Structures".

USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.13, "Spent Fuel Storage Facility Design Basis."

USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.29, "Seismic Design Classification".

USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.92, "Combining Model Responses and Spatial Components in Seismic Response Analysis".

OT Position for Review and Acceptance of Spent Fuel Storage and Handling Applications, dated April 14, 1978.

10 CFR Part 50, Appendix B, "Quality Assurance Criteria For Nuclear Power Plants and Fuel Reprocessing Plants".

9.1-32 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Figure 9.1-1 New Fuel Storage Racks FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING 9.1-33

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Figure 9.1-2 Deleted by Amendment 44 9.1-34 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING

WATTS BAR FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING Figure 9.1-3 Powerhouse, Auxiliary, and Reactor Buildings Units 1 & 2 Mechanical - Flow Diagram for Fuel Pool Cooling and Cleaning System WBNP-109 9.1-35

9.1-36 WATTS BAR Figure 9.1-4 Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Electrical Control Diagram for Spent Fuel Pit Cooling System WBNP-109 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING

WATTS BAR FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING Figure 9.1-5 Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Electrical Logic Diagram for Spent Fuel Pit Cooling System WBNP-109 9.1-37

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Figure 9.1-6 Typical Manipulator Crane 9.1-38 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Figure 9.1-7 Typical Spent Fuel Pit Bridge FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING 9.1-39

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Figure 9.1-8 New Fuel Elevator 9.1-40 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Figure 9.1-9 Fuel Transfer System Assembly FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING 9.1-41

9.1-42 WATTS BAR Figure 9.1-10 Rod Cluster Control Changing Fixture WBNP-109 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Figure 9.1-11 Typical Spent Fuel Handling Tool FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING 9.1-43

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Figure 9.1-12 Typical New Fuel Handling Tool 9.1-44 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING

WATTS BAR FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING 9.1-45 Figure 9.1-13 Reactor Building Internals Lifting Rig Platform and Mech. Tools Arrangement and Details WBNP-109

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Figure 9.1-14 Typical Stud Tensioner 9.1-46 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Figure 9.1-15 Plan View of Spent Fuel Pool FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING 9.1-47

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Figure 9.1-16 Flux Trap Spent Fuel Storage Rack 9.1-48 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 9.2 WATER SYSTEMS 9.2.1 Essential Raw Cooling Water (ERCW) 9.2.1.1 Design Bases The ERCW system is safety-related because it provides essential auxiliary support functions to the engineered safety features of the plant. The system is designed to supply cooling water to safety and non-safety related equipment. Provisions are made to ensure a continuous flow of cooling water to those systems and components necessary for plant safety either during normal operation or under accident conditions.

Sufficient redundancy of piping and components is provided to ensure that cooling is maintained to vital loads at all times.

9.2.1.2 System Description The ERCW system consists of eight ERCW pumps, four traveling water screens, four screen wash pumps, four strainers located in the main intake pumping station, and associated piping and valves as shown in Figures 9.2-1 through 9.2-4B. The logic and control diagrams are presented in Figures 9.2-5 through 9.2-14A. The design data for pumps required for two-unit operation is shown in Table 9.2-1.

The eight ERCW pumps are mounted on the intake pumping station at Elevation 741.0 which is above the probable maximum flood level.

The ERCW system is designed to supply cooling water to the following components:

(1) Component cooling heat exchangers***

(2) Containment spray heat exchangers (3) Emergency diesel generators (4) Emergency makeup for component cooling system (5) Control Building air conditioning water chillers***

(6) Auxiliary Building ventilation coolers (for ESF equipment)***

(7) Containment ventilation coolers***

(8) Air compressors***

(9) Reactor coolant pump (RCP) motor coolers***

(10) Control rod drive ventilation coolers***

(11) Residual heat removal heat exchangers*

(12) Shutdown Board Room Air Conditioning Water Chillers***

WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-1

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 (13) Spent fuel pool heat exchangers*

(14) Reactor coolant pump thermal barrier*

(15) Ice machine refrigeration condenser*

(16) Instrument room chillers (17) Auxiliary feedwater**

(18) Sample system (SS) heat exchangers*

(19) Backup cooling water to the CCP 2A-A lube and gear oil cooler via the CCP 2A-A room cooler.

• Provided with ERCW only during flood above Elevation 728.0.

• • Not a cooling load. ERCW discharge provides safety-related source for AFW only when preferred supply from the condensate storage tank is unavailable.

• • • Loads on the system during normal operations.

The intake pumping station is located approximately 800 feet from the reservoir at the end of the plant intake channel which provides direct communication with the main river channel for reservoir levels including loss of downstream dam. The intake pumping station is so designed that ERCW related equipment located therein will remain operable during the probable maximum flood.

Water for the ERCW system enters two separate sump areas of the pumping station through four traveling water screens, two for each sump and two diver protection barriers, one for each sump (Figure 9.2-41). Four ERCW pumping units, on the same plant train, take suction from one of the sumps, and four more on the opposite plant train take suction from the other sump. One set of pumps and associated equipment is designated Train A, and the other Train B. These trains are redundant and are normally maintained separate and independent of each other. Each set of four pumps discharges into a common manifold, from which two separate headers (1A and 2A for Train A, 1B and 2B for Train B), each with its own automatic backwashing strainer, supply water to the various system users. Two ERCW Headers associated with the same ERCW train (i.e., 1A/2A or 1B/2B) may be cross-connected to provide greater flexibility (e.g., for strainer maintenance).

Two paths are available for water discharge from the ERCW system. The normal path is to the cooling tower basins of the condenser circulating water system for use as makeup for evaporative losses. The alternate path is to the yard holding pond through yard ERCW standpipes and an ERCW overflow box. The alternate path is seismically qualified up to and including the ERCW overflow box.

The alignment of ERCW headers and system users is as follows:

9.2-2 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 (1) Containment spray heat exchangers 1A, 1B, 2A, and 2B are supplied from ERCW headers 1A, 1B, 2A and 2B, respectively.

(2) The normal supply for both Train A diesel generators is from header 1A, although a backup source from header 2B is also provided. The normal supply for both Train B diesel generators is from header 1B with a backup supply from header 2A.

(3) The normal supply for component cooling heat exchangers A, B, and C is from ERCW header 2A, 2A, and 2B, respectively. However, interconnections between headers 1B and 2A, and between 1A and 2B have been incorporated to permit alternate supplies.

(4) Each header provides ERCW to its corresponding Main Control Room and Control Building electrical board room air-conditioning chillers, the Auxiliary Building ventilation coolers for ESF equipment, the containment ventilation coolers, the RCP motor coolers, the CRDM vent coolers, and the containment instrument room air conditioning water r chillers (i.e., header 1Aand 2A supply Train A equipment header 1B and 2B supply Train B equipment, etc.).

(5) Headers 1A and 1B provide a normal and backup source of cooling water for the station air compressors. For the auxiliary control air compressors there is one compressor on header 1A and one on header 2B.

(6) Under flood conditions, the ERCW system provides water to the spent fuel pool heat exchangers, reactor coolant pump thermal barrier, ice machine refrigeration condensers, and under certain conditions, residual heat removal heat exchangers and sample system heat exchangers (refer to Section 2.4.14) using spool piece inter-ties.

(7) In the event of a need to supply ERCW to the auxiliary feedwater system, when the normal supply of water is not available from the condensate storage tank, discharge headers A and B automatically provide an emergency water supply to the motor-driven auxiliary feedwater pumps of the same train assignment as the header and to each unit's turbine driven auxiliary feedwater pump.

(8) Connections are available in the A-train ERCW supply and return headers for the lower compartment coolers that will allow chilled water from a non-safety related chiller to be used to provide additional cooling of the Reactor Building during outages.

(9) Two RCP motor coolers are supplied from ERCW Header 1A for Unit 1, 2A for Unit 2; and two are supplied from ERCW Header 1B for Unit 1 and 2B for Unit 2.

The supply headers are arranged and fitted with isolation valves such that a critical crack in either header can be isolated to ensure uninterrupted operation of the other WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-3

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 header. The operation of two pumps on the same plant train is sufficient to supply all cooling water requirements for the two-unit plant for unit cooldown, refueling or post-accident operation, and two pumps per plant train will operate during the hypothetical combined accident and loss of normal power if all four diesel generators are in operation. In an accident the safety injection signal automatically starts two pumps on each plant train, thus providing full redundancy.

Pump motors, traveling screen motors, screen wash pump motors, and backwashing strainer motors are supplied with power from normal and emergency sources, thereby ensuring a continuous flow of cooling water under all conditions. There are two independent power trains with two emergency diesel generators for each train, four of the eight ERCW pumps are assigned to Train A and four to Train B. Each diesel generator is aligned to supply power to either of two specific ERCW pumps; the generator capacity is such that only one pump per generator can be loaded automatically. Two traveling screens, two screen wash pumps, and two strainers are assigned to the power train corresponding to that of the ERCW pumps which this equipment serves. The motor-operated valves in the ERCW system are generally supplied with emergency power from the train of diesel generators which corresponds to the pump supplying the header in which the valve is located.

The component cooling system (CCS) heat exchanger discharge by-pass valves incorporate special trim to suppress cavitation. Flow is directed through the by-pass lines at low and intermediate heat exchanger flow rates by opening the by-pass line and closing the main 24-inch motor-operated butterfly valve at the heat exchanger outlet. For conditions which require flow rates beyond the capacity of the anti-cavitation valve, the 24-inch butterfly valve is opened and the anti-cavitation valve closed. To minimize cavitation of the butterfly valves, a multi-holed orifice is located in each of the two CCS heat exchanger vertical discharge headers to increase the back pressure at the valves.

9.2.1.3 Safety Evaluation The ERCW system is designed to prevent any postulated failure from curtailing normal plant operation or limiting the ability of the engineered safety features to perform their functions in the event of natural disasters or plant accidents. Sufficient pump capacity is provided for design cooling water flows under all conditions and the system is arranged in such a way that even a complete header loss can be isolated in a manner that does not jeopardize plant safety.

The ERCW system has eight pumps (four pumps per train). However, minimum combined safety requirements for one 'accident' unit and one 'non-accident' unit, or two 'non-accident' units, are met by only two pumps on the same plant train. Sufficient redundancy, separation and independence of piping and components are provided to ensure that cooling is maintained to vital loads at all times despite the occurrence of a random single failure. A single active failure will not remove more than one supply train per unit (i.e., either headers 1A and 2A or headers 1B and 2B will always remain in service). The ERCW system is sufficiently independent so that a single active failure of any one component in one train will not preclude safe plant operations in either unit.

A failure modes and effects analysis is presented in Table 9.2-2.

9.2-4 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 The safety-related portion of the ERCW system is designed such that total loss of either train, or the loss of offsite power and an entire plant shutdown power train will not prevent safe shutdown of either unit under any credible condition.

CCS Heat Exchanger C, which is shared between the two units, serves the train B engineered safety features for both units. During normal operation, the ERCW flow path to this heat exchanger will be through anti-cavitation bypass valve, FCV-67-144.

A safety injection actuation signal in either unit or loss of offsite power signal causes valve FCV-67-152 to automatically open to assure ERCW flow from header 2B. Once the flow is established the operator determines which valve to close manually.

The Train A safeguards are capable of meeting the safety requirements independently of the Train B safeguards equipment. During a LOCA, it may be necessary to reduce flow to the component cooling heat exchanger prior to admitting flow to the containment spray heat exchanger. The earliest that this action is required is 15 minutes.

Under extreme flood conditions, the ERCW system provides a heat sink for required cooling systems, except the high pressure fire protection system water is used for steam generator feedwater for reactor cooling. The ERCW system is designed to continue operation during the postflood situation in which the loss of the downstream dam has also been assumed.

The ERCW system is designed to furnish a continuous supply of cooling water under normal conditions, as well as under the following extreme circumstances:

(1) Tornado or other violent weather condition which might disrupt normal offsite power. The ERCW pumps are protected from tornadic winds and tornado-borne missiles, as described in Section 3.5, by a walled enclosure covered with a roof composed of structural steel wide-flanged I-beams. The walls and roof are designed to withstand the tornado wind loading and tornado-driven missile impact. In addition, the pumps on power train A are separated from those on train B by a wall on the pumping station deck. The traveling water screens and related screen wash pumps are also located within this protective structure. Yard piping (Class C) is protected by a minimum rock cover or concrete slabs where the minimum rock cover is not possible.

(2) The ERCW pumps, intake pumping station traveling screens and screenwash pumps, and associated piping and structures remain operable during and after a safe shutdown earthquake which might destroy non-seismic structures and equipment and the main river dams upstream and downstream of the site. The components required for operation are designed either to Seismic Category I or I(L) - pressure boundary integrity requirements. The pumping station is designed to maintain direct communication with the main river channel at minimum possible water level resulting from loss of the downstream dams.

WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-5

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 (3) The design provides for the probable maximum flood with the coincident or subsequent loss of the upstream and/or downstream dams. To meet these conditions, the ERCW pumps, traveling screens, and screenwash pumps located in the intake pumping station are above the maximum possible flood level.

(4) In the event of blockage of the non-qualified, normal discharge path, the alternative discharge path would be functional. In this event, the discharge water would flow through the ERCW standpipes and out of the ERCW overflow box . The ERCW overflow box is located in Area 2 which is described in Section 2.4.2.3. The flow from the overflow box will drain along the road, then across the perimeter road, flow west through a swale and across the low point in the access road. If the normal discharge path is blocked, no change in valve alignment or operator action is necessary to activate the alternate path. The alternate path is seismically qualified up to and including the ERCW overflow box. If the alternate path was in use and the non-qualified piping became blocked, the discharge water would flow out of the overflow box and drain away from the plant. Even with the maximum flow out of the overflow box, the water would not build up to reach the elevation of any of the entrances to safety-related buildings.

For purposes of maintenance to the cooling towers, a valve is provided in each of the normal discharge headers so that the ERCW flow can be terminated to the cooling towers and diverted to the holding pond via the alternate discharge path.

Cooling water is supplied in an open cycle cooling mode to the various heat exchangers served by the ERCW pumps during all modes of plant operation. With normal offsite power sources available, water is normally supplied to both units by operating up to two ERCW pumps per train. More than 2 pumps may be operated during pump changeover, etc. The ERCW system provides the required flow necessary to dissipate the heat loads imposed under the design basis operating mode combination, i.e., one unit in LOCA and the other unit in hot standby, based on a maximum river temperature. Maximum ERCW supply temperature is 85°F and is consistent with the recommendations in Regulatory Guide 1.27. Minimum river temperature is 35°F.

ERCW is a versatile system capable of providing sufficient flow and heat removal for a variety of conditions in each unit. As examples, (1) during normal operations, the ERCW system can supply the highest flow demand of one unit in startup and the other in hot shutdown with a flow requirement of approximately 26,400 gpm and remove the highest heat removal demand of one unit in hot shutdown and the other unit in cold shutdown with a heat load of approximately 235,000 kBTU/hr.

9.2-6 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 (2) under design basis accident conditions with offsite power available, the ERCW system can supply the highest flow demand of one unit in startup and the other in LOCA Recirculation with a flow requirement of approximately 32,900 gpm and remove the highest heat removal demand of one unit in cold shutdown and the other unit in LOCA Recirculation with a heat load of approximately 469,000 kBTU/hr.

(3) under design basis accident conditions with a LOOP coupled with a Loss of Train A, Train B of the ERCW system can supply the highest flow demand of one unit in either cold shutdown or refueling (equally demanding) and the other in LOCA Recirculation with a flow requirement of approximately 21,300 gpm and remove the highest heat removal demand of one unit in cold shutdown and the other unit in LOCA Recirculation with a heat load of approximately 305,000 kBTU/hr.

(4) under design basis accident conditions with a LOOP coupled with a Loss of Train B, Train A of the ERCW system can supply the highest flow demand of one unit in cold shutdown and the other in LOCA Recirculation with a flow requirement of approximately 21,400 gpm and remove the highest heat removal demand of one unit in cold shutdown and the other unit in LOCA Recirculation with a heat load of approximately 309,000 kBTU/hr.

The availability of water for the design basis condition on the ERCW system is based on one unit being in a LOCA and the other unit in hot standby and the following events occurring simultaneously:

(1) Loss of offsite power.

(2) Loss of downstream dam.

(3) Loss of an emergency power train.

Since emergency power is used to supply power for the pumps and valves in case of loss of offsite power, the loss of an emergency power train automatically dictates that cooling water must be supplied with two ERCW pumps operating through train headers.

Design basis safe shutdown for WBN is the hot standby mode. If one unit is in an accident condition, the other unit should be maintained at hot standby (if it can not be maintained in its operating mode) until the accident unit cooldown is accomplished.

A calculation has been performed that demonstrates there is sufficient ERCW and CCS capability to meet the GDC 5 requirement to bring the non-accident unit to cold shutdown. This calculation shows the non-accident unit can reach cold shutdown within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> from entry into the Hot Standby mode. This cooldown analysis is performed with CCS carrying all required loads on both the accident and (later in the event) the non-accident unit, including the Spent Fuel Pool. The Core Decay Heat used in the calculation is consistent with the decay heat used in the normal cooldown analysis. The analysis is conservative in that, once RHR is placed inservice,credit for WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-7

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 decay heat removal by the Steam Generators / Auxiliary Feedwater System is no longer taken.

In order to preclude leakage of radioactivity from the containment, the supply lines to the upper containment coolers are provided with double isolation by use of a check valve and motor-operated valve. The supply lines to the lower containment cooler groups and the discharge lines are doubly protected by use of two motor-operated valves operated on separate power trains as shown in Figure 9.2-11.

Radiation detectors are installed in each ERCW discharge header at a point downstream of the last equipment discharge point. If an abnormal radiation level is detected in either ERCW discharge header, the radiation source is located and isolated.

9.2.1.4 Tests and Inspections All system components are hydrostatically tested in accordance with the applicable industry code before station startup. The yard piping is hydrostatically tested in accordance with Section III of the ASME Code. Subsequent to closing out Section III activities, the yard piping was opened at a number of locations and a cement-mortar lining was applied as a replacement under the provisions of Section XI of the ASME Code.Section XI defines a replacement as a design change to improve equipment service. Welds at pipe access points were examined visually and by magnetic particle test, and vacuum box leak tested before application of mortar to the weld area. After completion of cement-mortar lining, the piping was tested to the ASME Section III hydrostatic test requirements. The exposed welds were examined in accordance with the requirements of ASME Section III. ASME Section III examination pressure was maintained until the total time at pressure was one hour or greater. Following return of the system to service and before fuel load a visual examination (VT-2) will be performed in accordance with ASME Section XI IWA-5244 for buried components.

This alternative to visual examination during ASME Section III hydrostatic pressure testing was approved by NRC Inspection Report No. 50-390/89-04 and 50-391/89-04 for ERCW piping having inaccessible welds.

9.2.1.5 Instrument Applications 9.2.1.5.1 General Description ERCW instrumentation and controls (see Figures 9.2-10 through 9.2-14A) for equipment supplied for a particular ERCW main supply header are powered from the same electrical power source as the pumps which normally supply the water to that header. Therefore, loss of one power train would result in the loss of only the instrumentation and controls associated with that particular ERCW header. Motor-operated containment isolation valves are arranged and powered such that isolation may be accomplished utilizing either one of the available power trains. Backup controls (see Section 7.4) are provided for devices which are required for operation in the event of a main control room evacuation.

9.2-8 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 9.2.1.5.2 Pressure Instrumentation Pressure transmitters are provided on each ERCW pump discharge line and main supply header for displaying pressures locally and in the main control room, as well as actuating main control room annunciators when pressure drops below the setpoint.

Each screenwash pump is provided with a local pressure gauge on the pump discharge line. Pressure differential switches are connected across each pair of traveling screens in a forebay. High differential pressure starts both screen wash pumps in a forebay and causes annunciation in the Main Control Room. Since this operation uses non-essential control air/service air, a nonqualified system, the screenwash system is put in continuous operation within three hours after an earthquake, tornado, flood, loop, loss of upstream or downstream dam, or within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> of a LOCA. Screen wash pump discharge pressure switches are utilized to start the traveling screen motor when screen wash pressure has been established. Local pressure gauges and differential switches are provided on each ERCW strainer to monitor strainer pressures and indicate status. Local pressure test points are provided on the ERCW inlet and outlet of the water chillers of each electric board room air conditioner and each main control room air conditioner.

9.2.1.5.3 Flow Instrumentation Flow elements and transmitters are provided for each ERCW main supply header to display the flow rates. The ERCW flow rate through each containment spray heat exchanger is also displayed in the main control room. The ERCW flow rate through each component cooling heat exchanger is also available in the main control room.

Local flow indicators are provided for the flow rate through the emergency diesel engine heat exchangers, the flow rate inlet and discharge from each lower containment, RC pump motor, control rod drive ventilation cooler group each upper containment ventilation cooler,and ECCS pump room coolers. Flow elements are provided in the discharge lines of most other coolers and heat exchangers for use during testing and system balancing.

9.2.1.5.4 Temperature Instrumentation ERCW pump motor winding and bearing temperatures are monitored by a plant computer system which provides recorded data capability. Local temperature indicators are provided for the discharge from each emergency diesel engine heat exchanger and for various other users. Temperature test wells are provided on the inlet of each air conditioner condensing unit and the discharge side of each component cooling system heat exchanger, containment spray heat exchanger, RC pump motor cooler, and control rod drive cooler. Temperature test wells are also provided in the inlet and discharge lines for most space coolers, room coolers, and in the main supply and return header.

9.2.1.5.5 Deleted by Amendment 87 9.2.1.5.6 Control Valves The open and closed positions of the ERCW air operated and motor-operated valves are displayed in the main control room by means of lights incorporated either on the WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-9

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 controlling hand switch or on a valve status light subpanel. Air operated temperature and flow control valves are designed to fail open on loss of electrical power and/or operating air, thereby providing maximum ERCW cooling flow to the equipment being supplied.

ERCW is regulated to each upper and lower containment and control rod drive ventilation cooler through a throttling action type valve controlled by a temperature indicating controller. Manual and/or automatic override to fully close the control valve is provided by means of a hand switch and/or logic signal (Figures 9.2-5 through 9.2-9).

ERCW is supplied to each air conditioner condensing unit through an automatic water regulating valve controlled by condenser pressure.

Each CCS heat exchanger incorporates a motor-operated butterfly valve in its main ERCW discharge line. Each valve may be placed in either of two intermediate, throttled positions in addition to the full open or closed positions. The desired position is selected manually from the control room for the particular plant operating condition.

In addition, the heat exchanger C valve has automatic controls to open the valve to the low-flow intermediate position in response to a loss of offsite power signal or a safety injection signal in either unit. Such automatic controls are not required for heat exchangers A or B since their bypass valves are normally open, whereas the heat exchanger C valve may be normally closed.

The by-pass lines at the CCS heat exchangers discharges have a special motor-operated, anti-cavitation modulating valve to control ERCW flow rate through the associated CCS heat exchanger at low and intermediate flow rates. These anti-cavitation valves may be manually adjusted to the open, closed, and/or intermediate position to achieve desired CCS heat exchanger performance for various operating modes. Control switches are provided in the main control room. The valves are designed to ASME Section III, Class 3, with Class 1E motor operators.

ERCW is supplied to each additional cooler or heat exchanger through an on-off action type valve controlled by either a hand switch, a temperature switch, a manual valve, a logic signal, or various combinations of these.

9.2.1.6 Corrosion, Organic Fouling, and Environmental Qualification Watts Bar Nuclear Plant (WBN) has a comprehensive chemical treatment program for treating raw water systems. This treatment is a major part of WBN Raw Water Corrosion Program. The chemical treatment is used to control corrosion in carbon steel and yellow metals, to control organic fouling, including slime, to minimize the effect of microbiologically induced corrosion (MIC) and inhibit growth of Asiatic clams.

The water used in the Essential Raw Cooling Water (ERCW), High Pressure Fire Protection (HPFP) and Raw Cooling Water (RCW) system is chemically treated. The chemical treatment program injects chemicals to the ERCW, RCW, and HPFP raw water systems at the Intake Pumping Station (IPS) pits such that any pump taking suction from these pits will introduce the chemicals into the system. This treatment includes oxidizing biocide, non-oxidizing biocide, phosphate, and zinc. The phosphate 9.2-10 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 is used to sequester iron from existing corrosion products, the zinc is used to passivate the carbon steel surfaces, and the oxidizing and non-oxidizing biocide will control slime, clams, and MIC.

The dead legs to the containment spray system (CSS) heat exchangers (Hxs) and auxiliary feedwater (AFW) Pumps have biocide/chemical treatment lines which permit flow through those lines on a continuous basis when required by procedure. In addition, the CSS Hxs and piping between the motor-operated supply and discharge isolation valves are filled with demineralized water treated for corrosion control.

Connections are provided on the biocide/chemical treatment lines feeding the Train A Auxiliary Feedwater Pump dead legs to permit chemical treatment with demineralized water and biocides.

The ERCW piping to the diesel generators is treated during periods of train specific biocide injection by opening the associated diesel generator ERCW supply valve.

For the ERCW line to the CCS surge tank, the blind flange at the spool piece connection is provided with a flushing connection to facilitate chemical treatment of the piping. Other lines used to connect to CCS piping during flood mode operation would be treated in a similar manner. These lines are not connected to the CCS during the flushing operation.

Control of organic fouling and Asiatic clams is further enhanced by the use of strainers in the supply headers. Each supply header is provided with a strainer (auto-backwash type) capable of removing particles and organic matter larger than 1/32-inch diameter.

The strainers are located in the Intake Pumping Station downstream of the ERCW pumps.

Normal system operation and maintenance is considered adequate to disperse chemicals in the instrument lines, drains, and vents in the ERCW system.

Allowances for the effects of corrosion on the structural integrity of this system were made by increasing the wall thickness of the pump pressure boundary, pipe, heat exchanger shells and tubes, and other system pressure retaining components.

Measures have also been taken to compensate for the effects of corrosion on the flow passing capability of the system. The normally wetted portion of the buried supply and discharge headers have been lined in situ with cement mortar, most of the 2-inch and smaller diameter piping is stainless steel, and selected runs of larger piping in the Auxiliary and Turbine Buildings are stainless steel, and almost all of the piping in the Reactor Building is stainless steel. Operator actions are taken, as needed, to provide surveillance and compensatory measures, to ensure the ERCW pumps auxiliary piping do not freeze during extreme weather conditions.

To the extent to which they are exposed to atmospheric conditions, all pumps and valves are designed to operate under the most extreme climatic conditions that are expected to prevail in the southeastern United States. Operator actions are taken, as needed, to provide surveillance and compensatory measures, to ensure the ERCW pumps auxiliary piping does not freeze during extreme weather conditions.

WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-11

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 9.2.1.7 Design Codes The ERCW system components are designed to the codes listed in Table 3.2-2a.

9.2.2 Component Cooling System (CCS) 9.2.2.1 Design Bases The CCS is designed for operation during all phases of plant operation and shutdown.

The system serves to remove residual and sensible heat from the reactor coolant system via the residual heat removal system during plant cooldown; cool the spent fuel pool water and the letdown flow of the chemical and volume control system; provide cooling to dissipate waste heat from various plant components; and provide cooling for safeguard loads after an accident.

The systems served by the CCS are:

(1) Reactor coolant system (RCS), Section 5.5.1 Reactor coolant pumps (RCPs)

(a) RCP upper and lower oil coolers (b) RCP thermal barrier heat exchangers.

(2) Residual heat removal (RHR) system, Section 5.5.7 (a) RHR heat exchangers (Hxs)

(b) RHR pump seal water Hx (3) Safety injection system (SIS), Section 6.3 (a) Safety injection pump lube oil coolers (4) Chemical and volume control system (CVCS), Section 9.3.4 (a) Letdown Hx (b) Excess letdown Hx (c) Seal water Hx (d) Centrifugal charging pump lube and gear oil coolers (5) Spent fuel pool cooling and cleanup system (SFPCCS), Section 9.1.3 (a) SFPCCS Hxs (6) Containment spray system (CSS), Section 6.2.2 (a) Containment spray pump oil Hx 9.2-12 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 (7) Gaseous waste processing disposal system (GWPS), Section 11.3 (a) Waste gas compressor Hxs (8) Sampling system (SS), Section 11.4 (a) Sample Hxs (b) Sample chiller package The CCS serves as an intermediate loop between systems 1 through 8, listed above, and the ERCW system. Heat from the listed systems is transferred by the CCS through the component cooling heat exchangers to the ERCW system, which is the heat sink for these heat loads. The intermediate loop provides a double barrier to reduce the possibility of leakage of radioactive water to the environment.

The CCS design is based on a maximum ERCW inlet temperature of 85°F. The ERCW supply from the river is designed to be available under all conditions. The design temperature places no undue limitations on normal plant operation. It affects the time required for plant cooldown and the number of component cooling heat exchangers in use during the various plant operations.

Since the CCS is required for post-accident removal of heat from the reactor, the CCS is designed such that no single active or passive failure can interrupt cooling water to both A and B Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) trains. One ESF train is capable of providing sufficient heat removal capability for maintaining safe reactor shutdown.

The CCS pumps, thermal barrier booster pumps and required motor-operated valves will be automatically transferred to auxiliary onsite power upon loss of offsite power.

9.2.2.2 System Description The CCS, shown in Figures 9.2-16, 9.2-17, 9.2-18, and 9.2-19, consists of five CCS pumps, two thermal barrier booster pumps per unit, three heat exchangers, two surge tanks, one CCS pump seal water collection unit, and associated valves, piping and instrumentation serving both units. The coolers associated with the systems served by CCS (see Section 9.2.2.1) are not part of CCS but rather are included in the serviced systems. Such coolers are discussed more fully in the references listed in Section 9.2.2.1.

The logic and control diagrams for this system are presented in Figures 9.2-20, 9.2-20A, 9.2-21, 9.2-21A, 9.2-22, 9.2-22A, 9.2-23, 9.2-24, 9.2.25, and 9.2-25A.

The CCS design pressure and temperature are 150 psig and 200°F, respectively, except as noted below:

(i) The design pressure and temperature for piping from thermal barrier booster pumps (TBBPS) discharge to the first of redundant WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-13

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 check valves in each thermal barrier supply line are 200 psig and 200°F, respectively.

(ii) From the first redundant check valve of each thermal barrier supply line to the outboard containment isolation valve on the thermal barrier return line, the design pressure and temperature are the same as the RCS design pressure and temperature which are 2485 psig and 650°F. This prevents overpressurization of this portion of the CCS piping in the event of thermal barrier leakage.

A 3/4-inch check valve installed across the inboard containment isolation valve, incorporates a soft seat which is not designed for fluid temperatures above 300°F. In order for the temperature to exceed 300°F, reactor coolant must leak through the thermal barrier into the CCS. A thermal barrier tube rupture event will not degrade the soft seat since isolation would occur rapidly. In order to guard against leakage through the check valve, inspection and repair of the check valve seat will be performed whenever repairs for thermal barrier tube leakage are needed.

(iii) In order to maintain containment integrity during and after a LOCA, CCS piping between and including the containment isolation valves is designed for 250°F.

During normal full power operation, with all CCS equipment available, pumps 1A-A and 1B-B and Heat Exchanger A are aligned with Unit 1, Train 1A ESF and miscellaneous equipment; pumps 2A-A and 2B-B and Heat Exchanger B are aligned with Unit 2 Train 2A ESF and miscellaneous equipment. Pump C-S and Heat Exchanger C are aligned with both Unit 1, Train 1B and Unit 2, Train B equipment. Pump 1B-B is used as additional capacity for Train 1A, as required, and as a replacement for pumps 1A-A or C-S, if one should be out of service. Pump 2B-B is used as additional capacity for Train 2A as required and as a replacement for pumps 2A-A or C-S, if one should be out of service.

Train 1A and Train 2A equipment will provide all the cooling water necessary for the safe operation of Units 1 and 2, respectively. Train 1B/2B (common) supplies additional cooling capacity of both units during various operational modes. Train 1B/2B equipment has been sized to maintain plant safety in the event of Train A power loss.

Two surge tanks are located in the Auxiliary Building. Each surge tank is separated into two parts by a baffle, providing separate minimum surge volumes for each ESF cooling train.

Both units are served by two cooling system trains (A and B) serving ESF equipment, with train A also serving miscellaneous non-safety related components. Except for the RHR Hxs, excess letdown Hx, and PASS coolers (Unit 1 only), both trains of the safeguards equipment of both units served by the CCS are normally aligned and supplied with CCS water and will automatically continue to be supplied in a LOCA. In 9.2-14 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 the event of an accident, nonsafety-related components are not required; therefore, CCS flow to these components may be manually isolated. The excess letdown heat exchanger is required only during startup and when normal letdown is lost, and is valved in at that time. Prior to switchover from injection to recirculation phase of safety injection it is necessary for the operator to open the CCS valves at the RHR heat exchangers of the accident unit in order to supply these heat exchangers with cooling water. This action is part of the switchover sequence specified in Section 6.3.2.2 and Table 6.3-3. The earliest time at which this operator action is required to be performed is 10 minutes. If an emergency power train is lost during an accident condition no additional operator action on the CCS is required for plant safety except for the following cases:

(1) If the non-accident unit is utilizing RHR cooling it may be necessary to close the CCS supply to these heat exchangers. RHR cooling may be terminated when the non-accident unit is in RHR cooldown with the reactor coolant system not vented. If the reactor coolant system has been vented, RHR cooling of the non-accident unit will continue, but at a reduced rate.

(2) If Train A electric power is lost, CCS pump 1B-B will supply cooling water to SFPCS heat exchanger A via CCS header 1A and CCS heat exchanger A during two unit operation.

(3) During two unit operation, if Train B electrical power is lost, Pump C-S will be manually realigned to Train A power and valved into the Unit 1 Train A or Unit 2 Train A header to provide SFP cooling. The SFPCS heat exchanger shall be isolated until this realignment occurs.

In the event of a design basis flood at WBN, the CCS pumps will be submerged since the maximum flood level will be above the CCS pumps. Since cooling must be maintained to certain CCS users during the flood, provisions have been made to interconnect the ERCW and CCS systems to supply ERCW to the following loads:

(a) SFP heat exchangers, (b) RHR heat exchangers, (c) RCP thermal barriers, (d) Sample heat exchangers.

The interconnections are accomplished by installing spool pieces and opening normally-closed valves during flood mode preparation. The thermal barrier booster pumps are required to operate during flood mode and remain above the maximum flood. Some normally-open CCS valves will be closed during this phase to isolate nonessential equipment. The surge tanks shall be isolated upon ERCW interconnection to prevent potential overpressurization.

Provisions have been provided to reestablish CCS flow to the reactor coolant pump thermal barrier following a Phase B isolation signal. This action will protect the integrity WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-15

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 of the seals in the event of passive failure of the chemical and volume control system seal injection flow to the reactor coolant pump seals.

The CCS water is circulated through the shell side of the CCS heat exchangers to the components using the cooling water and then back to the CCS pump suction. The surge tank for each unit is separated into two sections by a baffle. Each section is tied into the pump suction lines from safeguard trains. This tank accommodates expansion and contraction of the system water due to temperature changes or leakage, and provides a continuous water supply until a small leak from the system can be isolated.

Because the surge tank is normally vented to the building atmosphere, a radiation monitor is provided in each component cooling water heat exchanger discharge line.

These monitors actuate an alarm and close both surge tank vent valves when the radiation reaches a preset level above the normal background.

Cooling water is available to the components served by the system. The system is provided with adequate motor-operated-valves to permit realignment or isolation of equipment and cooling water headers by the control room operator. (Motor-operated valves are opened as necessary, to provide the RHR heat exchangers with cooling water during startup, cooldown, refueling, and LOCA.)

Normal system makeup is provided from the demineralized water system. Emergency makeup is provided from the ERCW system by installing a spool piece.

The component cooling water contains a corrosion inhibitor to protect the carbon steel piping. Corrosion inhibitor type is consistent with current water chemistry technology.

The design provides radiation monitors at each CCS heat exchanger outlet for the detection of radioactivity entering the system from the RCS and its associated auxiliary systems, and includes provisions for isolation of system components.

9.2.2.3 Components The components for this system are located within the controlled environments of the Auxiliary Building and the Reactor Building and are designed to withstand the environmental occurrences within those structures such that the components will perform their design function(s). During flooding, connections are made to the ERCW system to maintain a cooling supply to the safeguard trains, since the CCS pumps will be inoperative.

The only safety-related CCS equipment subject to water spray damage includes the CCS pump motors, thermal barrier booster pump motors, and certain valve motors.

All motor-operated valves have totally enclosed, waterproof motors. The CCS pump motors have a NEMA weather-protected Type II enclosure. Drip-proof motors have been provided for the thermal barrier booster pumps.

CCS component design data is listed in Table 9.2-8.

9.2-16 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 9.2.2.3.1 Component Cooling Heat Exchangers The three component cooling water heat exchangers are of the shell and tube type.

ERCW circulates through the tubes while component cooling water circulates through the shell side. The shell is of carbon steel and the tubes are ASME SB-676 stainless steel (AL-6X).

9.2.2.3.2 Component Cooling Pumps The five component cooling water pumps which circulate water through the component cooling loops are horizontal, centrifugal units of standard commercial construction.

The pump motors receive electric power from normal or emergency sources. Each of the four normally assigned pumps (2 per unit) is connected to one of the four electric power trains. The fifth pump can be powered from either of two assigned electric power trains.

9.2.2.3.3 Thermal Barrier Booster Pumps The two booster pumps (per unit) circulate cooling water through the reactor coolant pump thermal barriers. The booster pumps provide the additional head necessary to overcome high head loss through the thermal barriers, and thereby allow the CCS pumps to operate at a lower total head, supplying the remaining component cooling loads at a lower operating pressure. One booster pump supplies the thermal barrier requirements (160 gpm) for each reactor unit. A second pump is assigned to provide 100% redundancy. The pumps are horizontal, centrifugal units of standard commercial construction. The pump motors receive electric power from Class 1E power systems, which are described in Chapter 8.

9.2.2.3.4 Component Cooling Surge Tanks The two component cooling water surge tanks accommodate changes in component cooling water volume. Each unit is provided with one tank for unit separation. Each tank has an internal baffle divider to provide two separate surge volumes for safeguard train separation within each tank. This arrangement provides redundancy for a passive failure during recirculation following a loss-of-coolant accident.

9.2.2.3.5 Seal Leakage Return Unit The seal leakage return unit (SLRU) consists of a tank and two pumps. The tank serves as a collection point for seal leakage from the CCS pumps. The SLRU pumps return this water to the CCS surge tanks. This unit is not a safety class item, because its only function is the collection of pump seal leakage.

9.2.2.3.6 Valves Valves used in the component cooling system are standard commercial types of carbon steel construction, designed to minimize leakage. Self-actuated, spring-loaded relief valves are provided for lines and components that could be pressurized beyond their design pressure by improper operation or malfunction.

WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-17

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 The relief valves protecting the reactor coolant pump thermal barriers and their associated piping are designed to relieve thermal expansion if the cooling line is isolated while the reactor coolant system is hot. The cooling water piping from the check valve upstream of the barrier to the last containment isolation valve downstream is designed for primary system pressure (see Section 9.2.2.2). If the thermal barrier tube ruptures, the cooling line is automatically isolated and the relief valve accommodates thermal expansion of the fluid in the isolated section (this condition will also exist after containment isolation). The valve set pressure equals the design pressure of that particular segment of piping as described below under piping.

Discharged water is directed to the Reactor Building sump.

Cooling water to the RCP thermal barrier is made available to assure that there will be no mechanical damage to the pump. The cooling water supply and discharge lines to the RCP thermal barriers each contain two remote-operated valves in series: One valve operates on power train A, the other on train B. The redundant discharge valves assure the ability to isolate this circuit if a barrier leak is detected. Leak detection is accomplished by measuring thermal barrier supply and discharge cooling water flows.

The cooling water supply line to the excess letdown heat exchanger contains a motor-operated and a manual valve outside the containment wall. A pilot- operated, fail closed, pneumatic valve is provided in the return line outside containment. Both the motor-operated and pneumatic valves are normally closed except during startup, but also have automatic control signals to assure closure under containment isolation conditions. A relief valve is supplied on the cooling water line downstream of the excess letdown heat exchanger. It is sized for thermal expansion occurring when the CCS side is isolated and high temperature fluid continues to flow on the opposite side.

If both sides of the heat exchanger are isolated, the relief valve is also sized to relieve any leakage through the high pressure letdown inlet isolation valve and into the cooling water piping via a heat exchanger tube leak.

Except for the normally closed makeup line and equipment vent and drain lines, there are no normal connections between the component cooling water and other systems.

The equipment vent and drain lines outside the containment have manual valves which are normally closed unless the equipment is being vented or drained for maintenance or repair.

Relief valves other than those on the CCS surge tank or excess letdown heat exchanger have been sized to relieve the volumetric expansion occurring if the exchanger CCS side is isolated and high temperature coolant flows through the opposite side. The set pressure equals the design pressure of the CCS side of the heat exchangers or the CCS piping whichever is less. Water from the relief valves is directed to the floor drains.

Relief valves on the component cooling surge tanks are sized to relieve the maximum flow rate of water which enters the surge tank following a tube rupture of the RHR heat exchanger, excess letdown heat exchanger, or letdown heat exchangers. The set pressure ensures the working pressure of the surge tank will not be exceeded. The discharge of those valves is directed to the floor drain collector tank.

9.2-18 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 The surge tank vent-overflow line, which is open to the Auxiliary Building atmosphere, is equipped with an air-operated valve that closes automatically if radiation is detected in the system. A vacuum breaker valve is also provided to prevent collapsing the tank in the event of a large loss of water in the system.

9.2.2.3.7 Piping Component cooling water system piping is carbon steel, with welded joints and connections except flanges at components which might require removal for maintenance. CCS piping is standard weight except the portion of piping to reactor coolant pump thermal barriers which is Schedule 160 from the first of the redundant check valves to the last containment isolation valve or the return piping.

9.2.2.4 Safety Evaluation The CCS is comprised of two independent trains (A&B) where the CCS Train B header and Heat Exchanger C serve both the Unit 1 and Unit 2 Train B engineered safeguards equipment. The Unit 1 Train A header and Heat Exchanger A serve Unit 1 miscellaneous equipment and Unit 1 Train A engineered safeguards equipment. The Unit 2 Train A header and Heat Exchanger B serve the Unit 2 miscellaneous equipment and Unit 2 Train A engineered safeguards equipment. Each train has the capability to provide the maximum cooling water requirement for the plant. These equipment trains are sufficiently independent to guarantee the availability of at least one train at any time. The system has been analyzed for "worst case" heat loads under combinations of maximum river water temperature, design basis accident conditions, normal cooldown requirements, power train failures. Design basis safe shutdown for WBN is the hot standby mode.

CCS is a versatile system capable of providing sufficient flow and heat removal for a variety of conditions in each unit. As examples, (1) during normal operations, the CCS system can supply the highest flow demand of both units in startup with a flow requirement of approximately 24,200 gpm and remove the highest heat removal demand of one unit in hot shutdown and the other unit in cold shutdown with a heat load of approximately 188,000 kBTU/hr.

(2) under design basis accident conditions with offsite power available, the CCS system can supply the highest flow demand of one unit in startup and the other in LOCA Recirculation with a flow requirement of approximately 22,900 gpm and remove the highest heat removal demand of one unit in cold shutdown and the other unit in LOCA Recirculation with a heat load of approximately 150,000 kBTU/hr.

(3) under design basis accident conditions with a LOOP coupled with a Loss of Train A, Train B of the CCS system can supply the highest flow demand of one unit in either cold shutdown or initial refueling (equally demanding) and the other in LOCA Recirculation with a flow requirement of approximately WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-19

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 10,200 gpm and remove the highest heat removal demand of one unit in cold shutdown and the other unit in LOCA Recirculation with a heat load of approximately 129,000 kBTU/hr.

(4) under design basis accident conditions with a LOOP coupled with a Loss of Train B, Train A of the CCS system can supply the highest flow demand of one unit in either cold shutdown or initial refueling (equally demanding) and the other in LOCA Recirculation with a flow requirement of approximately 15,800 gpm and remove the highest heat removal demand of one unit in cold shutdown and the other unit in LOCA Recirculation with a heat load of approximately 149,000 kBTU/hr.

Component cooling water pumps, heat exchangers, and most of the associated valves, piping, and instrumentation (except flow, pressure and temperature transmitters) are located outside the containment and are therefore available for maintenance and inspection during power operation. Maintenance on a pump or heat exchanger is practical while redundant equipment is in service, subject to limitations of the Technical Specifications.

Sufficient cooling capacity is provided to fulfill system requirements under normal and accident conditions. Adequate safety margins are included in the size and number of components to preclude the possibility of a component malfunction adversely affecting operation of safeguards equipment. Active system components considered vital to the cooling function are redundant; i.e., any single active or passive failure in the system will not prevent the system from performing its design function.

The component cooling water pumps are automatically placed on emergency power in the event of loss of offsite power; therefore, the minimum ESF requirements are met with regard to supply of component cooling water. Separate trains provide component cooling water to the engineered safety features. Each train services its safety related cooling loads associated with the same train. Should a single failure result in the loss of a train of equipment (A or B) the other train is available for handling all required heat loads.

A calculation has been performed that demonstrates there is sufficient ERCW and CCS capability to meet the GDC 5 requirement to bring the non-accident unit to cold shutdown. This calculation shows the non-accident unit can reach cold shutdown within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> from entry into the Hot Standby mode. This cooldown analysis is performed with CCS carrying all required loads on both the accident and (later in the event) the non-accident unit, including the Spent Fuel Pool. The Core Decay Heat used in the calculation is consistent with the decay heat used in the normal cooldown analysis. The analysis is conservative in that, once RHR is placed in-service, credit for decay heat removal by the Steam Generators / Auxiliary Feedwater System is no longer taken.

9.2.2.5 Leakage Provisions To minimize the possibility of leakage from piping, valves, and equipment, welded joints are used wherever possible. Flanged joints are used only in sections or 9.2-20 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 connections to components which require inspection and/or maintenance on a periodic basis, and for butterfly valves.

A seal leakage return unit is provided to collect seal leakage from the component cooling pumps and return it to the system via the CCS surge tanks. The return unit consists of one collection tank and two seal leakage return pumps. The pumps alternate operation to return equal seal leakage volume to each unit surge tank and are not normally in service.

The component cooling water could become contaminated with radioactive water due to one of the following conditions:

(1) A leak in any heat exchanger tube in the CVCS, RHR system, sampling system, or the SFPCS.

(2) A leaking cooling coil for the thermal barrier cooler on a reactor coolant pump.

(3) Seal leakage from the RHR pump.

9.2.2.6 Incidental Control If outleakage occurs anywhere in the system, detection is accomplished through a falling level in the surge tank, which will actuate a low level alarm in the control room.

Leak detection and control is also provided for the sample heat exchanger and chiller package by the level alarms in the waste disposal system sump where any system leakage will be collected. Leak detection and control is also provided for the Train A side of either surge tank, which contains the Class G sample heat exchangers and chiller package, by both flow and level instrumentation as discussed in Sections 9.2.2.7.2 and 9.2.2.7.3. Inleakage is detected by a surge tank high level alarm. The leaking portion of the system is located by visual inspection, and is isolated. The backup train is then put into operation.

Since the system does not service any engineered safety feature component inside the containment following a LOCA, containment isolation valves on the component cooling lines entering and leaving the containment are automatically closed on high-high containment pressure signal (Phase B containment isolation) except isolation valves for the excess letdown heat exchanger which close on Phase A containment isolation signal.

9.2.2.7 Instrument Applications 9.2.2.7.1 General Description The CCS, being a water to water heat transfer system, uses inputs of flow rate, level, pressure, and temperature for instrumentation. Electric power to the essential or safety-related transducers in the instrument loops is from the same train as the equipment being served. Loss of a power train would result in loss of only instrumentation and control for equipment that is being served by that particular power train. Control of the system is through air and motor-operated valves. (See Figures 9.2-16, 9.2-17, 9.2-18, and 9.2-19.)

WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-21

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 9.2.2.7.2 Flow Instrumentation Maintaining ample flow rates is essential to proper heat transfer; therefore, flow measurements are taken at the outlet of virtually all heat exchangers and displayed in the control room. In addition, flows entering the power-trained headers are measured and displayed locally. Differential flow instrumentation is also provided for the sample heat exchangers and chiller package, but for a different reason. These coolers, as well as portions of the CCS piping, are designed to TVA Class G and therefore may break under seismic loading. Consequently, to preclude loss of water inventory, this flow instrumentation has been provided to detect outleakage and to provide control signals to isolate the Class G piping from the remainder of the system by automatic closure of valves FCV-70-183 and FCV-70-215. Main control room annunciation of this condition has also been provided. See Figures 9.2-18, 9.2-21, and 9.2-24.

The thermal barrier lines use differential flow to isolate a thermal barrier leak from the rest of the CCS. Flow rates are measured in both the supply and return headers. The two are compared, and should a mismatch occur due to in-leakage, the line is isolated.

This comparison is done in each power train so the isolation function is completely redundant. Annunciation and flow rates on the individual thermal barriers give the operator the required data for proper control.

9.2.2.7.3 Level Instrumentation Surge tank level measurements are used to monitor and control the total amount of water in the system. Should there be leakage into the system, the level will rise and activate a high-level switch for annunciation in the control room. Level is displayed in both the main and auxiliary control rooms.

Leakage out of the system is detected by a low level switch that activates a valve to provide demineralized water makeup to the system. Low-low level switches have also been provided on both the Train A side and the Train B side of both surge tanks. A low-low level signal from the Train A side of either tank indicates a probable break or tube leak in the nonqualified sample cooler/chiller piping and causes automatic closure of valves to isolate the nonqualified portion of the piping system.

9.2.2.7.4 Pressure Instrumentation Pressure measurement is essential for proper monitoring of pump performance. Local pressure indications are available for both suction and discharge of all essential pumps in the system. Local indication is also available for the main supply headers to various equipment. Pressure in the three discharge headers of the CCS pumps is displayed in the main control room and ACR. Discharge headers for trains 1A and 2A are annunciated in the MCR on low-pressure setting. Low header pressure in one unit will automatically start the standby pump in that unit. MCR annunciation is also given when an abnormally high pressure is sensed at the discharge of each CCS pump.

9.2.2.7.5 Temperature Instrumentation Temperature can be monitored at the outlet of every heat exchanger or heat exchanger group. Temperature indication is provided in the main control room for the main return 9.2-22 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 headers to the pumps and for the outlet of the CCS heat exchangers. Should temperatures at the outlet of the major heat exchangers become excessive, annunciation will occur in the MCR to alert the operator to take corrective action.

9.2.2.7.6 Valves Most of the valves in the system are motor-operated, non-throttling, fail-as-is type valves. They are used mostly to isolate sections of the system. The motor-operated valves are power trained. Valve LCV-70-63 is an air operated, fail-closed, makeup water level control valve for the surge tank. Valve FCV-70-66 is an air-operated, fail-closed, vent valve for the surge tank. Valve FCV-70-85 is an air-operated, fail-closed, isolation valve on the return line from the excess letdown heat exchanger.

Throttling valves are used for process control and are not actuated by safety systems.

9.2.2.7.7 Conclusion Since the CCS is a safety buffer system between the radioactive primary water and the ERCW, appropriate instrumentation provides the necessary data and controls for the operator to ensure the functional safety of the system.

9.2.2.8 Malfunction Analysis The CCS is sufficiently independent so that a single active failure of any one component will not preclude safe plant operations in either unit. A failure analysis is presented in Table 9.2-9.

This paragraph discusses the consequences of a loss of component cooling water to the RHR pump seal coolers and the indicators that are available to alert the operator of this loss. The RHR pumps were procured to be operable without cooling water being supplied to the seal coolers. A loss of component cooling water to the seal cooler, however, would result in higher seal unit temperature and consequently shorter seal lifetime but would not cause or require a rapid shutdown of the pumps. Indication of a loss of component cooling water to an RHR seal cooler would be available from several sources. The component cooling lines serving the coolers are each provided with a flow element downstream of the cooler. Flow indication and alarm is provided in the main control room from each of the flow elements. The instrumentation discussed above is illustrated in Figures 9.2-21 and 9.2-22. Additionally, there is a temperature sensor in each RHR seal piping loop which will alarm in the MCR on high seal fluid temperature. A loss of component cooling water flow to one of the RHR seal coolers would not affect the redundant RHR pump.

9.2.2.9 Tests and Inspections - Historical Information All systems piping and components were hydrostatically tested and CCS operability verified prior to station startup. Virtually all CCS components outside the containment are accessible for periodic inspection during operation. The position of system valves and automatic start of the CCS pumps on a safety injection signal are verified periodically.

WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-23

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 9.2.2.10 Codes and Classification Piping and components of the CCS are designed to the applicable codes and standards listed in Table 9.2-10.

The entire system is TVA Class C with the following exceptions:

(1) Containment penetrations and associated containment isolation valves are TVA Class B.

(2) The excess letdown heat exchanger piping inside containment is TVA Class B.

(3) The sample cooler/chiller piping and valves between FCV-70-215 and FCV-70-183 is TVA Class G.

(4) The CCS pump seal leakage collection tank is TVA Class L. The associated drain piping, valves, and seal leakage return pumps are TVA Class G from the collection point to the pumps outlet check valves 1-70-535 and 2-70-535.

(5) The piping between valve 1-ISV-70-775, and the pipe cap and the piping between valve 1-ISV-70-777 and the pipe cap are TVA Class G.

9.2.3 Demineralized Water Makeup System The demineralized water makeup system is a common system.

9.2.3.1 Design Bases The system is designed to supply the requirements for high purity water for makeup to the steam generators, the primary water system, and the demineralized water system for cask decontamination, cleaning, flushing, and makeup for miscellaneous services.

A secondary function is to supply filtered water to the condenser circulating water pumps for bearing lubrication.

9.2.3.2 System Description The system consists of the following two sub-systems: a vendor-supplied water purification system, and the demineralized water storage and distribution system.

Flow diagrams are shown in Figures 9.2-26, 9.2-27 and 9.2-28.

The vendor supplied water purification system has been designed to comply with the aspects of the plant. The system takes raw water from an existing header. The raw water is filtered for suspended solids removal. Water is then normally passed through a reverse osmosis (RO) system designed to remove dissolved solids and organics.

RO effluent is then passed through a process designed to remove CO2 from the water.

Water from this process is then deoxygenated as necessary. Water from the deoxygenation system then flows through a demineralizer for final polishing.

9.2-24 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Water not meeting the specification is automatically recycled either to the RO influent or the demineralizer influent, depending on the parameter that is out of specification.

In-line analyzers continuously monitor the effluent quality. Once the effluent is in specification, it is pumped to the 500,000 gallon demineralized water storage tank to the plant demineralized water storage and distribution system.

The demineralized water storage and distribution system consists of a 10,000 gallon demineralized water head tank, a 15,000 gallon cask decontamination head tank, main piping loop and supply headers. The loop supplies water for various services as shown in Figure 9.2-28. The services include emergency showers, eye wash stations, water for cask washdown room, fuel transfer canals and makeup water for various system tanks and equipment.

The main piping loop is supplied from the demineralized water head tank. Makeup water for the condensate storage tanks (CST) is supplied from either the demineralized water storage or from the water purification system. Washdown water for the cask washdown room is supplied from the cask decontamination head tank. Makeup for the primary water storage tanks is supplied directly from the loop.

Storage tanks and system principal piping are aluminum except piping inside reactor containment which is stainless steel. Piping is TVA Class H except reactor containment isolation valves and connecting piping which are TVA Class B, and piping in the Reactor Building which is TVA Class G.

9.2.3.3 Safety Evaluation The demineralized water makeup system is not required for maintenance of plant safety in the event of an accident and is not a part of the engineered safety systems; therefore, the reactor containment isolation valves and the piping connecting the valves are the only portions of this system which have a nuclear safety class designation in accordance with TVA Classification B.

Pipe hangers and supports in the Control Building, Auxiliary Building, and Reactor Buildings are designed for seismic loading to prevent damage to adjacent safety related equipment necessary for the safe shutdown of the plant.

9.2.3.4 Test and Inspection Prior to startup piping and equipment were tested. After startup routine visual inspection of the system components and instrumentation is adequate to verify system operability.

9.2.3.5 Instrumentation Applications Instrumentation is provided to maintain storage tank levels. The water purification system effluent is provided with a finished water monitor and alarm.

A flow control valve in the demineralized water supply line may be set to close when the demineralized water head tank level rises above the setpoint.

WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-25

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 The cask decontamination head tank fills by gravity through a level seeking connection from the demineralized water system. Flow is controlled by a restrictive orifice and check valve.

High and low level switches annunciate both tank levels in the control room.

9.2.4 Potable and Sanitary Water Systems 9.2.4.1 Potable Water System 9.2.4.1.1 System Description Potable water for this project is purchased from a water supply system operated by Watts Bar Utility District.

Potable water from the supply system enters the plant site through a water meter and a backflow prevention valve and is routed to two storage tanks in the Turbine Building.

Most potable water used on site is taken from the outlets of these tanks in order to keep the stored water fresh and maintain adequate chlorine residual. Some of the more remote facilities are supplied directly from the main supply line. Pressure reducing valves are used where required. The main supply line and the return lines from the storage tanks supply the yard distribution system which conveys potable water to the various buildings and to other points of usage. Concrete backing is poured where lines change direction or dead end. The materials used for pipelines of the potable water system are in compliance with the Standard Plumbing Code.

Plumbing fixtures, water coolers, water heaters, eyewash equipment, and emergency shower equipment are supplied with potable water. Some eyewash and emergency shower equipment are also supplied water from the demineralized water system.

Applicable laboratory, hospital, kitchen, and laundry equipment are also supplied.

Hose bibs and service outlets receive potable water where raw water is not readily available or where water cleaner than raw water is needed. There are no potable water lines in the Reactor Building.

Hard-drawn copper tubing and solder joint fittings or galvanized steel pipe and galvanized malleable iron fittings are normally used on water lines in the buildings.

Potable water lines are normally sized to limit fluid velocities to a maximum of seven to eight feet per second.

Flow diagrams are as shown on Figures 9.2-29A, 9.2-29B, 9.2-29C and 9.2-29D.

9.2.4.1.2 Safety Evaluation Potable water is not essential for the normal operation or the safe shutdown of the nuclear reactors. An adequate supply is important, however, to operate emergency eyewash and shower equipment, to wash contaminated clothing, to provide drinking water, and to carry away human waste. Interruptions in supply are minimized by storage in the two tanks in the Turbine Building.

9.2-26 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 The potable water system is not cross-connected with any radioactive system.

Contamination protection is by the air gap normal to plumbing fixtures. Backflow preventers and vacuum breakers are provided throughout the plant to protect the potable water system from contamination due to backflow from contaminating sources.

A reduced pressure backflow preventer is also installed in the main supply line to the plant to prevent any possible onsite contamination of the system from spreading offsite.

9.2.4.1.3 Tests and Inspections All parts of the potable water systems are tested and inspected for leaks. Fixtures are accessible for inspection during normal operation.

When repairs or additions are made, potable water quality and treatment is monitored in accordance with the requirements of the Tennessee Department of Public Health.

9.2.4.1.4 Instrumentation Applications Water level in the two storage tanks is controlled by a flow control valve operated by level switches. Level switches also actuate a local alarm.

Potable water flow entering the nuclear plant site is recorded by a conventional water meter.

9.2.4.2 Sanitary Water System 9.2.4.2.1 Design Bases The maximum quantity of sanitary waste to be handled, treated, and disposed of is approximately 120,000 gallons per day. The average for normal operation is approximately 100,000 gallons per day. These quantities differ from potable water usage quantities because some potable water drains to other systems. See Sections 9.2.4.2.2 and 9.2.4.2.3.

Sanitary waste is pumped to the Spring City Sewage Treatment Facility under contract with Spring City Waterworks. The contractual agreement provides for processing waste at a capacity of up to 100,000 gallons per day. Processing is performed by the contractor in compliance with all current Local, State and Federal guidelines prior to waste water being discharge to the river. The contract allows TVA the right to access and structurally modify piping for the purpose of inspection or surveillance as needed for compliance with NRC requirements.

9.2.4.2.2 System Description Sanitary waste is collected in individual sanitary waste systems for those buildings which have sanitary facilities and conveyed into the plant yard sewage system, except as noted below and in Section 9.2.4.2.3.

The environmental data station, located far from the main plant, has its own septic tank and drain field.

WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-27

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 In general, for building sanitary waste systems, the embedded lines and fittings are extra heavy cast-iron soil pipe, bell and spigot with neoprene gaskets. Exposed lines are galvanized steel and the fittings are the black cast-iron drainage type. Vent lines are galvanized steel and fittings are galvanized malleable iron.

The sanitary waste from most buildings flows by gravity into the yard sewage system.

Some buildings, which have sanitary facilities on the lower levels, also have sewage ejectors.

The Turbine Building sanitary waste lines are run to the lower floor, which is below grade, collected in a sewage basin system that contains duplex grinder pumps and pumped to the yard system.

The Service Building sanitary waste is collected and pumped by a similar system.

Control Building sanitary waste lines flow by gravity to the Service Building sewage basin system.

The yard sewage system consists of a number of buried gravity flow and pressurized sewers, a number of lift stations and a sewage treatment plant. Gravity flow sewers are provided with precast manholes.

Gravity flow sewers are normally of cast-iron soil pipe, vitrified clay, or polyvinyl chloride (PVC) construction. Pressurized sewers are PVC.

A lift station unit is provided in the yard at the Diesel Generator Building, consisting of a collection basin, two grinder pumps and associated controls.

Similar units are provided at the additional makeup water treatment plant and for the field services facility. These are duplex units with centrifugal sewage pumps located in a concrete basin. A lift station is also provided in the yard near the Office Building to deliver the sanitary waste to the treatment plant. The lift station has a concrete basin and two sets of duplex pumps to send the waste to a connection in the construction sewer system and then offsite to the contracted waste processor.

9.2.4.2.3 Safety Evaluation The sanitary water system does not receive radioactive waste. Drainage from other plumbing equipment with the potential of receiving radioactive waste is as follows:

(a) AUXILIARY BUILDING:

Radiochemical Laboratory (1) Fume hood cup sink drains to the tritiated drain collector tank (TDCT).

(2) Hospital-type sink and an eyewash drain to the laundry tank.

(3) Fume hood cup sinks and one counter cup sink drain to the chemical drain tank.

9.2-28 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 (4) Counter sinks drain to the floor drain collector tank (FDCT).

Titration Room (1) Fume hood cup sink drains to the chemical drain tank.

(2) Counter sink drains to the FDCT.

(3) Counter sinks drain to the Turbine Building station sump.

Hot Instrument Shop (1) Sink drains to the chemical drain tank.

125 V Vital Battery Rooms, 1-4 (1) Sinks and eyewashes drain to the Turbine Building station sump.

(b) SERVICE BUILDING Health Physics Laboratory (1) Counter sink drains to the laundry and hot shower tank.

Personnel Decontamination Room (1) The hot shower drains to the laundry and hot shower tank.

Instrument Shop (1) Counter sinks and one service sink drain to the laundry and hot shower tank.

Hot Shop Area (1) Emergency shower drains to the FDCT tank in the Auxiliary Building.

(2) One decontamination shower and one sink drain to the laundry and hot shower tank.

Details of these drains and tanks are discussed in Section 9.3.3.

9.2.4.2.4 Tests And Inspections Chlorinated effluent will be monitored in accordance with the requirements of the NPDES Permit.

9.2.4.2.5 Instrumentation Applications A float-operated switch on each sewage pump in the plant will start the pump and force accumulated sewage into the yard sewer system.

WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-29

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 The grinder pump lift stations in the yard have integral float or pressure switch control and alarm systems.

9.2.5 Ultimate Heat Sink 9.2.5.1 General Description The ultimate heat sink (subsequently referred to as 'sink') for a nuclear plant is that complex of water sources and associated retaining structures used to remove waste heat from the plant during all normal, shutdown, and accident plant conditions. The sink is designed to perform one principal safety function throughout the plant's life:

dissipation of residual heat after an accident.

The sink is comprised of a single water source, the Tennessee River, including the complex of TVA-controlled dams upstream of the plant intake, TVA's Chickamauga Dam (the nearest downstream dam), and the plant intake channel.

In normal operation, cooling water (approximately 85°F maximum) will flow from Chickamauga Reservoir through the plant intake channel to the intake pumping station. The intake channel is located on the inside of a bend in the river about 2 miles downstream of Watts Bar Dam. The intake channel extends about 800 feet from the edge of the reservoir through the flood plain along a line approximately perpendicular to the river flow, with the bottom at sufficient depth to ensure direct flow from the main river channel to the pumping station during all low water levels. A floating pontoon type structure is provided across the channel to serve as a barrier and discourage direct approach to the pumping station from the reservoir. The barrier is designed to make it virtually impossible to sink; however, if it were to sink, it could not block the channel to the extent of preventing the required flow from reaching the station.

Water is pumped to the plant by the ERCW and raw cooling water pumps (described in Sections 9.2.1 and 9.2.8, respectively), and in certain events, the fire protection pumps housed in the Seismic Category I intake pumping station. The station design assures protection of the safety-related ERCW pumps and fire protection pumps from the design basis flood. The ERCW pumps and fire protection pumps are capable of functioning under any plant design basis condition including a SSE plus loss of downstream dam and a LOCA. The ERCW system description and performance capabilities are discussed in detail in Section 9.2.1.

9.2.5.2 Design Bases The sink for Watts Bar Nuclear Plant is designed to comply with the following regulatory positions in Regulatory Guide 1.27, Revision 1, March, 1974.

(1) The ultimate heat sink is capable of providing sufficient cooling for at least 30 days (a) to permit simultaneous safe shutdown and cooldown of all nuclear reactor units and maintain them in a safe shutdown condition, and (b) in the event of an accident in one unit, to limit the effects of that accident safely, to permit simultaneous and safe shutdown of the remaining unit, and maintain them in a safe shutdown condition. Procedures for assuring a continued capability after 30 days are available.

9.2-30 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 (2) The ultimate heat sink is capable of withstanding, without loss of the capability specified in regulatory position 1 above, the effects of (a) the most severe natural phenomena associated with this location taken individually, (b) the site related events that historically have occurred or that may occur during the plant lifetime, (c) reasonably probable combinations of less severe natural phenomena and/or site related events, and (d) a single failure of man-made structural features.

(3) The ultimate heat sink consists of one source of water, with the capability to perform the safety functions specified in regulatory position 1, above. It can be demonstrated that there is an extremely low probability of losing the capability of the single source. There is one canal connecting the source with the intake structures of the nuclear power units. It can be demonstrated that there is an extremely low probability that the single canal can fail entirely as a result of natural phenomena. The water source and associated canal are highly reliable and can be protected such that a complete failure cannot happen.

(4) The Technical Specifications for the plant include actions to be taken in the event that conditions threaten partial loss of the capability of the ultimate heat sink or it temporarily does not satisfy regulatory positions 1 and 3, above, during operation.

9.2.5.3 Safety Evaluation This safety evaluation is sectionalized to correspond with the points of the preceding regulatory positions.

(1) The cooling water requirements for the most demanding accident shutdown and cooldown of the plant's reactors are presented in Section 9.2.1. The adequacy of the Tennessee River to provide this amount of water, and therefore to satisfy regulatory position 1, is confirmed in Sections 2.4.11.1, 2.4.11.3, and 2.4.11.5.

(2) Under the most adverse events expected at the site or a reasonable combination of less severe events and any single failure of a man-made feature, the sink is designed to retain its capability to perform the specified safety functions. The most severe natural phenomena (including flood, drought, tornado, wind, and earthquake) that might conceivably occur at this site are thoroughly discussed in Chapter 2.

As stated previously, the ERCW pumps are protected from the design basis flood including the effects of wind waves, and therefore will be capable of functioning in all flood conditions up to and including the design basis flood. The intake channel extends from the pumping station into the reservoir to the original river bed and is dredged down to Elevation 660 to provide free access to the river under low flow conditions described in Section 2.4.11. Both the normally exposed and submerged portions of the channel are dredged to sufficient width, riprapped on the sides, and seismically qualified (as discussed in Section 2.5) to eliminate the possibility of channel blockage due to an earth or mud slide. The channel will WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-31

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 be monitored and dredged as required to maintain free access to the river.

Therefore, adequate water will be available to the ERCW pumps at all times and for all events including the loss of downstream dam for any reason. Since the intake channel is seismically qualified, the unlikely occurrence of the SSE could significantly affect the sink only by causing failure of the non-Category I downstream dam and/or upstream dams. For the resulting low and/or high reservoir event, water will be available to the intake at all times. A seismically induced disturbance of the rock surfaces could only block a small percentage of the intake channel due to its high conservative width.

A tornado cannot disrupt the ERCW water supply to the intake station.

Protection of the intake channel and station against blockage or impact by river traffic is afforded by its location. For all conditions of river navigation (up to water level 698 which corresponds to the 40 year flood level in Watts Bar Dam tailwaters at which lock operation ceases), the grade elevation of the river flood plain through which the channel passes is such that even when the flood plain is submerged, sufficient depth will not exist for passage of any major river vessel.

In addition, due to the close proximity of the upstream dam, the possibility of a barge being accidentally released upstream and reaching the plant site would be extremely remote. However, if such an incident does occur, the barge will be carried away from and past the intake channel and station by the high velocity water passing the plant on the outside of the river bend on the opposite side of the reservoir.

For lake levels which would provide sufficient water depth for a barge to approach the intake station, it is not considered credible that serious damage would be incurred. The intake station would be in relatively stagnant, shallow water approximately 800 feet from the main river channel, and would be a relatively small target.

TVA regulation of the Tennessee River is such that drought will not jeopardize the sink's capability required in regulatory position 1; this is historically confirmed by the data in Section 2.4.11.3.

The most severe combination of events considered credible to occur would be the simultaneous occurrence of a loss-of-coolant accident in one unit and hot standby of the other, loss of offsite power, and loss of upstream and/or downstream dams either individually or concurrently. Under this extreme situation, the sink retains the capability required by regulatory position 1.

Section 9.2.1.3 states that the ERCW system provides the required flow to remove the design basis heat load necessary to maintain the plant in a safe condition. As noted in Section 9.2.2.4, a calculation has been performed that shows there is sufficient ERCW and CCS capability to bring the non-accident unit to cold shutdown within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> from entry into the Hot Standby mode to demonstrate compliance with GDC-5.

Section 2.4.11.3 shows that the minimum available flow from the Tennessee River will be well in excess of this requirement.

9.2-32 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 (3) The Tennessee River is the common supply for all plant cooling water requirements. Total interruption of this supply is incredible. Additionally, the integrity of the river's dams is not essential for safe reactor shutdown and cooldown. While only a single channel is provided to convey water from the river to the intake station, total failure is considered incredible due to the location, maintenance, and seismic qualification of the channel.

(4) The limiting conditions and surveillance requirements for the ERCW system are given in the Technical Specifications. The limiting conditions for the plant's flood protection program are stated in the Technical Requirements Manual.

9.2.5.4 Instrumentation Application This requirement is not applicable to the ultimate heat sink at WBNP.

9.2.6 Condensate Storage Facilities The condensate storage facilities store and supply treated water for:

(1) initial charging of the secondary system, (2) makeup water when the water treatment plant is being regenerated or is out of service, (3) replacement of water lost by safety valve or relief valve operation, and (4) the preferred source of an adequate quantity of feed quality water for emergency cooling (auxiliary feedwater system).

9.2.6.1 Design Bases The condensate storage facilities are designed to serve as a receiver of water from the main condenser high level dump and to provide treated water for makeup to the main condenser while reserving a minimum amount for the auxiliary feedwater system. This amount is required to hold the plant for two hours after a Design Basis Event (DBE) and 5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> to cool RCS from no-load hot standby at 50°F per hour to the point at which the residual heat removal system can take over.

The condensate storage tanks are not an engineered safety feature and are not seismically qualified. The storage tanks supply the preferred source of water to the auxiliary feedwater system, but the engineered safety feature source is the ERCW System (Safety Class 2b).

9.2.6.2 System Description The condensate facility, shown in Figure 10.4-7, consists of one condensate transfer pump and two condensate storage tanks connected in parallel (one tank for each unit) and associated piping, controls, and instrumentation. The tanks are located in the plant yard adjacent to the east wall of the Turbine Building.

WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-33

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 The auxiliary feedwater pumps take suction directly from the condensate storage tanks to supply treated water for cooldown of the reactor coolant system. A minimum of 200,000 gallons in each tank is reserved for the auxiliary feedwater system. This quantity is assured by means of standpipes through which other systems are supplied.

Makeup to the condenser is supplied by gravity flow from the tanks while reject water from the condenser flows to the tanks through the hotwell pumps. Makeup of deareated and demineralized water to the condensate storage tanks can be from the water treatment plant or the 500,000 gallon demineralized water storage tank . The tanks are equipped with a level control system which will indicate the tank volumes.

The condensate storage tanks are constructed from ASTM A283 Grade C carbon steel plate to AWWA Standard D100. The inside has a coating of epoxy-phenolic resin to prevent corrosion. Each tank has a capacity of 385,000 gallons with an overflow at 395,000 gallons.

Air removal (nitrogen purging) connections have been added to each of the condensate storage tanks. Low pressure nitrogen is introduced into the bottom of each condensate storage tanks through a multi-nozzled distribution header. The nitrogen is bubbled through the stored condensate and then is released to the atmosphere.

Through this process dissolved oxygen content of the condensate storage tank water is reduced to and maintained at acceptable levels during periods of time when water in the tank is not exchanged with water in the steam cycle.

The condensate transfer pump (CTP) is an electric motor driven pump designed to deliver 1000 gpm at 55 feet total head. The main purpose of the condensate transfer pump is for the transfer of water from one tank to the other.

9.2.6.3 Safety Evaluation The condensate storage tanks are the preferred source of clean water supply for the auxiliary feedwater pumps and a storage reservoir for secondary system water. The tanks are not an engineered safety feature. The engineered safety feature water source for the auxiliary feedwater system is the ERCW system (Safety Class 2b).

Either tank is isolable, but auxiliary feedwater can be obtained from both tanks. This will be done only if necessary since each condensate storage tank normally contains auxiliary feedwater for just one unit.

The ERCW system pool quality feedwater will be used during an extreme emergency when safety is the prime consideration and steam generator cleanliness is of secondary importance.

Piping connected to the condensate storage tanks is routed through a heated tunnel under the tanks. Ice formation in the tanks during a period of prolonged low temperatures can be prevented, if necessary, by recirculation of water through the condensate transfer pump. The tank and its connecting piping can accommodate water whose temperature is in the range of 40°F to 120°F.

9.2-34 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 The water in the condensate storage tanks is not normally radioactive. However, in the event of primary-to-secondary leakage due to a steam generator tube leak, it is possible for the condensate and feedwater system to become radioactively contaminated. The water in the condensate storage tanks can become contaminated by rejected water from the main condenser in situations where the secondary system is contaminated. The maximum level of contamination in the tanks can be conservatively estimated to be comparable to that of the main condenser. (Section 10.4.1)

Each condensate storage tank has an overflow level at 395,000 gallons. The overflow lines terminate beside the tanks just above ground level. A tank overflow or rupture would allow the water to be drained to the Turbine Building sump or to the river by way of the holding pond. The radiological consequences of this are less than other postulated accidents discussed in Chapter 15.

Tank repairs necessitated by damage or leaks can be made after closing tank isolation valves in the interconnecting headers, and transferring water from the defective tank to the other storage tank using the condensate transfer pump. Excess water can be drained to waste through normally locked closed tank drain valves which lead to the yard drainage system.

9.2.6.4 Test and Inspections The condensate storage tanks are tested during the preoperational test program for both the condensate system and the auxiliary feedwater system. Periodic visual inspections are performed in accordance with plant procedure to ensure integrity of the tank.

Preoperational test requirements are given in Chapter 14.

9.2.6.5 Instrument Applications The level in each storage tank is indicated on the main control board and on a local panel in the area of the transfer pump. The level signal received from an electronic level transmitter provides the signal for the annunciation in the main control room of low-low CST water level. Each tank is also equipped with side mounted displacement type level switches which provide signals for annunciation in the main control room of high-low CST water levels. The set points for these switches are set to alarm at points that are different from the low-low setpoint of the electronic level transmitter.

Therefore, the electronic transmitter low-low setpoint is a backup for the displacement switch low level setpoint. Continuous tank level indication is provided locally and in the main control room for each tank.

9.2.7 Refueling Water Storage Tank The refueling water storage tank (RWST) fulfills two basic requirements:

(1) It provides an adequate supply of borated water (boron concentration of minimum 3100 ppm) for use during refueling operations.

WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-35

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 (2) It provides an adequate supply of borated water (boron concentration of minimum 3100 ppm) to the two charging pumps (CVCS), the two safety injection system (SIS) pumps, the two residual heat removal (RHR) pumps, and the two containment spray (CSS) pumps in the event of a loss-of-coolant accident (LOCA). During normal power operation, RWST water is valved to the suction of the SIS pumps, RHR pumps, and the CSS pumps. The suction of the CVCS pumps is automatically valved to the RWST by a safety injection signal.

The following criteria are used to fulfill the above requirements; the size of the RWST is sufficient to contain the largest of the following:

(a) The amount of water required to fill the refueling cavity and fuel transfer tubes (350,000 gallons).

(b) The amount of water, in addition to that in the SIS accumulator tanks, RCS inventory, and ice melt, necessary to establish the emergency cooling recirculation mode following a LOCA (i.e., the depth of water provided in the Reactor Building will be sufficient to provide free flow to the containment sump and to provide adequate suction head for the CVCS, SIS, RHR, and CSS pumps), including holdup or unavailable water (reactor cavity, containment atmosphere, water remaining in the RWST).

(c) The amount of water necessary to supply the CVCS, SIS, RHR, and CSS for a period of time (10 minutes or more) sufficient to allow the operator to properly assess the situation and establish the recirculation mode following a LOCA.

The design parameters of the RWST are as follows:

Quantity 1 Design pressure atmospheric Normal operating pressure atmospheric Tank design temperature 200°F Operating temperature, (water-min) 60°F Volume, gal (to overflow) 380,000 Minimum operating volume, gal 370,000 Boron concentration, ppm (nominal) 3,200 Outside diameter, ft 43-1/2 Straight Side height, ft 38 Material of construction Austenitic stainless steel Number of heaters 4 Capacity of each heater, kW 12 9.2-36 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 The RWST instrumentation is discussed in Chapter 7. Overflow routing is discussed in Section 11.2.

The vent is at the top of the RWST and covered by a rain hood. A protective screen having 3/4" openings and an effective area almost three times the cross sectional area of the 28-inch vent stack is fitted over windows near the top of the 28-inch stack but beneath and inside the rain hood. This screen guards against intrusion of foreign objects, yet is sufficiently open to minimize vent plugging by ice buildup. Additionally, to prevent freezing, the exterior surfaces of the vent stack and rain hood will be insulated with 3" of external grade insulation, suitably supported. Since the vent is located at the top of the RWST, and is approximately 44 feet from ground level, it is clear of normal debris (plastic sheets, paper, etc.), but further assurance is afforded by the shielding of the screen by the rain hood, and the large screen area.

The RWST's vortex nozzle assemblies were not radiographed. ASME Section III, Subsection NC, paragraph NC-5282.6 (1974 Edition, and Winter 1975 Addenda) requires butt joints in atmospheric storage tanks be fully radiographed.

TVA has issued CAQR's WBP890317 and WBP890318, for Units 1 & 2, respectively, for documentation of the problem. Calculation WBP-MTB-001 documents the basis for the acceptability of these welds.

9.2.7.1 ECCS Pumps Net Positive Suction Head (NPSH)

The straight side height of the RWST is 38 feet, and the overflow pipe inlet is 411 inches above the bottom of the tank, which is at Elevation 729.17. The outside diameter is 43.5 feet, with a capacity of 925 gal/in of depth. The normal fill is 375,000 gallons. The minimum operating level is 370,000 gallons. Makeup will be made should the level drop to the minimum operating level. Further emergency condition data is tabulated below:

Pump Centerline Minimum RWST Water Pump Elevation, ft Level Used in NPSH Analysis RHPP 679.7 731.8 (low-low)

CCP 695.92 731.8 (low-low)

SIP 695 731.8 (low-low)

CSP 679.00 731.8 (low-low)

Using the minimum RWST volume of 370,000 gallons at the start of ECCS pumping, sufficient water will have been pumped into the Reactor Building in just over 10 minutes (maximum flowrates), to cause the low level auto switchover alarm to be actuated signaling the switchover sequencing. The switchover sequence from injection to recirculation mode is completed in accordance with Table 6.3-3.

WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-37

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 The RHR pumps are automatically aligned to the containment sump. The ECCS and CS pumps have injected approximately 224,000 gallons of water into the Reactor Building at this time. The low-low level alarm is actuated after approximately 320,000 gallons have been injected, signaling the operator to shut off the CSS pumps. These are the last pumps to be shut down after all pumps have been switched to recirculation modes.

See Sections 6.2.2.2, 6.3.2.14, and Table 9.2-3 for additional discussion of NPSH of ECCS pumps.

Analysis of RHR and containment spray pump NPSH considers the effects of the sump with its screens and all associated suction piping and valves. Assumptions made in the analysis are conservative and include:

(1) water temperature, 190°F (2) normal containment atmospheric pressure (3) all pumps operating at maximum rated flow and (4) minimum sump water level The total head loss across the screens includes losses associated with the screens, the plenum box and all possible debris loading combinations. Adequate NPSH margin ensures that the ECCS and CSS pumps will operate as designed in accordance with NRC Generic Letter 2004-02.

Note: The minimum sump water level is 5.78 ft, which is above the strainers. The total head loss through the strainer (2.218 ft at 120 °F) was used in NPSH analysis.

Based on the above, the ECCS and CSS pumps NPSH data is tabulated in Table 9.2-3.

All of the ECCS pumps will be preoperationally tested under conditions that simulate limiting design basis conditions. Where accident limits can be more extreme than test conditions, calculations and/or extrapolations are made from the test data to show that the system performance will be satisfactory under accident conditions. For instance, all ECCS pumps are to be started and operated at maximum possible flow from the RWST into an open reactor vessel. Suction pressure data is taken and then corrected to reflect any difference between the level in the RSWT at the point where data is taken and the lowest level to exist in the tank under accident conditions. This number is then compared to required NPSH conditions to assure that acceptable margin exists. The containment spray pumps are also run during this test to determine their effect on the NPSH conditions at the ECCS pumps.

To verify acceptable discharge piping losses, each ECCS pump will be run individually at its maximum flow into an open reactor vessel. The safety injection and centrifugal charging pump flows will be limited and balanced through the use of manual valves in the injection lines going to the separate reactor coolant loops. Hence, these discharge 9.2-38 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 line losses are set during the preoperational tests. The RHR pump discharge line losses are determined entirely by the installed piping system. The ECCS pump flowrates achieved during preoperational testing were evaluated to determine actual system resistance and the system resistance was confirmed to be acceptable.

All of the ECCS pumps are determined to be running in conformance with manufacturers test curves for total developed head. Test points for total developed head are also compared and determined to exceed the performance curves assumed in the ECCS analysis.

Historical Information. A 1:4 scale model study which demonstrates the acceptability of the revised sump, sump screen, and trash rack design has been performed. The report of the model study, and an NPSH evaluation were submitted by letter from J. E. Gilleland to S. A. Varga, dated May 23, 1979.

9.2.8 Raw Cooling Water System 9.2.8.1 Design Bases The raw cooling water (RCW) system is designed to achieve the following objectives:

(1) Provide cooling water to the turbine-generator auxiliary equipment and miscellaneous cooling equipment within the Turbine Building.

(2) Serve as primary nonqualified source of cooling water for the ice condenser system.

(3) Provide cooling water to nonessential air conditioning equipment within the Auxiliary Building.

(4) Serve as a source for filling and maintaining pressurization of the raw service water (RSW) system.

(5) Serve as a source of makeup water to the condenser circulating water system.

(6) Provide raw water makeup to water treatment plant.

9.2.8.2 System Description The flow, logic and control diagrams for this system are shown on Figures 9.2-32 through 9.2-39.

The RCW system is a non-safety related, shared system. Water is supplied by seven electric motor driven pumps located in the plant intake pumping station. The design data for these pumps is given in Table 9.2-11. Six of the pumps are capable of meeting the maximum normal system flow requirements and the seventh serves as an installed spare.

Water is supplied to the Turbine Building through two sectional legs of a single loop header. In the Turbine Building, the water is filtered to 1/32-inch particle size by four WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-39

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 automatic backwashing strainers common to both units. Each strainer is designed to handle 1/3 of the maximum normal flow of both units.

After being strained, the water is directed to two loop headers within the Turbine Building, one for each unit. Water is then distributed from each loop header to the following equipment within the Turbine Building:

(1) Generator stator heat exchangers (2) Generator hydrogen heat exchangers (3) Generator exciter heat exchangers (4) Generator main bus heat exchangers (5) Generator seal oil heat exchanger (6) Main turbine oil heat exchanges (7) Turbine electro-hydraulic control fluid heat exchangers (8) Feedwater pump turbine oil heat exchanger (9) Condenser vacuum pump coolers (10) Condensate booster pump heat exchangers (11) No. 3 and No. 7 heater drain tank pump heat exchangers (12) Turbine Building ventilation coolers (13) Sample heat exchangers (14) Standby main feedwater pump heat exchanger (15) Heat exchangers90-120 for radiation monitoring (16) Auxiliary Boiler System Blowdown Tank (17) Condensate Demineralizer Air Compressor In addition, the system supplies raw water upon demand to the raw service water system and makeup to the water treatment plant from either unit.

The raw service water (RSW) system supplies water requirements for various air-conditioning loads and for maintenance, cleaning, and other miscellaneous, intermittent purposes throughout the Turbine, Service, and Office Buildings and plant yard.

The RCW discharge from the heat exchangers and coolers located in the Turbine Building, with the exception of the sample heat exchangers which discharge to plant 9.2-40 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 drainage, is directed to the cold water outlet flume of the condenser circulating water (CCW) cooling tower corresponding to the same unit. However, the Unit 1 RCW flow can be discharged into either the Unit 1 CCW cold water outlet flume, or the Unit 2 CCW cold water outlet flume to allow work to be performed on the CCW system while still maintaining RCW flow. Similarly, the Unit 2 RCW flow can be discharged into either the Unit 2 CCW cold water outlet flume or the Unit 1 CCW cold water outlet flume to allow work to be performed on the CCW system while still maintaining RCW flow. As described in Section 10.4.5 this RCW discharge serves as a portion of the makeup water to the CCW system. A siphon break is provided on the RCW discharge of each unit to prevent flooding of the powerhouse by backflow of water from the CCW system in the event of a rupture of the RCW header within the buildings.

Since the flow through major components within the RCW system is varied by temperature control valves which monitor the process side temperature in order to maintain a constant temperature of the cooled systems, the total system flow is decreased in the winter when the river temperature decreases. Subsequently, fewer than six pumps operate and less flow is available for CCW cooling tower makeup water. Therefore, to enable the RCW system to be utilized to the fullest extent as a makeup source to the CCW system, a bypass line with modulating valve is provided from the RCW supply to RCW discharge headers. This line permits that portion of the RCW system flow in excess of the RCW component requirements to bypass the Turbine Building and serve as additional makeup water to the CCW system on demand.

A connection to the Turbine Building loop header of both units provides a nonessential source of water to various equipment within the Auxiliary and Additional Equipment Buildings. This equipment includes the following:

(1) Auxiliary Building general ventilation system and coolers (nonsafety- related equipment)

(2) Additional Equipment Building ventilation coolers (for nonsafety-related equipment)

(3) Ice condenser system heat exchangers (4) Post-operational chemical cleaning equipment Since the RCW system is not designed to remain operational for a flood level in excess of plant grade (Elevation 728.0), provisions are made in the Auxiliary Building for an intertie with the ERCW supply which is to be installed as part of the plant flood preparations (refer to Sections 2.4.14 and 9.2.1) in order to supply flow to the ice condenser system heat exchangers. The flow through the ice condenser system is always discharged to the holding pond, whether supplied from RCW or ERCW. The ERCW intertie is used in flood conditions to maintain a cooling water supply to the ice machine refrigeration condensers. Refer to Section 6.7 for a detailed description of the ice condenser system.

WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-41

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 For control of organic fouling, including slime and Asiatic clam infestation, see Section 9.2.1.6. Strainers in the supply headers and periodic backflushing of the strainers curtail large clams from entering the plant. Chemical treatment of the RCW is necessary during the clam spawning season to control Asiatic clam growth, which is approximately May to October.

9.2.8.3 Safety Evaluation Since this system has no safety-related functions, it is not required to be designed to remain operable through an earthquake, tornado, flood-above- plant-grade, or other such natural phenomena. The RCW system is designed such that none of its components can adversely affect the function of any safety-related system.

Within the intake pumping station, the RCW pumps and piping are located in a completely separate area from any safety-related equipment. The RCW piping in the electrical equipment room is supported to the extent required to prevent falling on safety-related cables and cable trays (pressure boundary integrity is not required).

The RCW system piping within the Auxiliary and Additional Equipment Buildings is seismically qualified (Seismic Category I(L)) to the extent required to ensure that a safe shutdown earthquake in combination with normal operating conditions will not cause flooding, water impingement, or damage due to falling on safety related equipment.

This degree of seismic qualification is accomplished by supporting the piping in all areas so as to prevent its falling. In areas where safety-related equipment is located, either further support is provided to ensure the integrity of the RCW piping pressure boundary, or the safety-related equipment is sealed or shielded from water spray.

An isolation valve is provided in the seismically qualified portion of the RCW supply line from the Turbine Building to the Auxiliary Building. This prevents the loss of water from the ERCW system to the nonqualified portion of the RCW system whenever the flood mode intertie to the ERCW system is made.

9.2.8.4 Tests and Inspection The RCW system is hydrostatically or in-service leak tested and performance tested prior to plant operation to ensure adequacy of the system to meet the operational requirements. Once the plant is operational, routine visual inspection of all the system components is sufficient to verify functionability. A diver protection barrier is installed in the pump bay to facilitate the inspection of the RCW pumps.

9.2-42 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.2-1 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM PUMP DESIGN DATA Essential Raw Cooling Water Pumps Quantity 8 Type Vertical, wet pit centrifugal type Rated capacity, gpm (each) 11,800 Rated head, ft 230 Motor horsepower, hp (each) 800 Submergence required, ft 5.25 Submergence available (minimum), ft 12.07 Screen Wash Pumps Quantity 4 Type Vertical turbine Rated capacity, gpm (each) 270 Rated head, ft 350 Motor horsepower, hp (each) 40 NPSH required, ft 10.35 NPSH available (minimum), ft 42.35 Traveling Water Screens Quantity 4 Motor Horsepower, hp (each) 3 WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-43

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-44 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 1 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

1. ERCW Pumps Operate. Any one pump Electrical or Status lights None. Any two None.

either fails to mechanical 0-HS-67-28A, 32A, of four pumps on A-A start or stops failure. 36A, 40A, 47A, 51A, either Train A or operating. 55A, 59A, Train B are B-A respectively, and capable of low header pressure providing full C-A alarms in MCR. ERCW flow.

D-A E-B F-B G-B H-B

2. Screen Wash Operate. Any one either Electrical or Status lights None. Any one None.

Pumps fails to start or mechanical 1-HS-67-431A, of the two stops operating. failure. 2-HS-67-437A, screens for 1A-A 1-HS-67-440A, either Train A or 2-HS-67-447A, Train B intakes 2A-A respectively. is capable of screening full 1B-B ERCW flow.

2B-B WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-45 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 2 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

3. Traveling Water Operate. Start Any one either Electrical or Motor indication None. Any one None.

Screen automatically on fails to start or mechanical 1-XI-67-434, 445, of the two high pressure in stops operating. failure. 2-XI-67-439, 451, screens on 1A-A wash line. respectively. either train A or Train B intake is 1B-B capable of screening full 2A-A ERCW flow.

2B-B WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-46 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 3 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

4. ERCW Pump Open to provide Fails to open. Mechanically High pressure None. Any other None.

Disch Check flow path when stuck closed. alarms in MCR. two of the Valves respective pump remaining three starts. pumps in the 0-67-503A affected train or any two of the 0-67-503B four pumps in the other train 0-67-503C can be started.

Close to prevent Fails to close. Mechanically Low flow and low None.

0-67-503D backflow when stuck open. pressure alarms in None.

respective pump MCR Respective 0-67-503E stops. pump train discharge valves 0-67-503F 1,2-FCV-67-22 in Train A or 1,2-0-67-503G FCV-67-24 in Train B can be 0-67-503H closed to isolate affected pump train from supply headers and supply ERCW from other pump train.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-47 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 4 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

5. ERCW Pump ERCW flow path to Any one of four Inadvertent Low flow alarms None. Three of None. Administratively Disch Hdr headers 1A, 1B, closes. actuation or in MCR. four headers are locked in open Butterfly Valves. 2A, 2B, mechanical available to position with respectively. failure. ensure either breakers open.

1-FCV-67-22 headers 1A and 2A or headers 1-FCV-67-24 1B and 2B will be in service to 2-FCV-67-22 meet all plant requirements.

2-FCV-67-24

6. DG 1A-A Clr ERCW supply flow Valve fails to Electrical or Status light Inablility to None.

Inlet B'fly Valves path from header fully open or mechanical 1-HS-67-66A provide required The 1A recloses failure cooling flow to remaining 1-FCV-67-66 diesel generator. three diesel Inadvertent generators actuation or are available mechanical to supply failure. required emergency power.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-48 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 5 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

7. DG 2A-A Clr ERCW supply flow Valve fails to Electrical or Status light Inability to None.

Inlet B'fly Valves path from header fully open or mechanical 2-HS-67-66A provide required The 1A recloses failure. cooling flow to remaining 2-FCV-67-66 diesel generator. three diesel Inadvertent generators actuation or are available mechanical to supply failure required emergency power.

8. DG 1B-B Clr ERCW supply flow Valve fails to Electrical or Status light Inability to None. .

Inlet B'fly Valves path from header fully open or mechanical 1-HS-67-67A provide required The 1B recloses failure cooling flow to remaining 1-FCV-67-67 diesel generator. three diesel Inadvertent generators actuation or are available mechanical to supply failure. required emergency power.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-49 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 6 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks 9 DG 2B-B Clr ERCW supply flow Valve fails to Electrical or Status light Inability to None. .

Inlet B'fly Valves path from header fully open or mechanical 2-HS-67-67A provide required The 1B recloses failure. cooling flow to remaining 2-FCV-67-67 diesel generator. three diesel Inadvertent generators actuation or are available mechanical to supply failure. required emergency power.

10.* ADG Clr Inlet ERCW supply flow Either one of two Electrical or Status lights None. Each None. *The ADG is not B'fly Valves path from headers fails to fully open mechanical 1-HS-67-72A, valve provides operable, 2A/2B and 1A/1B or recloses. failure. 2-HS-67-73A, full flow however this 1-FCV-67-72-S re-spectively. respectively. capability.. wording is Inadvertent retained for 2-FCV-67-73-S actuation or historical mechanical purposes.

failure.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-50 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 7 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

11. DG 1A-A Clr ERCW supply flow Fails to open Mechanical No direct MCR If the valve fails None.

Inlet Check path from header failure or indications to open, flow to Valve 1A backflow stuck closed. available. the DG jacket protection. water heat 1-67-508A exchangers would be isolated. If a failure occurred, the opposite train diesel would be available or flow from the opposite train ERCW supply Header 2B could be provided under the abnormal operating procedures.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-51 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 8 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks 11 1-67-508A ERCW supply flow Fails to close on Mechanical No direct MCR None: Reverse None.

Cont Cont path from header reverse flow. failures or indications flow would only 1A, backflow stuck open. available. occur on loss of protection. ERCW supply Header 1A, if the opposite ERCW supply header had been placed in service. The loss of 1A would be the single failure in which case failure of this valve need not be postulated.

Header realignment would be implemented by abnormal operating procedures.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-52 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 9 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks 11 DG1A-A Clr Alternate ERCW Fails to open Mechanical No direct MCR The back-up None cont Inlet Check supply flow path failure or indications supply flow from Valve from header 2B stuck closed available. ERCW supply backflow header 2B would 1-67-513A protection. be unavailable.

This supply is only placed in service under abnormal plant operating procedures when the normal or supply from ERCW supply header 1A is unavailable.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-53 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 10 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks 11 1-67-513A Alternate ERCW Fails to close on Mechanical No direct MCR None, under None cont Cont supply flow path reverse flow failure or indications normal plan from header 2B, stuck closed available. operating backflow conditions flow protection through this line is isolated by valve 1-FCV-067-0068-A.

Therefore, the failure of the check valve to close has no affect on the system.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-54 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 11 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

12. DG 2A-A Clr ERCW supply flow Fails to open Mechanical No direct MCR If the valve fails None.

Inlet Check path from header failure or indications to open, flow to Valve 1A backflow stuck closed. available. the DG jacket protection. water heat 2-67-508A exchangers would be isolated. If a failure occurred, or the opposite train diesel would be available or flow from the opposite train ERCW supply Header 2B could be provided under the abnormal operating procedures.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-55 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 12 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks 12 2-67-508A ERCW supply flow Fails to close on Mechanical No direct MCR None. Reverse None.

Cont Cont path from header reverse flow failures or indications flow would only 1A, backflow stuck open available. occur on loss of protection. ERCW supply Header 1A of the opposite ERCW supply Header 2B had been placed in service. The loss of 1A would be the single failure in which case failure of this valve need not be realignment would be implemented by abnormal operating procedures.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-56 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 13 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks 12 DG 2A-A Clr Alternate ERCW Fails to open Mechanical No direct MCR The back-up Cont Inlet Check supply flow path failure or indications supply flow from Valve from header 2B, stuck closed. available. ERCW supply backflow header 2B would 2-67-513A prevention. be unavailable.

This supply is only placed in service under or abnormal plant operating procedures when the normal supply from ERCW supply header 1A is unavailable.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-57 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 14 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks 12 2-67-513A Alternate ERCW Fails to close on Mechanical No direct MCR None, under None.

Cont Cont supply flow path reverse flow failure or indications normal plant from header 2B, stuck open. available. operating backflow conditions flow prevention. through this line is isolated by valve 2-FCV-067-0068-A.

Therefore, the failure of the check valve to close has no affect on the ERCW system.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-58 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 15 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

13. DG 1B-B Clr ERCW supply flow Fails to open Mechanical No direct MCR If the valve fails None.

Inlet Check path from header failure or indications to open, flow to Valve 1B, backflow stuck closed available. the DG jacket protection. water heat exchangers 1-67-508B would be or isolated. If a failure occurred, the oposite train diesel would be available or flow from the opposite train ERCW supply Header 2A could be provided under the abnormal operating procedures.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-59 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 16 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks 13 1-67-508B ERCW supply flow Fails to close on Mechanical No direct MCR None. Reverse None.

Cont Cont path from header reverse flow failures or indications flow would only 1B backflow stuck open. available. occur on loss of protection. ERCW supply Header 1B, if the opposite ERCW supply Header 2A had been placed in service. The loss of 1B would be the single failure in which case failure of this valve need not be postulated.

Header realignment would be implemented by abnormal operating procedures.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-60 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 17 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks 13 DG 1B-B Clr Alternate ERCW Fails to open Mechanical No direct MCR The back-up None.

Cont Inlet Check supply flow path failure or indications supply flow from Valve from header 2A, stuck closed available. ERCW supply backflow header 2A would 1-67-513B protection. be unavailable.

This supply is only placed in service under or abnormal plant operating procedures when the normal supply from ERCW supply header 1B is unavailable.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-61 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 18 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks 13 1-67-513B Alternate ERCW Fails to close on Mechanical No direct MCR None, under None.

Cont Cont supply flow path reverse flow failures or indications normal plant from header 2A, stuck open. available. operating backflow conditions flow protection. through this line is isolated by valve 1-FCV-067-0065-B.

Therefore, the failure of the check valve to close has no affect on the system.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-62 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 19 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

14. DG 2B-B Clr ERCW supply flow Fails to open Mechanical No direct MCR in- If the valve fails None.

Inlet Check path from header failure or dications available. to open, flow to Valve 1B, backflow stuck closed. the DG jacket protection. water heat 2-67-508-B exchangers would be isolated. If a failure occurred, or the opposite train diesel would be available or flow from the opposite train ERCW supply Header 2A could be provided under the abnormal operating proceduces.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-63 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 20 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks 14 2-67-508B ERCW supply flow Fails to close on Mechanical No direct MCR None. Reverse None.

Cont Cont path from header reverse flow failures or indications flow would only 1B backflow stuck open. available. occur on loss of protection ERCW supply Header 1B, if the opposite ERCW supply Header 2A had been placed in service. The loss of Header 1B would be the single failure in which case failure of this valve need not be postulated.

Header realignment would be implemented by abnormal operating procedures.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-64 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 21 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks 14 DG 1A-A Clr Alternate ERCW Fails to open Mechanical No direct MCR The back-up None.

Cont Inlet Check supply flow path failure or indications supply flow from Valve from header 2A, stuck closed available. ECRW supply backflow header 2B would 2-67-513B protection. be unavailable.

This supply is only placed in service under abnormal plant operating procedures or when the normal supply from ERCW supply header 1A is unavailable.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-65 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 22 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks 14 2-67-513B Alternate ERCW Fails to close on Mechanical No direct MCR None, under Cont Cont supply flow path reverse flow failures or indications normal plant from header 2A, stuck open. available. operating backflow conditions flow protection. through this line is isolated by valve 1-FCV-067-0068-B.

Therefore, the failure of the check valve to close has no affect on the system.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-66 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 23 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

15. ADG Clr Check ERCW supply flow Any one of four Mechanical No direct MCR None. Each None.

Supply Valves path from header fails to open failure or indications available valve provides 2A, 2B, 1A and 1B, stuck closed. full flow capacity.

0-67-508-A respectively, ERCW supplied backflow or from any one of 0-67-508-B protection. the unafected valves.

0-67-513-A Fails to close on Mechanical 0-67-513-B reverse flow failure or None. Normally stuck open. closed valves 1-FCV-67-72, 2-FCV-67-73 provide backup backflow protection for 508 and 513 check valves, respectively.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-67 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 24 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

16. ADG Clr Outlet ERCW return flow Either one of two Mechanical No direct MCR None. Each None.

Check Valves path to header A fails to open. failure or indications valve provides and B, stuck closed. available. full flow capacity.

0-67-517A respectively, back ERCW return via flow protection. or unaffected 0-67-512A valve.

Fails to close on Mechanical reverse flow. failure or None. Check stuck open. valves 0 508A, B and 0-67-513A, B will stop backflow.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-68 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 25 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

17. Screen Wash Pump 1A-A and Either one of two Mechanical Pump ON indicated None. Pumps None.

Pump Disch 2B-B discharge fails to open. failure or by position of hand 2A-A and 1B-B Check Valves flow path to stuck closed. switch 1, 2-HS and screens 2A-screens 1A-A and 431A, 447, A and 1B-B, 1-67-940A 2B-B, respectively, or respectively, and respectively, backflow screen motors NOT provide full 2-67-935B protection when ON by status capacity backup.

cross connect is indicating light 1, 2-open. XI-61-434, 451, respectively, indicates pressure switch 1, 2-PS-67-434, 451, respectively, did not reach setpoint and allow screen motor to run.

Fails to close on Mechanical No direct MCR reverse flow. failure or indications stuck open. available.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-69 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 26 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

18. Main Discharge ERCW to Cooling Either one of two Electrical or Status Lights None. Alternate None.

Hdr A, B B'fly Tower 2 and 1 fails to close or mechanical 0-HS-67-360A, route to Valves basin isolation, reopens. failure. 362A, respectively. emergency pond respectively. thru overflow FCV-67-360 Inadvertent weir is always actuation or open without FCV-67-362 electrical any obstruction failure. for water discharge.

19. ERCW Pump Operate. Any one of four Electrical or High differential None. Both None.

Discharge fails to start or mechanical pressure alarms strainers on Strainers stops operating. failure. in MCR. either Train A or B pump 1 A-A discharges are capable of full 1 B-B ERCW flow capacity. Shut 2 A-A down affected header and 2 B-B operate on other train.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-70 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 27 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

20. Screen Wash Open to provide Any one of four Mechanical No direct MCR in- None. Either None.

Pump 1 B-B, 2 flow path to flush fails to open. failure or dications available. one of two pump B-B, 1A-A, 2 A- pump bearings. stuck closed. and screen sets A Prelube in each train is Check Valves or capable of screening full 1-67-934B Close to prevent ERCW flow.

backflow. Fails to close on Mechanical 2-67-934B reverse flow. failure or None. Shut stuck open. down pump with 1-67-938A failed valve and operate other 2-67-938A pump/screen set in train.

21. Deleted by Amendment 89 WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-71 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 28 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

22. ERCW Pump Open to provide Any one of eight Mechanical High bearing temp None. Operate None.

Prelube Check flush path to flush fails to open. failure or logs T3110A and pumps on Valves bearings of pumps stuck closed. T3111A for A and C, unaffected train.

A-A, B-A, T3112A and T3113A 0-67-507A C-A, D-A, E-B, F- for B and D, B, T3114A and 3115A 0-67-507B G-B, H-B, for E and G, T3116A respectively, to and T3117A for F 0-67-507C prolong life of the and H.

bearings and or 0-67-507D stuffing box.

No direct MCR 0-67-507E indications Any one of eight Mechanical available. None. Operate None.

0-67-507F fails to close on failure or pumps on reverse flow. stuck open. unaffected train.

0-67-507G 0-67-507H WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-72 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 29 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

23. ERCW Vac Brkr Close when Any one of eight Mechanical No direct MCR None. Two of None.

(Air Release Pumps valves fails to failure or indications four pumps on Valves) A-A, B-A, C-A, D- close. stuck open. available. each Train A or A, B can furnish full 0-67-502A E-B, F-B, G-B, H- ERCW flow.

B, respectively, are 0-67-502B started and air is evacuated from 0-67-502C pump discharge column.

0-67-502D 0-67-502E Any one of eight Mechanical None. Two of None.

valves fails to failure or four pumps in 0-67-502F Open when open. stuck closed. each Train A or respective pump is B can furnish full 0-67-502G stopped to break ERCW flow.

vacuum in column.

0-67-502H WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-73 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 30 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

24. Strainer Flush Cycle Any one of four Electrical or High differential None. None.

Valves intermittently to fails to operate mechanical pressure alarms Respective provide ERCW correctly. failure. in MCR. strainer will clog 1-FCV-67-9B flow to flush reducing flow to stainer 1A-A, 2A- Header 1A, 2A, 2-FCV-67-9B A, 1B-B, 2B-B, 1B, 2B, respectively. respectively.

1-FCV-67-10B Either one of two header sets of 2-FCV-67-10B 1A and 2A or 1B and 2B above can furnish full ERCW flow.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-74 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 31 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

25. Strainer Cycle intermitently Any one of four Electrical or High differential None. None.

Backwash to provide ERCW fails to operate mechanical pressure alarms Respective Valves flow to backwash correctly. failure. in MCR. strainer will clog strainer reducing ERCW 1-FCV-67-9A 1A-A, 2A-A, 1B-B, flow to Header 2B-B, respectively. 1A, 2A, 1B, 2B, 2-FCV-67-9A respectively.

Either one of two 1-FCV-67-10A header sets of 1A and 2A or 1B 2-FCV-67-10A and 2B alone can furnish full ERCW flow.

26. Aux. Bldg. ERCW supply flow Any one of four Mechanical No direct MCR in- None. Interrupt None. Administratively Supply Header path to Aux. Bldg. fails closed. failure. dication available. ERCW supply to locked in open Section Valves for headers 1A, See remarks. Aux. Bldg. via position with 1B, 2A, 2B, respect-ive breaker open.

1-FCV-67-81 respectively. header. Either one of two 1-FCV-67-82 header sets of 1A and 2A or 1B 2-FCV-67-81 and 2B can furnish full 2-FCV-67-82 ERCW flow.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-75 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 32 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

27. Header 1B and Both open to Either FCV fails Mechanical High temperature Intertupts ERCW None, Train Administratively 2A Section Supply CCS HX A closed. failure. alarm form 0-M-278. cooling to CCS B CCS locked open with Valves from Header 2A. HX A. components breaker

, cooled by removed.

1-FCV-67-223 HX-C, provide 2-FCV-67-223 backup for all safety-related loads.

28. CCS HX A Inlet Remain open to Fails closed. Mechanical High temperature Interrupts None. Train Administratively B'fly supply CCS HX A failure. alarm form 0-M-278. ERCW cooling a B CCS locked in open from header 2A. CCS HX A. components position with 1-FCV-67-478 ERCW flow , cooled by breaker open.

provided to HX-C, redundant CCS provide HX C by Train B backup for via Header 2B. all safety-related loads.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-76 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 33 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

29. CCS HX A Remain closed, or Either one does Electrical or Flow indicator Depending on None. CCS Outlet B'fly and open to control not operate mechanical 2-FI-67-222. failure position of HX C Bypass ERCW flow properly. failure. valves, disrupts provides through HX. system balance 100%

1-FCV-67-146 or interrupts backup proper flow to service.

1-FCV-67-143 HX. ERCW flow provided to redundant CCS HX C by Train B via Header 2B.

30. CCS HX B Remain closed, or Either one does Electrical or Flow indicator Depending on None. CCS Outlet B'fly and open to control not operate mechanical 2-FI-67-222. failure position of HX C Bypass ERCW flow properly. failure. valves, disrupts provides through HX. system balance 100%

2-FCV-67-146 or interrupts backup proper flow to service.

HX. ERCW flow .

provided to redundant CCS 2-FCV-67-143 HX C by Train B via Header 2B.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-77 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 34 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

31. CCS HX C Inlet (1) isolates Header None for (1). Not Not applicable. Not applicable. Not Administratively Bfly's 1A from 2B. See remarks. applicable. locked in closed applicable.

(2) provides and open 1-FCV-67-147 ERCW flow path position, from Header B. respectively, 2-FCV-67-147 (2) fails closed. Mechanical Flow indicator None. with breakers failure due to 0-FI-67-226. None. CCS open.

disc-stem HX A & B slip. (Train A) provides 100%

service.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-78 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 35 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

32. CCS HX C Remain closed, or Either -152 or Electrical or Change in flow None. None. CCS HX C is Outlet Bfly's and open to control -144 does not mechanical indication on 0-FI- back-up for CCS Bypass flow through HX. operate properly. failure 67-226 HX A and B. A failure related to 0-FCV-67-152 HX A or B precludes a second failure related to HX C.

0-FCV-67-151 Remain None. See Not Not applicable. None. None. Valve -151 is ClosedOpens to remarks. applicable. locked closed provide ERCW with breaker discharge to removed.

discharge Header A.

0-FCV-67-144 Same as for None. None.

0-FCV-67-152 WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-79 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 36 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

33. CSS HX 1A, 1B Open to provide Either one (for Electrical or Status lights None. None. Only

& 2A, 2B Inlet ERCW flow. the affected unit) mechanical 1&2-HS-67-125A, one of two Bfly's fails to open failure. 123A, respectively, HXs (each and flow indicators unit) or 1&2-FI-67-136, 122, required for 1-FCV-67-125 respectively. safe

& 2-FCV-67-125 Mechanical shutdown.

Recloses. failure or 1-FCV-67-123 & inadvertent 2-FCV-67-123 actuation.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-80 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 37 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

34. CCS HX 1A, 1B Open to provide Either one fails Electrical or Status lights None. None. Only

& 2A, 2B Outlet ERCW flow. (for the affected mechanical 1&2-HS-67-126A, one of two Bfly's unit) to open failure. 124A, respectively, HXs (each and unit) 1-FCV-67-126 or flow indicators required for

& 1&2 1-FI-67-136, safe 2-FCV-67-126 Recloses Electrical or 122, respectively. shutdown.

mechanical 1-FCV-67-124 & failure or 2-FCV-67-124 inadvertent actuation.

35. Shutdown BD Remain open to Either one of two Mechanical No direct MCR None. None.

RM A/C Wtr provide ERCW fails closed. failure or indication available. Either one of Chiller A-A, flow to Chillers A- inadvertent two chillers B-B Outlet A, B-B, actuation. provides respectively. 100%

1-TCV-67-158 cooling.

2-TCV-67-158

36. Train 1A, 2A Remain open to Either one of two Mechanical No direct MCR None. None. Administratively A/C Equip and provide ERCW fails closed. failure by indication available. Either one of locked in open Service Air flow to Train 1A disc stem two trains position with Compressor and 2A A/C slippage. 1A or 1B breaker open.

Supply B'fly equipment and SA provides compressor, 100%

1-FCV-67-127 respectively. cooling.

WATER SYSTEMS 2-FCV-67-127 WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-81 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 38 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

37. Train 1B, 2B Remain open to Either one of two Mechanical No direct MCR in- None. None. Administratively A/C Equip and provide ERCW fails closed. failure by dication available. Either one of locked in open Service Air flow to Train 1B disc stem two trains position with Compressor and 2B A/C slippage. 1A or 1B breaker open.

Supply B'fly equipment and SA provides compressor, 100%

1-FCV-67-128 respectively. cooling.

2-FCV-67-128

38. Instr Rm Wtr Modulate to Either one of two Electrical or No direct MCR None. Either None. Instr Rm coolers Chlrs provide ERCW (for the affected mechanical indication available. one of two not required for 1A, 1B, & 2A, flow to Chillers 1A, unit) fails to failure or coolers provides safe shutdown 2B Inlet 2A, 1B, 2B, close. inadvertent 100% service.

respectively. actuation.

1-TCV-67-115 &

2-TCV-67-115 1-TCV-67-118&

2-TCV-67-118 WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-82 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 39 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

39. Upper Piping system Not applicable. Not Status lights None. None. ERCW flow to Containment integrity. See remarks. applicable. 1-ZS-67-129, 132, containment will Vent Clrs 137, 140, & 2-ZS- be isolated.

1A, 1C, 1B, 1D,67-129, 132, 137,

& 2A, 2C, 2B, 140, respectively.

2D Supply Control Valves 1-TCV-67-129 1-TCV-67-132 1-TCV-67-137 1-TCV-67-140 2-TCV-67-129 2-TCV-67-132 2-TCV-67-137 2-TCV-67-140 respectively WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-83 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 40 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

40. Upper Close for Fails to close Mechanical Status lights None. Check None.

Containment containment or Reopens or electrical 1-HS-67-130, 133, valves 580A, Vent Clrs isolation. failure. 138, 141& 2-HS 580C, 580B, 1A, 1C, 1B, 1D 130,133, 138, 141, 580D,

& 2A, 2C, 2B, Mechanical respectively. respectively, 2D Supply Cont failure or provide Isol Valves inadvertent containment actuation. isolation backup.

1-FCV-67-130 (Penet X-69) 1-FCV-67-133 (Penet X-75) 1-FCV-67-138 (Penet X-74) 1-FCV-67-141 (Penet X-68) 2-FCV-67-130 (Penet X-69) 2-FCV-67-133 (Penet X-75)

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-84 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 41 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks 40.

Cont 2-FCV-67-138 (Penet X-74) 2-FCV-67-141 (Penet X-68)

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-85 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 42 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

41. Upper Close to provide Any one of four Mechanical No direct MCR None. None.

Containment containment (for the affected failure or indication available. Containment Vent Clrs 1A, isolation backup unit) fails to stuck open. isolation valves 1C, 1B & 1D & for valves close. fulfill 2A, 2C, 2B, 2D 1-FCV-67-130, containment Supply Cont Iso 133, 138, 141, 2- isolation Check Valves FCV-67-130,133, function.

138, 141 1-67-580A respectively.

(Penet X-69) 1-67-580C (Penet X-75) 1-67-580B (Penet X-74) 1-67-580D (Penet X-68) 2-67-580A (Penet X-69) 2-67-580C (Penet X-75)

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-86 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 43 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

41. 2-67-580B Cont (Penet X-74) 2-67-580D (Penet X-68)

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-87 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 44 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

42. Upper Close for Any one of four Electrical or Status lights None. Outboard None.

Containment containment (for the affected mechanical 1-HS-67-295A, containment Vent Coolers isolation. unit) fails to failure. 296A, 297A, 298A& isolation valves 1A, 1C, 1B, 1D close. 2-HS-67-295A, 1-FCV-67-131,

& 2A, 2C, 2B,2D 296A, 297A, 298A, 134, 139, 142 &

Return Inboard or respectively. 2-FCV-67-131, Cont Iso Valves Mechanical 134, 139, 142, Reopens. failure or respectively, 1-FCV-67-295 inadvertent provide backup (Penet X-73) actuation. isolation.

1-FCV-67-296 (Penet X-71) 1-FCV-67-297 (Penet X-70) 1-FCV-67-298 (Penet X-72) 2-FCV-67-295 (Penet X-73) 2-FCV-67-296 (Penet X-71)

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-88 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 45 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

42. 2-FCV-67-297 Cont (Penet X-70) 2-FCV-67-298 (Penet X-72)

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-89 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 46 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

43. Upper Close to provide Any one of four Mechanical No direct MCR None. None. Primary function Containment containment (for the affected failure or indication available. Respective is thermal Vent Clrs 1A, isolation backup unit) fails to stuck open. containment pressure relief of 1C, 1B & 1D & for valves close. See isolation valves liquid trapped 2A, 2C, 2B, 2D 1-FCV-67-131, remarks. fulfill isolation between Return Pressure 134, 139, 142 & 2- function. isolation valves.

Relief Cont Iso FCV-67-131,134, Failure to open Check Valves 139, 141 is not considered respectively. credible.

1-67-585A (Penet X-73) 1-67-585C (Penet X-71) 1-67-585B (Penet X-70) 1-67-585D (Penet X-72) 2-67-585A (Penet X-73) 2-67-585C (Penet X-71)

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-90 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 47 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

43. 2-67-585B Cont (Penet X-70) 2-67-585D (Penet X-72)

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-91 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 48 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

44. Upper Close for Any one of four Electrical or Status lights None. Inboard None.

Containment containment (for the affected mechanical 1-HS-67-131A, containment Vent Clr 1A, 1C, isolation. unit) fails to failure. 134A, 139A, 142A & isolation valves 1B, 1D & 2A, close. 2-HS-67-131A, 1&2-FCV 2C, 2B, 2D 134A, 139A, 142A, 295, 296, 297, Return or respectively. 298 and check Outboard Cont Mechanical valves 585A, Iso Valves reopens. failure or 585C, 585B, inadvertent 585D, 1-FCV-67-131 actuation. respectively, (Penet X-73) provide backup isolation.

1-FCV-67-134 (Penet X-71) 1-FCV-67-139 (Penet X-70) 1-FCV-67-142 (Penet X-72) 2-FCV-67-131 (Penet X-73) 2-FCV-67-134 (Penet X-71)

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-92 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 49 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks 44.

Cont 2-FCV-67-139 (Penet X-70) 2-FCV-67-142 (Penet X-72)

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-93 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 50 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

45. Lower Close for Any one of four Electrical or Status lights None. Check None. The line Containment containment (for the affected mechanical 1-HS-67-83A, 91A, Valves 562A, downstream of 1 Vent Clr 1A, 1C, isolation. unit) fails to failure. 99A, 107A, & 2-HS- 562C, 562B, & 2-FCV-67-113 1B, 1D & 2A, close.67-83A, 91A, 99A, 562D, and and 1054D in 2C, 2B, 2D 107A, respectively. isolation valve containment is Supply or 1&2-FCV-113 not protected Outboard Cont Mechanical respectively, from an HELB.

Iso Valves reopens. failure or provide isolation With a single inadvertent backup. Manual failure of 1 or 2-1-FCV-67-83 actuation. actions are FCV-67-107, (Penet X-58A) required to manual isolation isolate the line using upstream 1-FCV-67-91 upstream of valve 1 or 2-ISV-(Penet X-62A) valve 1 & 2-FCV- 67-523B is67-107. See required 1-FCV-67-99 Remarks (Penet X-60A) 1-FCV-67-107 (Penet X-56A) 2-FCV-67-83 (Penet X-58A) 2-FCV-67-91 (Penet X-62A)

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-94 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 51 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

45. 2-FCV-67-99 Cont (Penet X-60A) 2-FCV-67-107 (Penet X-56A)

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-95 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 52 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

46. Lower Close for Any one of four Electrical or Status lights None. Valves None.

Containment containment (for the affected mechanical 1-HS-67-89A, 97A, 1&2-FCV-67-83, Vent Clr 1A, 1C, isolation. unit) fails to failure. 105A, 113A & 2-HS- 91, 99, 107, 1B, 1D & 2A, close.67-89A, 97A, 105A, respectively, 2C, 2B, 2D 113A, respectively. provide backup Supply Inboard or isolation Cont Iso Valves function.

Mechanical 1-FCV-67-89 reopens. failure (Penet X-58A) or inadvertent 1-FCV-67-97 actuation.

(Penet X-62A) 1-FCV-67-105 (Penet X-60A) 1-FCV-67-113 (Penet X-56A) 2-FCV-67-89 (Penet X-58A) 2-FCV-67-97 (PenetX- 62A)

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-96 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 53 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

46. 2-FCV-67-105 Cont (Penet X-60A) 2-FCV-67-113 (Penet X-56A)

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-97 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 54 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

47. Lower Close to provide Anyone of four Mechanical No direct MCR None. None. Primary function Containment backup (for the affected failure or indication available. Respective is thermal Vent Clr 1A, 1C, containment unit) fails to stuck open. containment pressure relief of 1B, 1D & 2A, isolation for valves close. isolation valve liquid trapped 2C, 2B, 2D 1&2-FCV-67-83, will fulfill between Supply Pressure 91, 99, 107, isolation isolation valves.

Relief Cont Iso respectively. See function. Failure to open Valves remarks. is not considered credible.

1-67-1054A 1-67-1054C 1-67-1054B 1-67-1054D 2-67-1054 A 2-67-1054 C 2-67-1054 B 2-67-1054 D WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-98 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 55 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

48. Lower None. Not applicable. Not Not applicable. None. None. These valves Containment applicable. are isolated from Vent Clrs 1A, ERCW flow by 1C, 1B, 1D & containment 2A, 2C, 2B, 2D isolation valves.

Temperature Control Valves 1-TCV-67-84 1-TCV-67-92 1-TCV-67-100 1-TCV-67-108 2-TCV-67-84 2-TCV-67-92 2-TCV-67-100 2-TCV-67-108 WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-99 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 56 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks 49 Unit 1 RC Pump None Not applicable Not Not applicable None None These valves Motor 1, 3, 2, 4 applicable are isolated from Clr and Unit 2 ERCW flow by RC Pump Motor containment 1, 3, 2, 4 Clrs isolation valves.

Temperature Control Valves 1-TCV-67-86 1-TCV-67-94 1-TCV-67-102 1-TCV-67-110 2-TCV-67-86 2-TCV-67-94 2-TCV-67-102 2-TCV-67-110 WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-100 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 57 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

50. Control Rod None. Not applicable. Not Not applicable. None. None. These valves Drive Units applicable. are isolated from 1A, 1C, 1B, 1D ERCW flow by 2A, 2C, 2B, 2D containment Temperature isolation valves.

Control Valves 1-TCV-67-85 1-TCV-67-93 1-TCV-67-101 1-TCV-67-109 2-TCV-67-85 2-TCV-67-93 2-TCV-67-101 2-TCV-67-109 WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-101 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 58 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

51. Lower None. Not applicable. Not Not applicable. None. None. These valves Containment applicable. are isolated from Vent Clrs 1A, ERCW flow by 1C, 1B, 1D, 2A, containment 2C, 2B, 2D isolation valves.

Check Valves 1-67-565A 1-67-565C 1-67-565B 1-67-565D 2-67-565A 2-67-565C 2-67-565B 2-67-565D WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-102 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 59 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

52. RC Pump Motor None. Not applicable. Not Not applicable. None. None. These valves Unit 1 applicable. are isolated from 1, 3, 2, 4 & Unit ERCW flow by 2 1, 3, 2, 4 Clrs containment Check Valves isolation valves.

1-67-571A 1-67-571C 1-67-571B 1-67-571D 2-67-571A 2-67-571C 2-67-571B 2-67-571D WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-103 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 60 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

53. Control Rod None. Not applicable. Not Not applicable. None. None. These valves Drive Vent applicable. are isolated from Clrs 1A, 1C, 1B, ERCW flow by 1D, 2A, 2C, 2B, containment 2D isolation valves.

Check Valves 1-67-568A 1-67-568C 1-67-568B 1-67-568D 2-67-568A 2-67-568C 2-67-568B 2-67-568D WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-104 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 61 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

54. Lower Close for Any one of four Electrical or Status lights None. Valves None.

Containment containment (for the affected mechanical 1&2 -HS-67-87A, 1&2-FCV-67-88, Vent Clrs isolation. unit) fails to failure. 95A, 103A, 111A, 96, 104, 112, 1A, 1C, 1B, 1D, close. respectively. respectively, 2A, 2C, 2B, 2D provide backup Return or isolation Inboard Cont function.

Iso Valves Mechanical reopens. failure or 1-FCV-67-87 inadvertent (Penet X-59A) actuation.

1-FCV-67-95 (Penet X-63A) 1-FCV-67-103 (Penet X-61A) 1-FCV-67-111 (Penet X-57A) 2-FCV-67-87 (Penet X-59A) 2-FCV-67-95 (Penet X-63A)

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-105 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 62 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

54. 2-FCV-67-103 Cont (Penet X-61A) 2-FCV-67-111 (Penet X-57A)

55. Lower Close for Any one of four Mechanical No direct MCR None. None.

Containment containment (for the affected failure or indication available. Containment Vent Clrs isolation backup unit) fails open. stuck open. isolation valves 1A, 1C, 1B, 1D, for valves fulfill isolation 2A, 2C, 2B, 2D 1&2-FCV-67-88, function.

Return 96, 104, 112, Pressure Relief respectively.

Cont Iso Check Valves 575A (Penet X-59A) 575C (Penet X-63A) 575B (Penet X-61A) 575D (Penet X-57A)

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-106 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 63 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

56. Lower Close for Any one of four Electrical or Status lights None. Inboard None.

Containment containment (for the affected mechanical 1&2-HS-67-88A, containment Vent Clrs isolation. unit) fails to failure. 96A, 104A, 112A, isolation valves 1A, 1C, 1B, 1D, close. respectively. 1&2-FCV-67-87, 2A, 2C, 2B, 2D 95, 103, 111 and Return or check valves Outboard Cont Mechanical 575A, 575C, Iso Valves reopens. failure or 575B, 575D, inadvertent respectively, 1-FCV-67-88 actuation. provide backup (Penet X-59A) isolation.

1-FCV-67-96 (Penet X-63A) 1-FCV-67-104 (Penet X-61A) 1-FCV-67-112 (Penet X-57A) 2-FCV-67-88 (Penet X-59A) 2-FCV-67-96 (Penet X-63A)

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-107 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 64 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

56. 2-FCV-67-104 Cont (Penet X-61A) 2-FCV-67-112 (Penet X-57A)

57. Spent Fuel Pit Open for ERCW Either one of two Electrical or Status lights None None. Either Pump & TB flow to Coolers 1A, fails to open. mechanical 1-ZS-67-213A, one of two Booster Pump 1B, respectively. failure. 215A, respectively. coolers Space Clr 1A, or No indication for provides 1B Supply disc-stem 100%

Valves connection failure. service.

either one of two Mechanical None.

1-FCV-67-213 recloses. failure or inadvertent 1-FCV-67-215 actuation.

58. CCS Pump & Open for ERCW Either one of two Electrical or Status lights None. None. Either Aux FW Pump flow to Coolers 1A, fails to open mechanical 1-ZS-67-162A, one of two Space Clr 1A, 1B, respectively. failure 164A, respectively. coolers 1B Supply or No indication for provides Valves disc-stem 100%

connection failure. service.

1-FCV-67-162 either one of two Mechanical recloses failure or 1-FCV-67-164 inadvertent actuation WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-108 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 65 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

59. Centrif Charging ERCW flow to Either one of two Mechanical Status lights None. None. Either Administratively Pump Rm Clr Coolers 1A, 1B, (for the affected failure or 1&2-ZS-67-168A, one of two locked open with 1A, 1B, 2A, 2B 2A, 2B, unit) closes. inadvertent 170A, respectively. coolers power to their Supply Valves respectively. actuation. No indication for provides FSVs removed.

disc-stem 100%

1-FCV-67-168 connection failure. service.

1-FCV-67-170 2-FCV-67-168 2-FCV-67-170

60. Recip Charging None. None. See Not Not applicable. None. None. During DBE Pump Rm Clr remarks. applicable. does not effect 1C, 2C Supply ERCW safety Valves function.

1-FCV-67-172 2-FCV-67-172 WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-109 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 66 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

61. SIS Pump RM Open for ERCW Either one of two Electrical or Status lights None. None. Either Clr 1A, 1B, 2A, flow to Coolers 1A, (for the affected mechanical 1&2-ZS-67-176A, one of two 2B Supply 1B, 2A, 2B, unit) fails to failure. 182A, respectively. (each unit)

Valves respectively. open. No indication for coolers disc-stem provide 1-FCV-67-176 or connection failure 100%

Mechanical service.

1-FCV-67-182 Either one of two failure or recloses. inadvertent 2-FCV-67-176 actuation.

2-FCV-67-182

62. CS Pump Rm Open for ERCW Either one of two Electrical or Status lights None. None. Either Clr 1A-A, 1B-B, flow to Coolers 1A, (for the affected mechanical 1&2-ZS-67-184A, one of two 2A-A, 2B-B 1B, 2A, 2B, unit) fails to failure. 186A, respectively. (each unit)

Supply Valves respectively. open. No indication for coolers disc-stem provide 1-FCV-67-184 or connection failure 100%

Mechanical service.

1-FCV-67-186 Either one of two failure or recloses. inadvertent 2-FCV-67-184 actuation.

2-FCV-67-186 WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-110 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 67 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

63. RHR Pump Rm ERCW flow path to Either one of two Mechanical Status lights None. None. Either Administratively Clr 1A-A, 1B-B, Coolers 1A-A, 1B- (for the affected failure or 1&2-ZS-67-188A, one of two locked open with 2A-A, 2B-B B, 2A-A, 2B-B, Unit) closes. inadvertent 190A, respectively. (each unit) power to their Supply Valves respectively. actuation. No indication for coolers FSVs removed.

disc-stem provide 1-FCV-67-188 connection failure. 100%

service.

1-FCV-67-190 2-FCV-67-188 2-FCV-67-190

64. Penet Rm Elev Open for ERCW Either one of two Electrical or Status lights None. None. Either 692 ft Crs 1A1, flow to Coolers (for the affected mechanical 1&2-ZS-67-346A, one of two 1B1, 2A1, 2B1 1A1, 1B1,2A1, Unit) fails to failure. 348A, respectively. (each unit)

Supply Valves 2B1 respectively. open. No indication for coolers disc-stem provide 1-FCV-67-346 or connection failure. 100%

Mechanical service.

1-FCV-67-348 Either one of two failure or recloses. inadvertent 2-FCV-67-346 actuation.

2-FCV-67-348 WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-111 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 68 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

65. Penet Rm Elev Open for ERCW Either one of two Electrical or Status lights None. None.

713 ft Clrs 1A2, flow to Coolers (for the affected mechanical 1-ZS-67-350A, Either one of 1B2, 2A2, 2B2 1A2, 1B2, 2A2, unit) fails to failure. 352A, 2-Z5 two coolers Supply Valves 2B2, respectively. open. 350A, 352A, provides respectively. 100%

1-FCV-67-350 or No indication for service.

Mechanical disc-stem 1-FCV-67-352 Either one of two failure or connection failure.

recloses. inadvertent 2-FCV-67-350 actuation.

2-FCV-67-352

66. Penet Rm Elev Open for ERCW Either one of Electrical or Status lights None. None.

737 ft Clrs 1A3, flow to Coolers four fails to mechanical 1-ZS-67-354A, Either pair of 1B3, 2A3, 2B3 1A3, 1B3, 2A3, open. failure. 356A, coolers 1A3 Supply Valves 2B3, respectively. 2-ZS-67-354A, and 2A3 or or 356A, respectively. 1B3 and 1-FCV-67-354 No indication for 2B3 provide disc-stem 100%

1-FCV-67-356 connection failure. service.

2-FCV-67-354 Mechanical Either one of failure or 2-FCV-67-356 four recloses. inadvertent actuation.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-112 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 69 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

67. Pipe Chase Clr Open for ERCW Either one of two Electrical or Status lights None. None.

1A, 1B, 2A, 2B flow to Coolers 1A, (for the affected mechanical 1&2-ZS-67-342A, Either one of Supply Valves 1B, 2A, 2B, unit) fails to failure 344A, respectively. two coolers respectively. open. No indication for provides 1-FCV-67-342 disc-stem 100%

or connection failure. required 1-FCV-67-344 Mechanical capacity.

Either one of two failure or 2-FCV-67-342 recloses. inadvertent actuation 2-FCV-67-344

68. Emerg Gas Open for ERCW Either one of two Electrical or Status lights None. None.

treatment Rm flow to Coolers 2A, fails to open mechanical 1&2-ZS-67-336A, Either one of Clr 2A, 2B 2B, respectively. failure 338A, respectively. two coolers Supply Valves or No indication for provides disc-stem 100%

2-FCV-67-336 connection failure. required Either one of two Mechanical capacity.

2-FCV-67-338 recloses. failure or inadvertent actuation WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-113 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 70 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

69. BA Transf Pump Open for ERCW Either one of two Electrical or Status lights 1-ZS- None None.

& Aux FW Pump flow to Coolers 2A, fails to open. mechanical 67-217A, 219A, Either one of Space Clr 2A, 2B, respectively. failure. respectively. two coolers 2B Supply or No indication for provides Valves disc-stem 100%

connection failure. required 2-FCV-67-217 Either one of two Mechanical capacity.

recloses. failure or 2-FCV-67-219 inadvertent actuation.

70. TB Supply Close on high flow Either one of two Electrical or Status lights None. Shut None.

Header 1A, 1B, and low pressure fails to close mechanical 0-HS-67-205A, down train with Iso Bfly to isolate non- failure. 208A, respectively. failed valve.

essential portion of or Operate other 0-FCV-67-205 ERCW system train.

piping.

0-FCV-67-208 Either one of two Mechanical reopens. failure or inadvertent actuation.

71. Header 1 B to Remain closed Fails open. Electrical or 1-FI-67-222 flow Interrupts flow to None. CCS Locked closed CCS HX A Mechanical indication. CCS HX A & B. HX C with breaker Supply Bfly failure or ERCW flow provides removed.

Valve inadvertent provided to CCS 100%

actuation. HX C via Header backup 1-FCV-67-458-A 2B. service.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-114 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 71 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

72. Emergency Provide power to Either one of two Diesel MCR Indication. Loss of ERCW None. Other Only one of two Power to Train Train A, B fails. generator system Train A train has Trains A or B A, B ERCW system mechanical or B, 100% required to pumps, screens, failure or respectively. ERCW mitigate DBE.

strainer motors shutdown system and valve board failure. capability.

actuators, respectively.

73. Passive failure Pressure Ruptures, Mechanical No direct MCR System None. Other Only one of two of any one boundary integrity. leakage, failures. indication available, capability for train has Trains A or B piping system component however various respective train 100% required to pressure pressure process parameters diminished. ERCW mitigate DBE.

boundary boundary such as system component (i.e., breaches, etc. temperature, capability.

valve body, disc, pressure, flow, etc.,

pump casing. will permit HX tube or shell, monitoring of etc.) in either system train A or B. performance.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-115 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 72 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks 73a Electrical failure Cable Tray Fire, missile High temperature Lose ERCW None. No CCS HXs A and of ERCW Train malfunction electrical alarm from 0-M-27B Train B cooling will B are not 1B and 2B malfunction be provided affected. Thus, to CCS HX they are C, however available and ERCW Train 1B Normal supply to both CCS provide 100%

ESF equipment HX A and B cooling capacity.

are available ERCW Train 2B Normal supply to from ERCW CCS HX C header 2A for cooling Unit 1 and 2, respectively.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-116 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 73 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

74. Electric Board Throttles ERCW Either valve fails Mechanical Local indication at None for ERCW. None. 1) MCR Room A/C flow to EBR Bd. open failure. EBR chiller skid on For HVAC, loss Standby annunciation of Condensers A-A Rm. A/C low refrigerant of associated chilled water EBR Air and B-B Condensers A-A & suction pressure or EBR chilled train is conditioning discharge B-B or low compressor oil water train. 100% safety train temperature pressure. See Eventual redundant. switchover to control valves Remark 1. shutdown of standby 0-TCV-67-1050- associated EBR HVAC/chilled A Local indication at AHUs upon water train due 0-TCV-67-1052- EBR chiller skid on switchover to to eventual B fails closed high refrigerant redundant train. temperature pressure. See increase in Remark 1. conditioned EBR or spaces.

Possible local indication at EBR (2) May behave fails to modulate. chiller skid None for ERCW. similar to either dependent upon For HVAC, fail open or fail severity of condition. potential loss of closed.

See Remark 2. associated EBR chilled water train.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 74 of 79)

WATER SYSTEMS Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

75. Main Control Throttles ERCW Either valve fails Mechanical Local indication at None for ERCW None. 1) MCR Room A/C flow to MCR A/C open failure. MCR chiller skid on . For HVAC, loss Standby annunciation of condensers A-A Condensers A-A & low refrigerant of associated chilled water MCR Air

& B-B discharge B-B or suction pressure or MCR chilled train is conditioning temperature low compressor oil water train. 100% safety train control valves. pressure. Eventual rredundant. switchover to See Remark 1. shurdown of standby 0-TCV associated MCR HVAC/chilled 1051A AHUs upon water train due 0-TCV-67-1053- switchover to to eventual B redundant train. temperature Local indication at increase in MCR chiller skid on conditioned fails closed high refrigerant MCR spaces. (2) pressure. May behave See Remark 1. similar to either fail open or fail None for ERCW. closed.

Possible local For HVAC indication at MCR potential loss of or fails to chiller skid associated MCR modulate. dependent upon chilled water severity of condition. train.

See Remark 2.

9.2-117 WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-118 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 75 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

76. Auxillary Control Open for ERCW Either valve fails Electrical or None. See Remarks. None. If idle for long Air flow to the ACAC open Mechanical Higher than normal periods, Compressors A A & B cylinder failure. discharge air Potential loss of None. Other potential

& B cooling jackets and or temperature local affected ACAC train damage to water supply aftercoolers. Mechanical indication on 0-TI- dure to available to internal solenoid cutoff Valves close when fails closed failure or 32-65 or -92 and overheating. provide safe components of valves. compressors are inadvertent high temperature shutdown. affected ACAC 0-FSV-67-1221- not running operation. alarm via 0-TS due to rust A and 0-FSV- 64 or resulting from 67-1223-B -91 if affected ACAC condensation.

is running.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-119 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 76 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

77. Auxillary Control Reduces ERCW Either valve fails Mechanical Visible discharge None. None.

Air pressure to the open failure. flow from relief valve Compressors A ACAC A and B 0-RFV-67-971 or and B cooling cylinder jackets or -672 if affected water supply and aftercoolers. ACAC is running pressure control fails closed.

valves. Higher than normal discharge air 0-PCV-67-1222 temperature local and indication on 0-TI-0-PCV-67-1224 32-65 or -92 and high temperature alarm via 0-TS 64 or -91 if affected ACAC is running.

Potential loss of None.

affected ACAC Other train due to available to overheating. provide safe shutdown.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-120 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 77 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

78. Auxillary Control Throttles ERCW Either valve fails Mechanical Lower than normal None None.

Air flow to ACAC A open failure. local temperature Compressors A and B cylinder indication on and B cooling jackets. 0-TI-32-65 or -92 if water supply or affected ACAC is temperature running.

control valves.

fails closed. Higher than normal Potenial loss of None.

0-TCV-67 discharge air affected ACAC Other train

-1222A and 0- temperature local due to available to TCV-67-1224A indication on 0-TI- overheating provide safe 32 or -92 and shutdown.

high temperature alarm via 0-TS 64 or

-91 if affected ACAC is running.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-121 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 78 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

79. Auxillary Control Throttles ERCW Either valve fails Mechanical Lower than normal None. None.

Air flow to ACAC A open failure. discharge air Compressors A and B aftercoolers. temperature local and B cooling indication on water supply 0-TI-32-65 or -92 if temperature or affected ACAC is control valves. running.

0-TCV-67

-1222B & fails closed. Higher than normal Potential None.

0-TCV-67 discharge air overheating and Other train

-1224B temperture local loss of air dryers available to indication on 0-TI- downsteam of provide safe 32-65 or -92 if affected ACAC shutdown.

affected ACAC is due to high running. discharge air temperature.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-2 ESSENTIAL RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM 9.2-122 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 79 of 79)

Potential Method of Effect on Effect on WATTS BAR Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Plant Remarks

80. ERCW Header Manual butterfly Fails to open. Mechanically Low flow alarms None. Three of None Closed with Cross-Tie valves normally stuck closed. four strainers are hand wheel Isolatin Valves closed. 1-FA-67-61, 62 available to attached.

insure either 2-FA-67-61, 62 headers 1A and 1-ISV-67-1117 respectively. 2A or headers 1B and 2B will 2-ISV-67-1119 be in service to meet plant 1-ISV-67-1118 requirements.

2-ISV-67-1120 None. Three of four strainers are Provides ERCW One closes while Inadvertent Low flow alarms available to None Must put another flow path in the crosstie is in closure or insure either ERCW train in event of a strainer operation. mechanical 1-FA-67-61, 62 headers 1A and service to serve malfunction or failure. 2A or headers isolated unit outage on a given 2-FA-67-61, 62 1B and 2B will header.

train. respectively. be in service to meet plant requirements.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.2-3 AVAILABLE NPSH DURING ECCS OPERATION Pump Flow (gpm) Supply NPSHR(ft) NPSHA(ft) Margin (ft)

Injection Mode - two of each pump in operation (Note 1)

CCP A-A 560 RWST 25 43.9 18.9 CCP B-B 560 RWST 25 4.5 19.5 SIP A-A 675 RWST 32 35.2 3.2 SIP B-B 675 RWST 32 34.6 2.6 RHRP A-A 4550 RWST 17 31.2 14.2 RHRP B-B 4550 RWST 17 32.1 15.1 Recirculation Mode - both trains operating RHRP A-A 5000 Sump 19 29.5 10.5 RHRP B-B 5000 Sump 19 30.5 11.5 Note: 1: The following conservative design inputs were used to calculate the NPSHA for injection mode case:

1. The minimum water level (low-low) in RWST (731.8).

2. Both trains of CSS with maximum calculated injection flow rate (4641 gpm) are in operation.

3. RWST fluid is at maximum temperature of 105°F.

4. The pressure in upper containment is 0 psig.

Note 2: The following conservative design inputs were used to calculate the NPSHA for Recirculation mode case.

1. The minimum sump water level above sump floor (120 gpm SBLOCA) is 5.78 ft.

2. Both trains of CCS with maximum calculated recirculation flow rate (4532 gpm) are inoperation.

3. The containment sump fluid is at its design 190°F.

4. The pressure in upper containment is 0 psig.

WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-123

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.2-4 Deleted by Amendment 66 9.2-124 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.2-5 Deleted by Amendment 66 9.2-125 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.2-6 Deleted by Amendment 66 9.2-126 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.2-7 Deleted by Amendment 66 WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-127

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.2-8 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM COMPONENT DESIGN DATA Component Cooling Pumps Quantity 5 Type Horizontal centrifugal Rated capacity, gpm, each 6000 gpm*

Rated head, ft water 190*

Motor horsepower, hp 350 Casing material Cast steel Design pressure, psig 150 Design temperature, °F 200 Thermal Barrier Booster Pumps Quantity 2 Type Horizontal centrifugal Rated Capacity, gpm, each 160*

Rated head, ft water 130*

Motor horsepower, hp 10 Casing material Cast steel (SS 316)

Design pressure, psig 200 Design temperature, °F 200 Surge Tanks Number 2 Design presssure Internal, psig 33 psig External, psig vacuum breaker provided Design temperature, °F 200 Total volume, gal 12,000 Normal water volume, gal 6,900 (minimum)

Fluid Component cooling water (Demineralized Water)

Material Carbon steel Heat Exchangers Quantity 3 Type Shell and tube Heat transferred, BTU/hr, each; normal operating condition 64.3 x 106 Shell side (component cooling water)

Inlet temperature, °F 109.3 Outlet temperature, °F 95.0 Flow rate, lb/hr 4.5 x 106 Design temperature, °F 200 Design pressure, psig 150 Shell material ASME SA 516 Grade 70 Tube side (essential raw cooling water)

Inlet temperature, °F 85 Outlet temperature, °F 95.7 9.2-128 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.2-8 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM COMPONENT DESIGN DATA Seal Leakage Collection Station Quantity 1 Tank w/ 2 pumps Pump type Regenerative turbine (horizontal)

Rated capacity, gpm, each 10 Rated head, ft water 150 Motor horsepower, hp 1.5 Pump casing material Cast iron Tank capacity, gal 180 Tank material Carbon steel Design pressure, psig 150 Design temperature, °F 200

• During preoperational testing of the component cooling system (CCS) pumps and thermal barrier booster pumps, the pumps did not meet vendor pump performance curves. This was due mainly to the instrument inaccuracies factored into both the flow and head measurements for the data points. A review of the CCS hydraulic losses calculation has determined that even with the instrument inaccuracies factored in, the CCS pumps will still exceed the CCS hydraulic performance requirements on the pumps.

WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-129

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-130 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Page 1 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR A CONTAINMENT ISOLATION A-1 1-FCV-70-85 Containment Fails to Close Mechanical 1-HS-70-85A Single Failure None, inside Containment Isolation Failure status lights containment is a integrity is Penetration closed system. maintained. Valve No. X-35 is normally closed.

2A-1 2-FCV-70-85 Containment Fails to Close Mechanical 2-HS-70-85A Single Failure None, inside Containment Isolation Failure status lights containment is a integrity is Penetration closed system. maintained. Valve No. X-35 is normally closed.

A-2 1-FCV-70-143 Containment Fails to Close Power 1-HS-70-143A Single Failure None. inside Containment Isolation Supply, status lights containment is a integrity is Penetration Electrical, or closed system. maintained. Valve No. X-53 Mechanical is normally closed.

Failure 2A-2 2-FCV-70-143 Containment Fails to Close Power 2-HS-70-143A Single Failure None, inside Containment Isolation Supply, status lights containment is a integrity is Penetration Electrical, or closed system. maintained. Valve No. X-53 Mechanical is normally closed.

Failure WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-131 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 2 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR A-3 1-RFV-70-703 Relieve high See Effect on Mechanical None None, tube None None pressure in System Failure leakage or piping to and Column. CVCS isolation from Excess valve failure Letdown HX constitutes the inside single failure.

containment 1-RFV-70-703 due to tube will lift on leakage or overpressure.

failure of CVCS isolation valves 2A-3 2-RFV-70-703 Relieve high See Effect on Mechanical None None, tube None None pressure in System Failure leakage or piping to and Column. CVCS isolation from Excess valve failure Letdown HX constitutes the inside single failure.

containment 2-RFV-70-703 due to tube will lift on leakage or overpressure.

failure of CVCS isolation valves WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-132 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 3 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR A-4 1FCV-70-87 Containment Fails to Close Power 1-HS-70-87A Single failure None, isolation will Containment Isolation Supply, status lights be achieved by integrity is Penetration Electrical, or redundant valve 1- maintained. Valve No. X-50A Mechanical FCV-70-90. is normally closed.

Failure 2A-4 2FCV-70-87 Containment Fails to Close Power 2-HS-70-87A Single failure None, isolation will Containment Isolation Supply, status lights be achieved by integrity is Penetration Electrical, or redundant valve 2- maintained. Valve No. X-50A Mechanical FCV-70-90. is normally closed.

Failure A-5 1-FCV-70-90 Containment Fails to Close Power 1-HS-70-90A Single failure None, isolation will Containment Isolation Supply, status lights be achieved by integrity is Penetration Electrical, or redundant valve 1- maintained No. X-50A Mechanical FCV-70-87.

Failure 2A-5 2-FCV-70-90 Containment Fails to Close Power 2-HS-70-90A Single failure None, isolation will Containment Isolation Supply, status lights be achieved by integrity is Penetration Electrical, or redundant valve 2- maintained No. X-50A Mechanical FCV-70-87.

Failure A-6 1-CKV-70-687 Containment Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, isolation will Containment Isolation Failure be achieved by integrity is Penetration redundant valve 1- maintained (See No. X-50A FCV-70-90. Note 1) 2A-6 2-CKV-70-687 Containment Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, isolation will Containment Isolation Failure be achieved by integrity is Penetration redundant valve 2- maintained (See WATER SYSTEMS No. X-50A FCV-70-90. Note 1)

WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-133 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 4 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR A-7 1-FCV-70-89 Containment Fails to Close Power 1-HS-70-89A Single Failure None, isolation will Containment Isolation Supply, status lights be achieved by integrity is Penetration Electrical, or redundant valve 1- maintained.

No. X-29 Mechanical FCV-70-92.

Failure 2A-7 2-FCV-70-89 Containment Fails to Close Power 2-HS-70-89A Single Failure None, isolation will Containment Isolation Supply, status lights be achieved by integrity is Penetration Electrical, or redundant valve 2- maintained.

No. X-29 Mechanical FCV-70-92.

Failure A-8 1-FCV-70-92 Containment Fails to Close Power 1-HS-70-92A Single Failure None, isolation will The line inside Isolation Supply, status lights be achieved by containment Penetration Electrical, or redundant valve 1- upstream of No. X-29 Mechanical FCV-70-89 and 1-FCV-70-89 is Failure manual isolation of not protected from a downstream a HELB. Thermal valve. See relief check valve Remarks. 1-CKV-70-698 around 1-FCV 89 will allow backflow into containment.

Action is required to manually isolate valve 1-ISV-70-700 down stream of 1-FCV-70-92.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-134 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 5 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR 2A-8 2-FCV-70-92 Containment Fails to Close Power 2-HS-70-92A Single Failure None, isolation will The line inside Isolation Supply, status lights be achieved by containment Penetration Electrical, or redundant valve 2- upstream of 2-No. X-29 Mechanical FCV-70-89 and FCV-70-89 is not Failure manual isolation of protected from a a downstream HELB. Thermal valve. See relief check valve Remarks. 2-CKV-70-698 around 2-FCV 89 will allow backflow into containment.

Action is required to manually isolate valve 2-ISV-70-700 downstream of 2-FCV-70-92.

A-9 1-CKV-70-698 Containment Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, isolation will Containment Isolation Failure be achieved by integrity is Penetration redundant valve 1- maintained (See No. X-29 FCV-70-92. Note 1).

2A-9 2-CKV-70-698 Containment Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, isolation will Containment Isolation Failure be achieved by integrity is Penetration redundant valve 2- maintained (See No. X-29 FCV-70-92. Note 1).

A-10 1-FCV-70-100 Containment Fails to Close Power 1-HS-70-100A Single Failure None, isolation will Containment Isolation Supply, status lights be achieved by integrity is Penetration Electrical, or redundant valve 1- maintained.

No. X-52 Mechanical FCV-70-140.

WATER SYSTEMS Failure WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-135 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 6 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR 2A-10 2-FCV-70-100 Containment Fails to Close Power 2-HS-70-100A Single Failure None, isolation will Containment Isolation Supply, status lights be achieved by integrity is Penetration Electrical, or redundant valve 2- maintained.

No. X-52 Mechanical FCV-70-140.

Failure A-11 1-FCV-70-140 Containment Fails to Close Power 1-HS-70-140A Single Failure None, isolation will The line inside Isolation Supply, status lights be achieved by containment Penetration Electrical, or redundant valve 1- downstream of No. X-52 Mechanical FCV-70-100 and 1-FCV-70-100 is Failure manual isolation of not protected from an upstream valve. a HELB. Thermal See Remarks. relief check valve 1-CKV-70-790 around 1-FCV 100 will allow flow to enter containment.

Action is required to manually isolate valve 1-ISV-70-516 upstream of 1-FCV-70-140.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-136 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 7 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR 2A-11 2-FCV-70-140 Containment Fails to Close Power 2-HS-70-140A Single Failure None, isolation will The line inside Isolation Supply, status lights be achieved by containment Penetration Electrical, or redundant valve 2- downstream of 2-No. X-52 Mechanical FCV-70-100 and FCV-70-100 is not Failure manual isolation of protected from a an upstream valve. HELB. Thermal See Remarks. relief check valve 2-CKV-70-790 around 2-FCV 100 will allow flow to enter containment.

Action is required to manually isolate valve 2-ISV-70-516 upstream of 2-FCV-70-140.

A-12 1-CKV-70-790 Containment Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, isolation will Containment Isolation Failure be achieved by integrity is Penetration redundant valve 1- maintained (See No. X-52 FCV-70-140. Note 1).

2A-12 2-CKV-70-790 Containment Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, isolation will Containment Isolation Failure be achieved by integrity is Penetration redundant valve 2- maintained (See No. X-52 FCV-70-140. Note 1).

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-137 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 8 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR A-13 1-FCV-70-133 Prevention of Fails to Close Power 1-HS-70-133A Single Failure None, inleakage None inleakage of Supply, status lights prevention will be unborated Electrical, or achieved by CCS water Mechanical redundant valve 1-into Failure FCV-70-134.

containment 2A-13 2-FCV-70-133 Prevention of Fails to Close Power 2-HS-70-133A Single Failure None, inleakage None inleakage of Supply, status lights prevention will be unborated Electrical, or achieved by CCS water Mechanical redundant valve 2-into Failure FCV-70-134.

containment A-14 1-FCV-70-134 Containment Fails to Close Power 1-HS-70-134A Single failure None, isolation will Containment Isolation Supply, status lights for both be maintained by integrity is Penetration Electrical, or functions redundant valve 1- maintained No. X-50B and Mechanical CKV-70-679 and prevention of Failure inleakage inleakage of prevention will be unborated achieved by CCS water redundant valve 1-into FCV-70-133.

containment WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-138 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 9 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR 2A-14 2-FCV-70-134 Containment Fails to Close Power 2-HS-70-134A Single failure None, isolation will Containment Isolation Supply, status lights for both be maintained by integrity is Penetration Electrical, or functions redundant valve 2- maintained.

No. X-50B and Mechanical CKV-70-679 and prevention of Failure inleakage inleakage of prevention will be unborated achieved by CCS water redundant valve 2-into FCV-70-133.

containment A-15 1-CKV-70-679 Containment Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, isolation will Containment Isolation Failure be achieved by integrity is Penetration redundant valve 1- maintained.

No. X-50B FCV-70-134.

2A-15 2-CKV-70-679 Containment Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, isolation will Containment Isolation Failure be achieved by integrity is Penetration redundant valve 2- maintained.

No. X-50B FCV-70-134.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-139 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 10 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR A-16 1-RFV-70-835 Over pressure Fails Closed Mechanical Flow None, tube None If this valve failed protection of Failure transmitters leakage or open containment low pressure 1-FT-70-95, CVCS isolation integrity is still piping of CCS -105, -115, valve failure insured because supply to RCP -124, -81B, or constitutes the leakage is into Thermal -81E (any one single failure containment. If the Barrier HX or combination) (failure of this valve failed closed valve need not and the system did be overpressurize, considered). again leakage is into containment.

Leakage into containment would be limited by closure of either 1-FCV-70-133 or

-134 and -87 (with 1-CKV-70-687) or

-90.

Fails Open None, inleakage isolated by FCVs (see remarks).

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-140 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 11 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR 2A-16 2-RFV-70-835 Over pressure Fails Closed Mechanical Flow None, tube None If this valve failed protection of Failure transmitters leakage or open containment low pressure 2-FT-70-95, CVCS isolation integrity is still piping of CCS -105, -115, valve failure insured because supply to RCP -124, -81B, or constitutes the leakage is into Thermal -81E (any one single failure containment. If the Barrier HX or combination) (failure of this valve failed closed valve need not and the system did be overpressurize, considered). again leakage is into containment.

Leakage into containment would be limited by closure of either 2-FCV-70-133 or

-134 and -87 (with 2-CKV-70-687) or

-90.

Fails Open None, inleakage isolated by FCVs (see remarks).

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-141 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 12 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR B COOLING WATER TO EQUIPMENT FOR SAFE SHUTDOWN B-1 1-FCV-70-153 Supply water Fails Closed Mechanical Alarm with Supply to HX None, redundant Safe shutdown to RHR HX failure 1-HS-70-153A 1B-B is RHR HX 1A-A will function is 1B-B status lights or stopped provide heat achieved with one low flow alarm if removal capability. HX.

stem or disc Administratively separation. locked open with breaker open.

2B-1 2-FCV-70-153 Supply water Fails to Open Power Alarm with Supply to HX None, redundant Safe shutdown to RHR HX Supply, 2-HS-70-153A 2B-B is RHR HX 2A-A will function is 2B-B Electrical, or status lights or stopped provide heat achieved with one Mechanical low flow alarm if removal capability. HX.

Failure stem or disc separation.

B-2 1-FCV-70-156 Supply water Fails to Open Power Alarm with Supply to HX None, redundant Safe shutdown to RHR HX Supply, 1-HS-70-156A 1A-A is RHR HX 1B-B will function is 1A-A Electrical, or status lights or stopped provide heat achieved with one Mechanical low flow alarm if removal capability. HX.

Failure stem or disc separation.

2B-2 2-FCV-70-156 Supply water Fails to Open Power Alarm with Supply to HX None, redundant Safe shutdown to RHR HX Supply, 2-HS-70-156A 2A-A is RHR HX 2B-B will function is 2A-A Electrical, or status lights or stopped provide heat achieved with one Mechanical low flow alarm if removal capability. HX.

Failure stem or disc separation.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-142 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 13 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR B-3 0-FCV-70-194 Supply water Fails to Open Power 0-HS-70-194A Supply to HX B None, 0-FCV Safe shutdown to Spent Fuel Supply, status lights or is stopped 197 will supply function is Pit HX B Electrical, or low flow alarm if water to redundant achieved with one Mechanical stem or disc Spent Fuel Pit HX.

Failure separation. HX A.

B-4 0-FCV-70-197 Supply water Fails to Open Power 0-HS-70-197A Supply to HX A None, 0-FCV Safe shutdown to Spent Fuel Supply, status lights or is stopped 194 will supply function is Pit HX A Electrical, or low flow alarm if water to redundant achieved with one Mechanical stem or disc Spent Fuel Pit HX.

Failure separation HX B.

C CCS PUMPS C-1 CCS Pump 1A-A Supply water Pump Fails to Power 1-HS-70-46A Flow from None, redundant Safe shutdown (1-PMP-70-46) to Train 1A Operate Supply, status lights low Pump 1A-A is CCS Pump 1B-B function is Electrical, or header pressure lost will start on low achieved from Mechanical alarm pressure. redundant pump.

Failure C-2 CCS Pump 1B-B Supply water Pump Fails to Power 1-HS-70-38A Flow from None, redundant Safe shutdown (1-PMP-70-38) to Train 1A Operate Supply, status lights low Pump 1B-B is CCS Pump 1A-A function is Electrical, or header. lost will start on low achieved from Mechanical pressure pressure. redundant pump.

Failure C-3 CCS Pump C-S Supply water Pump Fails to Power 1-HS-70-51A Flow from None, redundant Safe shutdown (0-PMP-70-51) to Train 1B/2B Operate Supply, status lights Pump C-S is CCS Pump 1B-Bor function is Electrical, or lost 2B-B can supply achieved from Mechanical water to Train B. redundant pump.

Failure WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-143 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 14 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR 2C-3A Pump 2B-B Supply water Pump Fails to Power 2-HS-70-33A Flow from None, redundant Safe shutdown (2-PMP-70-33) to Train 2A Operate Supply, status lights, low 2B-B is lost CCS Pump 2A-A function is Electrical, or header pressure will start on low achieved from Mechanical alarm pressure. redundant pump.

Failure 2C-3B Pump 2A-A Supply water Pump Fails to Power 2-HS-70-59A Flow from None, redundant Safe shutdown (2-PMP-70-59) to Train 2A Operate Supply, status lights, low 2A-A is lost CCS Pump 2B-B function is Electrical, or header pressure will start on low achieved from Mechanical alarm pressure. redundant pump.

Failure C-4 1-CKV-70-504A Prevent Fails to Close Mechanical Low header Train A header None, manual Safe shutdown backflow to Failure pressure alarm pressure may isolation valve 1- function is not CCS Pump be low ISV-70-505A will affected.

1A-A when be closed. Pump pump is not 1B-B or C-S will operating continue to operate.

C-5 1-CKV-70-504B Prevent Fails to Close Mechanical Low header Train A header None, manual Shutdown function backflow to Failure pressure alarm pressure may isolation valve 1- is not affected.

CCS Pump be low ISV-70-505B will 1B-B when be closed. Pump pump is not 1A-A or C-S will operating continue to operate.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-144 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 15 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR C-6 0-CKV-70-504 Prevent Fails to Close Mechanical None Train B header None, manual Shutdown function backflow to Failure pressure may isolation valve 0- is not affected.

CCS Pump be low ISV-70-505 will be C-S when closed. Pump 1A-pump is not A/2A-A or 1B-operating B/2B-B will continue to operate.

2C-6A 2-CKV-70-504A Prevent Fails to close Mechanical Low header Train A header None, manual Safe Shutdown backflow to Failure pressure alarm pressure may isolation valve 2- Function is not CSS Pump be low ISV-70-505A will affected.

2A-A when be closed. Pump pump is not 2B-B or C-S will operating continue to operate.

2C-7 2-CKV-70-504B Prevent Fails to Close Mechanical Low header Train A header None, manual Safe Shutdown backflow to Failure pressure alarm pressure may isolation valve 2- Function is not CSS Pump be low ISV-70-505B will affected.

2B-B when be closed. Pump pump is not 2A-A or C-S will operating continue to operate.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-145 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 16 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR D SAFETY/NONSAFETY ISOLATION D-1 1-FCV-70-183 Isolate break Fails to Close Power 1-HS-70-183A Loss of None, Train 1B Safe shutdown is in Class G Supply, status lights, low inventory from portion of the achieved by piping to Electrical, or level alarm Train 1A Surge Tank is still redundant Train B.

Sample HXs Mechanical portion of the intact, supporting and Chiller on Failure Surge Tank Train B of CCS.

high flow differential from 1-FE 215A and B and/or low Surge Tank level at 1-LT-70-63 2D-1 2-FCV-70-183 Isolate break Fails to Close Power 2-HS-70-183A Loss of None, Train 2B Safe shutdown is in Class G Supply, status lights, low inventory from portion of the achieved by piping to Electrical, or level alarm the Train 2A Surge Tank is still redundant Train B.

Sample HXs Mechanical portion of the intact, supporting and Chiller on Failure Surge Tank Train B of CCS.

high flow differential from 2-FE 215A and B and/or low Surge Tank.

level at 2-LT-70-63 WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-146 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 17 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR D-2 1-FCV-70-215 Isolate break Fails to Close Power Low level alarm Potential loss None, Train 1B Safe shutdown is in Class G Supply, of inventory portion of the achieved by piping to Electrical, or from Train 1A Surge Tank is still redundant Train B.

Sample HXs Mechanical portion of the intact, supporting and Chiller on Failure Surge tank Train B of CCS.

signal that valve 1-FCV-70-183 has closed 2D-2 2-FCV-70-215 Isolate break Fails to Close Power Low level alarm Potential loss None, Train 2B Safe shutdown is in Class G Supply, of inventory portion of the achieved by piping. to Electrical, or from Train 2A Surge Tank is still redundant Train B.

Sample HXs Mechanical portion of the intact, supporting and Chiller on Failure Surge tank Train B of CCS.

signal that valve 2-FCV-70-183 has closed D-3 0-FCV-70-206 None N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A This valve is locked closed with a full face gasket and silcone casting installed.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-147 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 18 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR E HIGH PRESSURE PIPING ISOLATION E-1 1-CKV-70-681A Prevent Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, isolation will None backflow of Failure be achieved by high pressure redundant check RCS fluid into valve 1-CKV low pressure 682A.

CCS Piping (See Note 4.).

2E-1 2-CKV-70-681A Prevent Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, isolation will None backflow of Failure be achieved by high pressure redundant check RCS fluid into valve 2-CKV low pressure 682A.

CCS Piping (See Note 4.).

E-2 1-CKV-70-682A Prevent Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, isolation will None backflow of Failure be achieved by high pressure redundant check RCS fluid into valve 1-CKV low pressure 681A.

CCS Piping (See Note 4.).

2E-2 2-CKV-70-682A Prevent Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, isolation will None backflow of Failure be achieved by high pressure redundant check RCS fluid into valve 2-CKV low pressure 681A.

CCS Piping WATER SYSTEMS (See Note 4.). WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-148 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 19 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR E-3 1-CKV-70-681B Prevent Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, isolation will None backflow of Failure be achieved by high pressure redundant check RCS fluid into valve 1-CKV low pressure 682B.

CCS Piping (See Note 4.).

2E-3 2-CKV-70-681B Prevent Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, isolation will None backflow of Failure be achieved by high pressure redundant check RCS fluid into valve 2-CKV low pressure 682B.

CCS Piping (See Note 4.).

E-4 1-CKV-70-682B Prevent Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, isolation will None backflow of Failure be achieved by high pressure redundant check RCS fluid into valve 1-CKV low pressure 681B.

CCS Piping (See Note 4.).

2E-4 2-CKV-70-682B Prevent Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, isolation will None backflow of Failure be achieved by high pressure redundant check RCS fluid into valve 2-CKV low pressure 681B.

CCS Piping (See Note 4.).

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-149 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 20 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR E-5 1-CKV-70-681C Prevent Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, isolation will None backflow of Failure be achieved by high pressure redundant check RCS fluid into valve 1-CKV low pressure 682C.

CCS Piping (See Note 4.).

2E-5 2-CKV-70-681C Prevent Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, isolation will None backflow of Failure be achieved by high pressure redundant check RCS fluid into valve 2-CKV low pressure 682C.

CCS Piping (See Note 4.).

E-6 1-CKV-70-682C Prevent Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, isolation will None backflow of Failure be achieved by high pressure redundant check RCS fluid into valve 1-CKV low pressure 681C.

CCS Piping (See Note 4.).

2E-6 2-CKV-70-682C Prevent Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, isolation will None backflow of Failure be achieved by high pressure redundant check RCS fluid into valve 2-CKV low pressure 681C.

CCS Piping (See Note 4.).

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-150 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 21 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR E-7 1-CKV-70-681D Prevent Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, isolation will None backflow of Failure be achieved by high pressure redundant check RCS fluid into valve 1-CKV low pressure 682D.

CCS Piping (See Note 4.).

2E-7 2-CKV-70-681D Prevent Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, isolation will None backflow of Failure be achieved by high pressure redundant check RCS fluid into valve 2-CKV low pressure 682D.

CCS Piping (See Note 4.).

E-8 1-CKV-70-682D Prevent Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, isolation will None backflow of Failure be achieved by high pressure redundant check RCS fluid into valve 1-CKV low pressure 681D.

CCS Piping (See Note 4.).

2E-8 2-CKV-70-682D Prevent Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, isolation will None backflow of Failure be achieved by high pressure redundant check RCS fluid into valve 2-CKV low pressure 681D.

CCS Piping (See Note 4.).

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-151 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 22 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR F SURGE TANK MAKE-UP F-1 1-LCV-70-63 Isolate Surge Fails to Close Mechanical 1-HS-70-63A Single Failure None, backflow will Failure to close Tank upon Failure status lights high be prevented by without a demineralized level alarm. valve 1-CKV Demineralized water line 541 Water line break break occuring would result in tank Provide make- Fails to Open Pneumatic 1-HS-70-63A Make-up to None, CCS Pump overflow to LWDS up to CCS or status lights low Surge Tank is C-S may take which would not Surge Tank Mechanical level alarm lost suction from Train affect safe Failure 2B portion of Unit 2 shutdown function.

Surge Tank.

2F-1 2-LCV-70-63 Isolate Surge Fails to Close Mechanical 2-HS-70-63A Single Failure None, backflow will Failure to close Tank upon Failure status lights high be prevented by without a demineralized level alarm valve 2-CKV Demineralized water line 541. Water line break break. occurring would result in tank Provide make- Fails to Open Pneumatic 2-HS-70-63A Make-up to None, CCS Pump overflow to LWDS up to CCS or status lights low Surge Tank is C-S may take which would not Surge Tank mechanical level alarm lost suction from Train affect safe failure 1B portion of Unit 1 shutdown function.

Surge Tank.

F-2 1-CKV-70-541 Prevent Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, backflow will None backflow of Failure be prevented by water from valve 1-LCV-70-63 Surge Tank WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-152 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 23 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR 2F-2 2-CKV-70-541 Prevent Fails to Close Mechanical None Single Failure None, backflow will None backflow of Failure be prevented by water from valve 2-LCV-70-63 Surge Tank G SURGE TANK RADIATION RELEASE G-1 1-FCV-70-66 Surge Tank See Effect on Mechanical 1-HS-70-66A None, None None Vent to isolate System column. Failure status lights radiation tank when detected in radiation system caused detected in by tube break system constitutes the single failure 1-FCV-70-66 will close on detection of radiation.

Surge Tank Fails to Open Pneumatic 1-HS-70-66A Surge tank None vent to or status lights may be atmosphere Mechanical pressurized.

Failure However, Relief Valve 1-RFV-70-538 protects the CCS from overpressure.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-153 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 24 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR 2G-2 2-FCV-70-66 Surge Tank See Effect on Mechanical 2-HS-70-66A None, None None vent to isolate System column. Failure status lights radiation tank when detected in radiation system caused detected in by tube break system constitutes the single failure.

2-FCV-70-66 will close on detection of radiation.

Surge Tank Fails to open Pneumatic 2-HS-70-66A Surge tank None Vent to or status lights may be atmosphere mechanical pressurized.

failure However, Relief Valve 2-RFV-70-538 protects the CCS from overpressure.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-154 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 25 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR G-3 1-RFV-70-538 Relieve over- See Effect on Mechanical None None, over- None None pressure in the System column. Failure pressurization Suge Tank in system caused by tube break constitutes the single failure.

1-RFV-70-538 will relieve over-pressure in the Surge Tank.

2G-4 2-RFV-70-538 Relieve over- See Effect on Mechanical None None, over- None None pressure in the System column. Failure pressurization Surge Tank in system caused by tube break constitutes the single failure.

2-RFV-70-538 will relieve over-pressure in the Surge Tank.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-155 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 26 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR G-5 CCS Equipment Varies Passive Failure Mechanical High level alarm Potential None, the Surge None

- Various coolers Tube Leak Failure or high radiation radiation Tank Vent valve 1-alarm present in the FCV-70-66 will system and/or close, preventing increase in radiation release to system atmosphere.

volume.

2G-5 CCS Equipment Varies Passive Failure Mechanical High level alarm Potential None, the Surge None

- Various Tube Leak Failure or high radiation radiation Tank Vent valve 2-Coolers alarm present in the FCV-70-66 will system and/or close, preventing increase in radiation release to system atmosphere.

volume.

G-6 1-RFV-70-539 Vacuum Relief Failure to Open Mechanical Decrease in None None, reduced Tanks A and B are for CCS Surge Failure water level in pressure in surge interconnected Tank A Tank B (Unit 2). tank will result in between the 1B water from Tank B and 2B header being drawn into with the isolation Tank A to equalize valves the pressure. If administratively pressure in Tank B locked open with drops below the the breakers open.

setpoint, 2-RFV-70-539 will open.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM 9.2-156 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 27 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATTS BAR 2G-7 2-RFV-70-539 Vacuum Relief Failure to Open Mechanical Decrease in None None, reduced Tanks A and B are for CCS Surge Failure water level in pressure in surge interconnected Tank B Tank A (Unit 1). tank will result in between the 1B water from Tank A and 2B header being drawn into with the isolation Tank B to equalize valves the pressure. If administratively pressure in Tank A locked open with drops below the the breakers open.

setpoint, 1-RFV-70-539 will open.

H EMERGENCY FAILURE H-1 Emergency Provide power Fails Diesel Control room CCS Train A is None, two 100% Only one train is Power to Train A to pump A Generator indication lost capacity trains are required to mitigate motor and all Shutdown provided accident MOVs in Train Board 1A-A consequences.

A Failure Equipment realignments are required.

H-2 Emergency Provide power Fails Diesel Control room CCS Train B is None, two 100% Only one train is Power to Train B to pump B Generator indication lost capacity trains are required to mitigate motor and all Shutdown provided accident MOVs in Train Board 1B-B consequences.

B Failure Equipment realignments are required.

WATER SYSTEMS WBNP-109

Table 9.2-9 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS (Continued)

(Page 28 of 28)

Potential Method of Effect on Item Component Function Failure Mode Cause Detection System Effect on Plant Remarks WATER SYSTEMS WATTS BAR I PASSIVE FAILURE I-1 Piping System Varies Ruptures, Mechanical Various process System None, two 100% Only one train is (Valve body, leakages disc Failure paramerters capability capacity trains are required to mitigate disc, pump separation, etc. (pressure, diminished provided. the accident casing, HX shell, temperature, consequences.

etc.) flow, etc.)

NOTE 1: Primary function of the valve is to relieve pressure generated by expanding liquid trapped between isolation valves. Failure of a check valve to open is not considered to be credible.

NOTE 2: Not Used NOTE 3: Not Used NOTE 4: This evaluation is based on the assumption that RCP thermal barrier tube break has occured causing the high pressure RCS to pressurize the low pressure CCS.

9.2-157 WBNP-109

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.2-10 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM CODE REQUIREMENTS TVA Class (1) Design Code Heat exchangers C ASME III, Class 3 Surge Tanks C ASME III, Class 3 Pumps C ASME III, Class 3 System piping B&C ASME III, Class 2 and Class 3 Valves B&C ASME III, Class 2 and Class 3 Seal leakage return unit (Excluding L Unclassified Pumps)

Piping to sample heat exchangers C&G ASME III, Class 3 and ANSI B31.1 and sample chiller package Seal leakage return pumps G Manufacturer's Standards Sample Cooler/Chiller piping and G ANSI B31.1 valves (1)

TVA classes are defined in Section 3.2 9.2-158 WATER SYSTEMS

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.2-11 RAW COOLING WATER SYSTEM PUMP DESIGN DATA Number of Pumps 7 Type Vertical Turbine Rated Capacity (gpm) 5135 WATER SYSTEMS 9.2-159

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 9.2-160 WATER SYSTEMS

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-1 IPS, Yard, DGB Units 1 & 2 Flow Diagram for Essential Raw Cooling Water System Powerhouse and Auxiliary Building Flow Diagram for Essential Raw Cooling Water System WBNP-109 9.2-161

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-2 Powerhouse Aux Bldg Units 1 & 2 Mechanical Flow Diagram for Essential Raw Cooling Water System (Unit 1)

WBNP-109 9.2-162

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-3 Powerhouse Auxiliary and Control Buildings Flow Diagram for Essential Raw Cooling Water System (Unit 1)

WBNP-109 9.2-163

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-4 Powerhouse Aux & Control Bldg Unit 1 Mechancial Flow Diagram -Essential Raw Cooling Water WBNP-109 9.2-164

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-4a Powerhouse Turbine Building Units 1 & 2 Flow Diagram for Essential Raw Cooling Water System WBNP-109 9.2-165

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-4b Powerhouse Auxiliary Building Flow Diagram for Essential Raw Cooling Water System (Unit 2)

WBNP-109 9.2-166

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-5 Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Electrical Logic Diagram for Essential Raw Cooling Water System WBNP-109 9.2-167

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-6 Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Electrical Logic Diagram for Essential Raw Cooling Water System WBNP-109 9.2-168

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-7 Logic Diagram for Essential Raw Cooling Water System WBNP-109 9.2-169

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-8 Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Electrical Logic Diagram for Essential Raw Cooling Water System WBNP-109 9.2-170

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-9 Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Electrical Logic Diagram for Essential Raw Cooling Water System WBNP-109 9.2-171

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-10 Powerhouse Electrical Control Diagram for Essential Raw Cooling Water System (Unit 1)

WBNP-109 9.2-172

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-10a Powerhouse Electrical Control Diagram for Essential Raw Cooling Water System (Unit 2)

WBNP-109 9.2-173

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-11 Powerhouse Electrical Control Diagram for Essential Raw Cooling Water System (Unit 1)

WBNP-109 9.2-174

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-11a Powerhouse Electrical Control Diagram for Essential Raw Cooling Water System (Unit 2)

WBNP-109 9.2-175

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-12 Electrical Control Diagram for Essential Raw Cooling Water System (Unit 1)

WBNP-109 9.2-176

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-12 Electrical Control Diagram for Essential Raw Cooling Water System (Unit 2) (Sheet A)

WBNP-109 9.2-177

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-13 Powerhouse Electrical Control Diagram for Essential Raw Cooling Water System WBNP-109 9.2-178

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-14 Powerhouse Electrical Control Diagram for Essential Raw Cooling Water System (Unit 1)

WBNP-109 9.2-179

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-14a Powerhouse Electrical Control Diagram for Essential Raw Cooling Water System (Unit 2)

WBNP-109 9.2-180

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Figure 9.2-15 Deleted by Amendment 87 Water Systems 9.2-181

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-16 Powerhouse, Auxiliary Building Flow Diagram for Component Cooling Water System WBNP-109 9.2-182

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-17 Powerhouse, Auxiliary and Reactor Building Flow Diagram for Component Cooling System (Unit 2)

WBNP-109 9.2-183

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-18 Powerhouse, Auxiliary and Reactor Building Flow Diagram for Component Cooling System (Unit 1)

WBNP-109 9.2-184

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-19 Powerhouse, Auxiliary Building Mechanical Flow Diagram (Units 1 and 2)

WBNP-109 9.2-185

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-20 Powerhouse Electrical Control Diagram for Component Cooling Water System WBNP-109 9.2-186

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-20a Powerhouse Unit 2 Electrical Control Diagram WBNP-109 9.2-187

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-21 Powerhouse Electrical Control Diagram for Component Cooling Water S-ystem (Unit 1)

WBNP-109 9.2-188

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-21a Powerhouse Unit 2 Electrical Control Diagram WBNP-109 9.2-189

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-22 Powerhouse Unit 1 Electrical Control Diagram WBNP-109 9.2-190

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-22a Powerhouse Unit 2 Electrical Control Diagram WBNP-109 9.2-191

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-23 Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Electrical Logic Diagram for Component Cooling System WBNP-109 9.2-192

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-24 Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Electrical Logic Diagram for Component Cooling Water System WBNP-109 9.2-193

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-25 Powerhouse Unit 1 Electrical Logic Diagram WBNP-109 9.2-194

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-25a Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Electrical Logic Diagram for Component Cooling System WBNP-109 9.2-195

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-26 Powerhouse, Turbine Building Units 1 & 2 Mechanical Flow Diagram Water Heater and Demineralizers WBNP-109 9.2-196

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-27 Powerhouse, Turbine Building Units 1 & 2 Mechanical-Flow Diagram for Makeup Water Treatment and Demineralizers WBNP-109 9.2-197

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-28 Powerhouse, Service & Office Buildings Units 1 & 2 Flow Diagram for Demineralizized Water and Cask Decon System WBNP-109 9.2-198

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Figure 9.2-29 Deleted by Amendment 62 Water Systems 9.2-199

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-29a General Flow Diagram for Potable Water Distribution System WBNP-109 9.2-200

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-29b General Flow Diagram for Potable Water Distribution System WBNP-109 9.2-201

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-29c Turb, Service & Office Bldgs. Units 1 & 2 Flow Diagram for Potable Water Distribution System WBNP-109 9.2-202

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-29d General Flow Diagram for Potable Water Distribution System WBNP-109 9.2-203

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Figure 9.2-30 Deleted by Amendment 94 Water Systems 9.2-204

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-31 Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Flow Diagram for Condensate WBNP-109 9.2-205

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-32 Powerhouse Flow Diagram for Raw Cooling Water WBNP-109 9.2-206

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-33 Powerhouse Flow Diagram for Raw Cooing Water WBNP-109 9.2-207

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-34 Powerhouse Flow Diagram for Raw Cooling Water WBNP-109 9.2-208

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-35 Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Mechanical Flow Diagram for Raw Cooling Water WBNP-109 9.2-209

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-36 owerhouse and Intake Pumping Station Electrical Control Diagram for Raw Cooling Water System WBNP-109 9.2-210

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-37 Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Electrical Control Diagram for Raw Cooling Water System WBNP-109 9.2-211

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-38 Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Electrical Control Diagram for Raw Cooling Water WBNP-109 9.2-212

Water Systems WATTS BAR Figure 9.2-39 Powerhouse Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Logic Diagram for Raw Cooling Water WBNP-109 9.2-213

Security-Related Information - Withheld Under 10CFR2.390 WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Figure 9.2-40 Essential Raw Cooling Water Control Air and HPFP Piping (Unit 1)

Water Systems 9.2-214

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Figure 9.2-41 Diver Protection Barriers Water Systems 9.2-215

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK Water Systems 9.2-216

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 9.3 PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3.1 Compressed Air System 9.3.1.1 Design Basis The compressed air system is common to both units and is divided into two systems, the station control and service air system and the auxiliary control air systems for emergency use. The auxiliary control air system is comprised of two fully qualified and redundant trains or subsystems. The station control and service air system is designed to supply adequate compressed air capacity for general plant service, instrumentation, testing and control. Each subsystem of the auxiliary control air system supplies air to the auxiliary air distribution system of Unit 1 and Unit 2. The auxiliary air system ensures that all vital equipment will receive air from the appropriate assigned subsystem under all conditions, including safe shutdown earthquake and maximum possible flood.

9.3.1.2 System Description Station control and service air is supplied by three motor-driven, non-lubricated, two stage, reciprocating compressors and one centrifugal air compressor. Two of the three reciprocating compressors or the centrifugal compressor will handle the total plant control air requirements under normal conditions with sufficient additional capacity to handle minimal service air requirements. With three reciprocating station air compressors operational and the centrifugal compressor shutdown for maintenance, the total plant control air and peak service air requirements will still be met. Peak service air requirements will occur during unit outages and other periods of heavy usage of pneumatic operated tools and equipment. The compressed air system includes normal accessory equipment such as intake air filters, cylinder cooling equipment, after coolers, and safety relief valves.

All four air compressors are provided with intake air silencers to reduce noise and vibration levels due to the resonance characteristics of the intake pipes.

The station compressors discharge into two redundant headers which are provided with manual isolation valves. These headers feed the two control air receivers which in turn supply air through redundant headers to the control air station. The control air station contains three complete trains of prefilters, dryers, and after filters. Each dryer train is sized to fully handle plant control air requirements for one unit. Manual bypasses are provided around each element for abnormal or emergency operation.

The control air is then piped through two independent headers to valves, controllers, instruments, etc., throughout the plant.

Service air is supplied to the service air receiver by a single header from the control air receivers. Service air is supplied through a back pressure valve which closes if control air pressure drops below 80 psig, thus assuring that control air requirements take precedence over service air requirements. Service air is piped from the receiver to service outlets and miscellaneous equipment throughout the plant.

PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-1

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Auxiliary control air is supplied by two motor-driven, nonlubricated, single-stage, reciprocating compressors. Each compressor is sized to supply the total safety-related control air requirements in the event of an accident, flood, or loss of the station control air system. The auxiliary control air system (ACAS) is separated into two independent subsystems each containing its own compressor, receiver, dryer, and filter. The auxiliary control air piping is arranged so that the auxiliary receivers are charged from the non-qualified station control air system during normal operation. Electric power for the auxiliary system is provided from both normal and emergency sources. The auxiliary control air system is located entirely within Category I structures and is designed to Category I seismic requirements. The auxiliary air system is automatically isolated from the station air system upon loss of air from the station system. Refer to the tabulation of descriptive information in Table 9.3-1.

The dryer and filter trains for both the station control and auxiliary control air systems are designed to give compressed air of high instrument quality. The auxiliary control air system inlet filters (from control air system) are designed to remove 100% liquid water entrainment and other foreign matter from the compressed airstream down to 0.9 micron size. The station control air prefilters are designed to remove 100% liquid water entrainment and other foreign matter from the compressed airstream down to 2 to 3 micron size. The air dryers dry the air to a dewpoint of 0°F or less at line pressure.

The discharge of the auxiliary control air dryers is routed through an afterfilter which removes 100% of particles of desiccant and other foreign matter down to 0.9-micron size. The discharge of the station control air dryers is routed through three micron afterfilter elements which remove 100% of particles of desiccant and other foreign matter larger than 3 microns.

9.3.1.3 Safety Evaluation The compressed air system meets General Design Criterion 5 and is designed to provide a highly reliable source of compressed air for all plant uses. The two independent auxiliary systems are powered from separate emergency electrical power sources to provide a single failure capability.

The station compressors are also powered from diverse electrical sources. One compressor is powered from the 480-volt Auxiliary Building common board, one from the 480-volt Turbine Building common board, and the other two from 480-volt shutdown boards. Two of the three reciprocating compressors or the centrifugal compressor will handle the total plant control air requirement. Thus two of the four station compressors can fail due to power loss, accident, or other cause, and system pressure will still be maintained. The compressed air system contains sufficient receiver capacity to supply air for several minutes. The loss of all four station compressors would result in the shutdown of both units after this reserve is expended.

Loss of station control air pressure from an accident such as a pipe break would result in the shutdown of both units if the break was not manually isolated before system pressure fell below the point required to sustain plant operation. The auxiliary compressors will start automatically when the system pressure in its respective trained receiver falls below 83 psig.

9.3-2 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 The control air dryers are divided into three independent units each containing a prefilter, a dryer, and an afterfilter. The loss of a dryer unit would result in a high moisture content in the air. This would be alarmed by moisture sensors located in the discharge headers. The air supply would then be diverted to the spare dryer unit.

The station air compressor system is designed for 115 psig and arranged for parallel operation. The maximum system pressure is 105 psig. For reciprocating compressors A, B and C, further protection against system overpressure is provided by safety relief valves set at 115 psig placed between the reciprocating compressor and the aftercooler and on each receiver for the main air system. Safety relief valves are also placed on the auxiliary air compressors and auxiliary air receivers. These valves are also set at 115 psig. Station air compressor D has a relief valve located on its pulsation dampener.

The station air compressors and dryer units are located on Elevation 708.0 in the Turbine Building. The building at this elevation is not a Category I structure and is below plant grade. Therefore, the main air system must be considered inoperable during (or after) a seismic event and flooding above plant grade. The two independent auxiliary air systems are located on Elevation 757.0 of the Auxiliary Building. This is a Seismic Category I structure and above maximum possible flood elevation.

The auxiliary air systems are designed to Seismic Category I requirements; since they are completely separated, a single failure cannot render both systems inoperable. The auxiliary compressors start automatically upon loss of air from the main system for any reason. The auxiliary air system is automatically isolated from the main air system whenever the system pressure falls below 79.5 psig.

Each auxiliary air system is sized and equipped so that ample system capacity is provided for both units under all design basis accident conditions. Redundancy and train separation have been provided in the auxiliary compressed air system to the extent that no initial 'design basis event' followed by an arbitrarily selected 'single active failure' will prevent the system from performing its necessary safety functions.

Total plant design is such that even total loss of all air will not prevent safe shutdown of both units, assuming no breaks in the primary or secondary piping.

The station control and service air system performs no safety related function.

Containment penetration piping is installed to TVA Class B (Safety Class ANS-N-182) requirements and is an integral part of the containment isolation system. Also, station air system piping located inside Seismic I structures is installed to Seismic Category I(L) requirements (see Section 3.2.1). It normally supplies air to both trains of the auxiliary control air system, but is automatically isolated when the output pressure drops below an acceptable value.

A failure modes and effects analysis (FMEA) for the compressed air system has been performed and a summary of the result is presented in Table 9.3-7. Since the station control and service air is a non-essential system, the scope of the FMEA for the compressed air system will include only an analysis of the auxiliary control air system.

The essential raw cooling water (ERCW) system, floor drainage, high pressure fire PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-3

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 protection, and the normal and emergency power systems define system interfaces with the auxiliary control air system. The redundant ERCW and emergency power trains are assigned to the appropriate redundant auxiliary control air system. All equipment receiving auxiliary control air is listed in Table 9.3-8.

The auxiliary compressor suction is taken from a nonfiltered area. Calculations were performed to verify that the amount of radioactivity introduced into the main control room (MCR) habitability area during an accident condition is not significant. Also, as an additional safety precaution, the air lines leading into the MCR are filtered by charcoal and HEPA filters.

A safety precaution was also provided to protect the MCR from airborne contaminants in the event of a pipe leak that may originate from the fire protection system, which was routed inside the MCR. The air supply to the fire protection system was provided with an orifice and a seismically qualified check valve.

The auxiliary control air systems are used to ensure plant safety, even if the station control and service air system fails for any reason.

Safety-related components and equipment which require instrument air to perform an active safety function are supplied from the auxiliary control air compressors. These safety-related items and their related safety functions are identified below and discussed in the indicated FSAR sections.

(1) Auxiliary Feedwater (AFW) system steam generator level control and pressure control valves (Section 10.4.9) - These valves are required during all AFW operating conditions, (2) Main steam atmospheric relief valves (Section 10.1) - control of these valves are necessary during flood mode operation, (3) Auxiliary building gas treatment system (ABGTS) - flow control and isolation dampers (Section 6.2.3),

(4) Emergency gas treatment system (EGTS) isolation and flow control dampers and valves (Section 6.2.3),

(5) Control Building HVAC isolation and flow control valves, dampers, temperature controllers, transmitters, and other pneumatic instruments (Section 9.4.1),

(6) Radiation monitoring system containment isolation valves, (7) Reactor coolant system (RCS) pressurizer spray line pressure control valves (Section 5.5.10) 9.3-4 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 (8) Sample isolation valves for radiation monitoring equipment which are required to remain functional during and after a safe shutdown earthquake, as discussed in Section 5.2.7.6, will be supplied with essential control air from the ACAS.

9.3.1.4 Tests and Inspections Preoperational testing of the compressed air system and components is to be performed in compliance (see Section 14.2.7 for exceptions) with the requirements of Regulatory Guide 1.68.3, April 1982, 'Preoperational Testing of Instrument and Control Air Systems'. The compressed air system preoperational tests are discussed in more detail in Chapter 14.

Periodic tests will be performed after plant startup to ensure proper operation of the auxiliary system and isolation valves.

9.3.1.5 Instrumentation Applications The control air system is designed to operate automatically. The auxiliary systems are started automatically upon loss of air pressure from the primary system. Control room instrumentation monitors control air pressure. Position lights indicate closure of any isolation valve. Audible alarms are produced in the MCR for high compressor oil temperature, low oil pressure, high discharge air temperature, high dewpoint of auxiliary control air, and low auxiliary control air pressure. Local indication of air pressure at various points and air temperature, is also provided in addition to local trouble lights. See Figure 9.3-1 and 9.3-2 for detailed control application, Figures 9.3-3 and 9.3-4 for logic, and Figures 9.3-5, 9.3-5A, and 9.3-6 for the detailed flow diagrams.

9.3.2 Process Sampling System 9.3.2.1 Design Basis The process sampling system is composed of both the routine and post accident sampling subsystems. The routine sampling subsystem is designed to obtain samples from the various process systems in each of the two units. The samples are obtained in the titration room, hot sample room, or locally (grab samples) for laboratory analysis.

This system has no primary safety-related function except for containment isolation valves. During a loss-of-coolant accident, this system is isolated at the containment boundary.

The postaccident sampling subsystem (PASS - for Unit 1 Only) is used to acquire samples of the reactor coolant and containment atmosphere during a loss of coolant accident (LOCA). This system has no primary safety-related function. However, the operation of this subsystem requires the operation of various closed containment isolation valves. The PASS is discussed in Section 9.3.2.6.

9.3.2.2 System Description The routine sampling subsystem consists of the following collection areas and equipment:

PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-5

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 (1) The titration room where secondary process system samples are routed for automatic analysis of several variables such as pH, conductivity, dissolved oxygen, and sodium. Typically these variables are indicated and recorded, and any variable exceeding established limits is annunciated.

In addition, nonradioactive grab samples are obtained in this room.

(2) The hot sample room where primary and secondary samples are routed for automatic analysis of several variables such as pH, sodium and conductivity.

These variables are indicated in the hot sample room and typically recorded in the titration room. Typically a variable exceeding established limits is annunciated. Most hot sample room samples are radioactive grab samples which are taken to the radiochemical laboratory for further analysis.

(3) Local grab samples are taken throughout the plant for detailed chemical and radiochemical analysis. These samples are analyzed either onsite or offsite, depending upon the analyses required.

(4) During full power operations, primary system sampling is conducted once every week to determine boron concentration. Periodic sampling can effectively measure boron concentration in RCS and is described below.

(5) A gas analyzer system sequentially monitors points in the waste disposal and chemical volume and control systems for oxygen concentrations in either a hydrogen or a nitrogen atmosphere. The concentrations are displayed, and recorded, and an alarm is given at the analyzer when appropriate. See Section 11.3.2 for detailed description.

(6) A zinc injection skid located in the hot sample room is connected to the sample return line to the VCT.

The routine sampling subsystem is operated manually throughout the full range of operations. Sample lines originating within containment have isolation valves near the sample point and inside and outside containment for automatic containment isolation.

Sample lines outside containment normally have manual isolation valves. Sample line isolation valve hand switches are normally located on a wall panel in the hot sample room. Each sample line to the titration or hot sample room cubicles normally has indicators for pressure, temperature, and flow rate. Samples, whether local or to a sample room, normally have pressure throttling valves and/or heat exchangers (as required).

To ensure that representative samples are obtained, the sample points are normally located in a free-flowing stream and the sample takeoff points are normally on the side of the horizontal pipes. Prior to the collection of a sample, each sample line is normally purged of stagnant process fluid. The volume of fluid purged and the volume of sample collected are dependent on the stream being sampled, length of sample line, and analysis to be performed.

9.3-6 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Sampling of the RCS is used to detect failed fuel. RCS sampling is used to determine gross specific activity and dose equivalent I-131 analyses. The gross specific activity is performed every seven days and the dose equivalent I-131 specific activity is performed every fourteen days, both during power operation. Operations is notified if a negative trend or significant change develops in the analysis.

Boron concentration measurement is performed once every week, during power operation. Operations is notified if a negative trend of significant change develops in the analysis.

Each sample is listed in Table 9.3-2 giving the sampled system, sample location, system design temperature and pressure, sample type (local, titration room, hot sample room, or gas analyzer). Sampling lines from systems covered by TVA Classes A, B, C and D from root valve through first valve in sampling lines, or through second containment isolation valve if sample lines are extensions of containment, are the same class or higher as the sampled systems. Also, sample lines which form a primary pressure boundary are TVA Class B. Each of these sample lines which interface with TVA Class A piping normally has a 3/8 inch O.D. The sample line itself serves as a flow restrictor. Sample lines in Seismic Category I structures are a minimum of TVA Class G.

Remaining sample lines are TVA Class H, except some sample piping is TVA Class C.

The sample piping and equipment, where applicable, meets the following codes and standards:

(1) NEMA SG-5 and IC-1 (2) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section III (applicable sections) and Section IX (applicable sections)

(3) ANSI B31.1 and B16.5 (4) IEEE (5) ASTM (6) SAMA PUB19 and PMC20-2-1970 The hot sample room cubicles are able to withstand a 1.0 g horizontal acceleration to ensure their stability during a seismic event. Also, the hot sample room cubicle entry block valves meet ASME Section III, Paragraph NC-3676, Code Class 2 with applicable 'N' stamp.

The routine sampling subsystem provides the capability for sampling the reactor coolant hotleg and steam generator blowdown, in an emergency sample area during a maximum flood condition. Portable sample analyzer equipment is used to measure the boron concentration in the RCS.

PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-7

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 9.3.2.3 Safety Evaluation Sample lines have the required indicators, pressure throttling valves, heat exchangers, etc., to ensure plant operator safety when collecting samples.

The hot sample room has the following special safety features (due to handling primary loop samples):

(1) Samples lines from the RCS hot legs contain a delay coil to provide a 40-second sample transient time within containment, plus a 20-second transient time from containment to the hot sample cubicles to provide decay time for N-16.

(2) Cubicles 1A and 2A are expected to contain the most highly radioactive samples. Sample lines to these sinks are equipped with stainless steel sample cylinders. Cubicles 1A and 2A have a 2-inch lead shield behind the front plate of the cubicles. Samples can be obtained during conditions approximating 1% failed fuel.

(3) Cubicles are designed to permit collection of a sample behind a shatterproof window.

(4) Cubicles have individual exhaust hoods and fans to ensure that leakage of any gas is exhausted from the cubicle. Airborne particulates are removed by HEPA filters, and liquids are drained through the cubicle sink.

(5) Entry block valves meet the ASME Section III, Class 2 (described in Section 9.3.2.2).

The presence of high pressure and temperature sample lines outside reactor containment is not considered hazardous because of the limited flow capacity.

9.3.2.4 Tests and Inspections System equipment is tested prior to plant operation under normal conditions. Periodic tests are performed after plant operation begins, to ensure proper operation of the routine sampling subsystem equipment.

9.3.2.5 Instrumentation Applications The routine sampling subsystem is designed to be operated manually except for the gas analyzer, and the automatic analyzers (e.g., conductivity, pH, cation conductivity, sodium, hydrazine, dissolved oxygen).

9.3.2.6 Postaccident Sampling Subsystem - (Unit 1 Only)

The postaccident sampling subsystem (PASS) provides samples of the reactor coolant, containment atmosphere, and containment sump fluid during a LOCA. It is designed to meet the intent of and provide for sample acquisition, analysis, and disposal, as described in Section II.B.3 of NUREG-0737, and keep personnel exposures within GDC19 limits (see Section 3.1).

9.3-8 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 The existing Post Accident Sampling System (PASS) is being abandoned in place and disconnected for Unit 2.

9.3.2.6.1 System Description The PASS is composed of the following:

(a) The postaccident sampling facility (PASF) which contains Sentry Equipment Corporation (SEC) high radiation sampling system (HRSS) or equivalent and associated control panels.

(b) Sample connections to the reactor coolant, containment sump, and containment atmosphere.

(c) Tubing, valving, and fittings as required to convey samples to the PASS.

9.3.2.6.2 Postaccident Sampling Facility The PASF is located in the Auxiliary Building on Elevation 729 between columns A5, W, and X (for Unit 1).

The PASF consists of piping, tubing, valves, components, and instrumentation necessary to obtain, do partial analysis, and dispose of the samples described in Section 9.3.2.6. Boron and isotopic analysis is performed. The major equipment used for these activities is the SEC HRSS. It is described in Section 9.3.2.6.3. The ventilation exhaust is filtered with charcoal adsorbers and high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters. Liquid waste from the SEC HRSS, with the exception of the sampling panel drip pans, is routed to the waste holdup tank. From this tank the liquid is routed back to containment or the radwaste system for disposal. The liquid waste from the panels drip pans is routed to the floor drain system.

Gaseous waste is routed back to containment.

9.3.2.6.3 Sampling Equipment The major component used in the PASF for sampling acquisition and portions of the chemical analysis is the SEC HRSS. This system is composed of the liquid sampling panel (LSP), chemical analysis panel (CAP), containment air sampling panel (CASP),

and their associated control panels. These components are discussed in the ensuing sections.

PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-9

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 9.3.2.6.3.1 Liquid Sampling Panel The following types of samples can be obtained from the LSP during accident conditions:

(a) Undiluted and diluted (1,000:1) liquid grab samples of the reactor coolant.

(b) An in-line sample of pressurized coolant.

(c) A diluted (15,000:1) stripped gas sample from the reactor coolant pressurized liquid sample.

The LSP is able to purge sample lines before sampling to assure representative samples will be obtained and to flush the lines after sampling to reduce residual radioactivity.

The LSP uses shielded cart/casks for the removal of the reactor coolant samples. The cask is mounted on a cart, which allows the samples obtained to be mobile. A shielded syringe can be used to handle the aliquot to be analyzed. Isotopic analysis of reactor coolant (undiluted concentration 1 Ci/g to 10 Ci/g) can be performed.

9.3.2.6.3.2 Chemical Analysis Panel The CAP can receive reactor coolant liquid and gas samples from LSP. The CAP has the capability to analyze for the following parameters: pH, specific conductivity, dissolved oxygen, chloride, hydrogen, temperature, and total dissolved gas. The ranges of the on-line equipment are listed below for their specific analyses:

(a) pH 1 - 14 (b) Conductivity 0.1-500 mho/cm (c) Chlorides 0.1-20 ppm (d) Dissolved Hydrogen 10-2000 cc(STP)/kg (e) Dissolved Oxygen 0.1-20 ppm Lines carrying liquid and gaseous samples have the capability to be flushed to limit personnel radiation exposure and prepare for the acquisition of the next sample.

9.3.2.6.3.3 Containment Air Sampling Panel (CASP)

The CASP is used to obtain samples of the containment atmosphere. A particulate, iodine, and gas partitioning system is used to obtain these components in the containment atmosphere sample. As an alternate method, samples are located in shielded cart/casks. The shielded mobile assemblies can be used for sample transport to onsite analysis facilities. All CASP sample lines are purged with nitrogen following the sampling operations to remove radioactive gases and prepare for the next sample.

9.3-10 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Also, the sample lines are heat traced to minimize plateout of radioactive material.

Each of these components is then analyzed for radioactivity.

9.3.2.6.3.4 HRSS Control Panels Operation of the HRSS is performed at various control panels. These panels give readouts of all in-line analysis performed by the CAP. The control panels are separated from the sample panels within the PASF. This separation makes possible a reduction in the operators' exposure to radiation from the sampling panels in the PASF.

9.3.2.6.4 Sample Points The sample points chosen for use during postaccident conditions were selected to be representative of the required samples. The reactor coolant samples are obtained from the reactor vessel hot leg loops. Containment sump samples are acquired from the discharge of the residual heat removal system (RHR) pumps. Containment atmosphere samples are acquired from upper and lower containment from an opening at Elevations 815 (upper) and 750 (lower).

9.3.2.6.5 Postaccident Counting Facilities Radiological analysis of liquids and gaseous samples is performed in plant counting room facilities. Analyses are performed within applicable Regulatory Guide 1.97 criteria. Appropriate radiation shielding is provided to reduce counting equipment background levels as necessary.

9.3.2.6.6 Piping, Tubing, and Valves Sample piping, tubing, and valves are normally 304, 316, or 304L stainless steel designed to assure turbulent flow (RE > 4,000). Sample lines between the containment isolation valves, and containment isolation valves, are ASME Section III, Class 2.

Sample lines outside containment are ANSI B31.1. The minimum tube size is 1/4 or 3/8 inch and root valves are 1/2 inch.

Sample lines are routed to be as short as practical, avoiding traps, dips, and deadlegs if possible to the PASF. Provisions have been incorporated to allow flushing of sample lines to reduce unnecessary radiation exposure to operating personnel. Also, consideration has been given to the routing of sample and waste return lines so that the radiation field of the pipe is consistent with the zone of the area it traverses. This is also accomplished by normally routing lines through shielded pipe tunnels, trenches, or chases.

All sample lines have been thermally evaluated to assure that pipe expansion caused by high operating temperatures does not impact the integrity of the sample piping or supports.

PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-11

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 9.3.2.6.7 Safety Evaluation The design life of all major components, equipment, and instrumentation is 40 years (100 days during accident conditions). The PASF does not serve a safety-related function.

9.3.2.6.8 Tests and Inspections The postaccident sampling (PAS) equipment is preoperationally tested before startup.

Instruments are calibrated and tested to verify equipment readiness. This equipment is used periodically to simulate actual sampling techniques for personnel training purposes.

9.3.3 Equipment and Floor Drainage System 9.3.3.1 Design Bases Equipment drains and floor drains in the Auxiliary and Reactor Buildings are designed so that tritiated liquids (defined as liquids whose tritium concentration is 10% or more of the reactor water tritium concentration) are normally handled separately from nontritiated liquids, in so far as possible. Equipment drains and floor drains are routed to collector tanks in which the liquid can be held pending further treatment.

Except as specified below, Turbine Building drains are collected in the sump and periodically sampled as required by the NPDES permit for discharges.

Drainage in the condensate demineralizer area of the Turbine Building drains to the condensate polishing demineralizer sump. The sump contents are routed to the neutralization tank for processing and subsequent discharge. Drainage in the makeup water treatment plant area of the Turbine Building drains to the water treatment plant (WTP) waste sump. The WTP sump contents are routed to the alum sludge settling ponds. The supernatant from the alum sludge settling ponds is discharged to the yard Low Volume Waste Holding Pond.

9.3.3.2 System Design The liquid drains are normally segregated into two basic systems. The first system collects all tritiated water. This system is further divided into aerated liquids, which are collected in the tritiated drain collector tank and deaerated liquids, which are collected in the reactor coolant drain tank or the CVCS holdup tank. This segregation promotes the recycling (if required) of radioactive tritiated liquids. The second system collects nontritiated water in the floor drain collector tank.

Detailed data for the various equipment and floor drains is presented in Table 9.3-3.

Information contained in this table was generated from Attachment 2 of Westinghouse Letter, WAT-D-221. The flow and logic diagrams for the system are contained in Figures 9.3-7 to 9.3-14.

Critical exposed drain piping in the Control Building is supported per Seismic Category I(L) requirements.

9.3-12 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Critical exposed drain piping in other areas where ESF equipment is located is supported per Seismic Category I(L) requirements.

Embedded drain piping in Category I structures is in seismically qualified concrete, and therefore meets seismic considerations in that the flow paths will remain inviolate during a safe shutdown earthquake.

9.3.3.2.1 Drains from Lowest Floor Level in the Auxiliary Building In the Auxiliary Building, most equipment is located at an elevation which permits gravity feed into the desired drain collector tank. However, since the drain collector tanks are located on the lowest floor, the drains on this floor cannot be gravity fed to a drain collector tank. Therefore, there is an Auxiliary Building Floor and Equipment Drains (ABF & ED) sump and a tritiated sump. The drains on this floor are piped to the ABF & ED sump or to the tritiated sump. These sumps are then pumped to their respective drain tanks. There are sumps in the Additional Equipment Buildings that are normally pumped to the floor drain collector tank.

Excess fluid due to flooding would be collected in the ABF & ED passive sump. This passive sump is large enough to contain any postulated major rupture Watts Bar could experience with the exception of an unisolable break in the RWST discharge header.

In the event this break occurs, flooding on Elevation 674.0 and 676.0 is minimized by transferring water to storage locations available inside the Auxiliary Building. Most equipment components sit on foundations high enough to keep them above most flood levels. Floor drains were provided in all areas where there is possibility of major rupture. Leak detectors are located where required in the Auxiliary Building and Reactor Building to alarm for a buildup of water on the floor.

9.3.3.2.2 Residual Heat Removal Pump (RHR) and Containment Spray Pump (CSP)

Compartments Each residual heat removal pump and containment spray pump is located in a separate curbed compartment designed to control any leakage. There is a small sump located in each compartment with a drain pipe extending above the bottom of the sump. There are 2 weep holes of 1/2 inch diameter in the drain pipe at the sump bottom to take care of small ordinary seepage. The drain pipe is designed to handle a leakage of 50 gpm and is piped to the Auxiliary Building floor and equipment drain sump. A water level detector is located in each RHR and CSP compartment sump to sound an alarm prior to overflowing in the drain pipe. An emergency drain is provided in each RHR and containment spray pump room, as shown in Figure 1.2-7, plan Elevation 676.0. These drains are provided to direct large breaks to the large, ABF &

ED passive sump volume above Elevation 666.

The design basis for the emergency drains is to provide environmental isolation for each separately drained area unless needed for drainage purposes. These functions are assured by installing a breakaway plate in a 4-foot by 4-foot square hole in each room, which is held in place by breakaway bolts. If drainage into the room exceeds the capacity of the normal drain and flows over a small lip surrounding the breakaway emergency drain hole, the weight of approximately 2 feet 8 inches of water above the PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-13

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 emergency drain causes failure of the bolts and a large drain is established to remove water from the pump room. Water then released to the ABF & ED passive sump can be processed by opening the passive sump to the ABF & ED sump by means of a 6 inch valve.

9.3.3.2.3 CVCS Holdup Tank Compartment and Tritiated Drain Collector Tank Room The CVCS holdup tanks are located in separate watertight rooms designed to contain the tank contents should a tank rupture. The tritiated drain collector tank is in a curbed room designed to contain the tank volume should there be a rupture. A drain with a normally closed valve is provided from each room to the building sump. In case of a rupture, the valve keeps the water within the room until the level of the drain collector tank is lowered to handle the additional volume of water.

Since these tanks are not essential, the rooms are not designed to exclude flood water.

In case of flooding, the tanks are filled with a sufficient volume of water to prevent flotation and are sealed.

Both open and closed drains are provided in the tritiated system. The open drains are defined as being open to the atmosphere, and they usually empty into a funnel connected to the embedded drain header. The closed drains are connected directly to the drain header and are not open to the atmosphere. The embedded drain headers are normally routed to an 8 inch horizontal collection header at the tritiated drain collector tank. This header has a blind flange at each end to aid in cleaning. The various drain headers normally extend through the top of the 8 inch collection header to within 1-1/2 inches of the bottom of the header. The outlet from the 8 inch collection header to the tritiated drain collector tank is normally a 4 inch pipe welded to the upper half of the 8 inch pipe. This provides a 2 inch water seal in the 8 inch pipe at all times.

The floor drain collector tank, in addition to receiving the floor drains, also collects nontritiated open and closed equipment drains. These drains are normally piped to an 8 inch header at the floor drain collector tank where a water seal is maintained at all times. The 8 inch header normally has a 4 inch pipe welded to the top half which discharges to the floor drain collector tank. This ensures a 2 inch water seal. Some of the floor drains located in areas where a strong possibility exists for a tritium leak are provided with solid stainless steel cover plates to prevent tritium from entering the systems. The use of floor drains has been limited to areas where an emergency need for them exists. The floor drains are normally not used for regular maintenance washdown.

9.3.3.2.4 Volume Control Tanks The volume control tanks are located in rooms with a curb to contain the liquid in case of a rupture. A floor drain is provided and piped separately to the floor drain collector tank to provide rapid room drainage.

9.3-14 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 9.3.3.2.5 Boric Acid Tanks The boric acid tanks are enclosed by a curb designed to contain the acid should there be a major tank leak. A number of floor drains are located within this area with a valve on the drain header to the floor drain collector tank. This valve permits the containment of the boric acid until it is pumped by a portable pump to other storage tanks. In case there are no storage tanks available, the acid can be diluted before being released to the floor drain collector tank.

9.3.3.3 Drains - Reactor Building Most equipment drains in the Reactor Building are for tritiated deaerated liquids which are piped to the reactor coolant drain tank. The reactor coolant drain pumps, pump this liquid to either the CVCS holdup tanks or to the tritiated drain collector tank in the Auxiliary Building.

The annulus floor drains are piped to the annulus sump which is emptied by gravity to the ABF & ED passive sump by opening a 10-inch butterfly valve in the Auxiliary Building.

The rest of the floor drains and equipment drains are piped to either the Reactor Building Floor and Equipment Drains (RBF&ED) sump or the RBF&ED pocket sump.

The RBF & ED sump pumps automatically pump this liquid to the tritiated drain collector tank in the Auxiliary Building. If analysis shows the liquid is nontritiated it can be pumped to the floor drain collector tank.

9.3.3.4 Design Evaluation The drains are segregated and leakage is contained to ensure that there is no leakage of fluid or fumes to the atmosphere. This has been accomplished with the use of water seals or traps in drain lines where there is a possibility of cross-ventilation. See Chapter 11 for a more in-depth evaluation.

There is no mechanism for an inadvertent transfer of contaminated fluids to the non-contaminated drainage system. In the Auxiliary and Reactor Buildings only contaminated drain systems are provided.

9.3.3.5 Tests and Inspections Open equipment and floor drains are periodically monitored to ensure that there is no cross-ventilation. The water seals and traps are serviced by periodic addition of water through the drain and drains are inspected periodically for blockage.

9.3.3.6 Instrumentation Application Instrumentation related to this system is described in Chapter 11.

9.3.3.7 Drain List The following are the tanks used to collect drains from the NSSS:

PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-15

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 (1) Chemical Drain Tank (CDT) - collects radioactive sample waste from laboratory. (Described in Chapter 11, Radioactive Waste Management )

(2) Component Cooling Surge Tank (CCST) - collects water from component cooling equipment drains.

(3) Reactor Building Floor and Equipment Drain (RBF&ED) Sump and the RBF&ED Pocket Sump - collect water from floor drains and aerated equipment drains inside the containment, and the sump pumps can be directed to the FDCT or the TDCT.

(4) Floor Drains Collector Tank (FDCT) - collects non-tritiated equipment and floor drains.

(5) Laundry and Hot Shower Drain Tank (LHSDT) - collects water from laundry and hot showers (described in Chapter 11).

(6) CVCS Holdup Tank (CVCS HUT) - collects deaerated tritiated water (reactor grade) inside the containment.

(7) Tritiated Drain Collector Tank (TDCT) - collects aerated tritiated water in the Auxiliary Building, via the drain header (DH), from the RCDT and RBF&ED sump and RBF&ED pocket sump in containment and from the tritiated sump.

(8) Component Cooling System (CCS) Pump Seal Leakage Collection Tank (SLCT) - collects seal leakage from CCS pumps and returns source to CCS, or to FDCT.

9.3.4 Chemical and Volume Control System The chemical and volume control system (CVCS) is shown in Figure 9.3-15.

9.3.4.1 Design Bases The CVCS provides the following services to the RCS.

A. Maintains the coolant inventory in the RCS within the allowable pressurizer level range for all normal modes of operation including startup from cold shutdown, full power operation and plant cooldown. This system also has sufficient makeup capacity to maintain the minimum required inventory in the event of minor RCS leaks.

B. Supplies filtered water to each reactor coolant pump (RCP) seal, as required by the RCP design.

C. Provides a means for adding chemicals to the RCS. These chemicals control the pH of the reactor coolant, scavenge oxygen from the reactor coolant during startup, counteract the production of oxygen in the RC due to radiolysis of water in the core region, chemically degas the RCS during the shutdown, and modify the primary system corrosion film layer. (The CVCS maintains the RCS water chemistry within the limits specified in Table 5.2-10.)

9.3-16 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 D. Removes fission and activation products, and zinc in ionic form or as particulates, from the RC in order to provide limited access to those process lines carrying reactor coolant during operation and to reduce activity releases due to leaks.

E. Collects and processes excess borated water and regulates the concentration of chemical neutron absorber (boron) in the RC to control reactivity changes resulting from the change in reactor coolant temperature between cold shutdown and hot full-power operation, burnup of fuel and burnable poisons, buildup of fission products in the fuel, and xenon transients. The CVCS is capable of borating the RCS through either one of two flow paths and from either one of two boric acid sources. The amount of boric acid retained and ready for injection always exceeds that amount required to borate the RCS to cold shutdown concentration assuming that the control assembly with the highest reactivity worth is stuck in its fully withdrawn position. This amount of boric acid also exceeds the amount required to bring the reactor to hot shutdown and to compensate for subsequent xenon decay.

F. Provides reactor coolant makeup via the primary water makeup pumps to the VCT.

G. Provides, via the centrifugal charging pumps, high-head safety injection for the emergency core cooling system. Other than the centrifugal charging pumps and associated piping and valves, the CVCS is not required to function during a loss-of-coolant accident (LOCA). During a LOCA, both centrifugal charging pumps serve as high head ECCS pumps by taking suction from the RWST and injecting borated water to the boron injection line and the RCP seals. The CVCS is isolated except for the centrifugal charging pumps and the piping in the safety injection path, and the supply to the RCP seals.

9.3.4.2 System Description The CVCS consists of several subsystems: the charging, letdown and seal water system; the reactor coolant purification and chemistry control system; and the reactor makeup control system.

A. Charging, and Letdown (Inventory Control)

The CVCS maintains a programmed water level in the RCS pressurizer, thus maintaining proper reactor coolant inventory during all phases of plant operation. This is achieved by means of continuous feed and bleed process during which the feed rate is automatically controlled based on pressurizer water level. The bleed rate can be chosen to suit various plant operational requirements by selecting the proper combination of letdown orifices in the letdown flow path.

RC is discharged to the CVCS from a reactor coolant loop cold leg; it then flows through the shell side of the regenerative heat exchanger where its temperature is reduced by heat transfer to the charging flow passing through the tubes. The coolant then experiences a large pressure reduction as it passes through the letdown orifice(s) and flows through the tube side of the letdown heat exchanger where its temperature is further reduced. Downstream of the letdown heat exchanger a second pressure reduction occurs through the low pressure letdown valve. This second pressure PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-17

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 reduction maintains sufficient pressure upstream of the low pressure letdown valve to prevent flashing downstream of the letdown orifices.

The RC then normally flows through the mixed bed demineralizers. If additional purification of RC is required the flow can be directed to the cation bed demineralizer.

(If the temperature of the coolant exceeds the temperature limit of the demineralizer a temperature control valve will bypass flow around the demineralizer).

The coolant then flows through the reactor coolant filter and into the VCT through a spray nozzle in the top of the tank. If the VCT is full, the excess RC is directed to the HUT for future use or disposal. The VCT is pressurized by hydrogen which is used for control of oxygen that is produced by radiolysis of water in the core. The partial pressure of hydrogen in the VCT determines the concentration of hydrogen dissolved in the reactor coolant. A remotely operated vent allows the removal of hydrogen and fission gases stripped from the reactor coolant. The contaminated hydrogen is vented back to the gaseous waste processing system.

Two centrifugal charging pumps take suction from the VCT and return the cooled, purified RC to the RCS. The charging flow splits into two paths. The bulk of the flow is pumped back to the RCS through the tube side of the regenerative heat exchanger.

The second flow path provides the coolant to the RCP seals [see section 9.3.4.2(B)].

The letdown flow in the shell side of the regenerative heat exchanger raises the charging flow to a temperature approaching the RC temperature. The flow is then injected into a cold leg of the RCS. Two charging paths are provided from a point downstream of the regenerative heat exchanger. A flow path is also provided from the regenerative heat exchanger outlet to the pressurizer spray line. An air-operated valve in the spray line is employed to provide auxiliary spray to the vapor space of the pressurizer during plant cooldown.

The excess letdown path is provided as an alternate letdown path from the RCS in the event that the normal letdown path is inoperable. Reactor coolant can be discharged from a cold leg to flow through the tube side of the excess letdown heat exchanger where it is cooled by component cooling water. Downstream of the heat exchanger a remote-manual control valve controls the letdown flow. The flow path normally joins the number 1 seal discharge manifold and passes through the seal water return filter and heat exchanger to the suction side of the charging pumps. The excess letdown flow can also be directed to the reactor coolant drain tank. When the normal letdown line is not available, the normal purification path is also not in operation. Therefore this alternate condition would allow continued power operation for a limited period of time, dependent on RCS chemistry and activity. The excess letdown flow path is also available and can be used if needed to provide additional letdown capability during the final stages of plant heatup. This path removes some of the excess reactor coolant due to expansion of the system as a result of the RCS volume increase.

Surges in RCS volume due to load changes are accommodated for the most part in the pressurizer. The VCT provides additional surge capacity for reactor coolant expansion. If the water level in the VCT exceeds the normal operating range, a proportional controller modulates a three-way valve downstream of the reactor coolant 9.3-18 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 filter to divert a portion of the letdown to the HUT. If the high-level limit in the VCT is reached, an alarm is actuated in the control room and the letdown flow is completely diverted to the HUT.

Low level in the VCT initiates makeup from the reactor makeup control system. If the reactor makeup control system does not supply sufficient makeup to keep the VCT level from falling to a lower level, a low alarm is actuated. Manual action is taken to correct the situation. If the level continues to decrease, an emergency low level signal from both of the level channels causes the suction of the charging pumps to be transferred to the RWST.

B. Reactor Coolant Pump Seal Water Fow A portion of the charging flow is directed to the reactor coolant pumps (nominally 8 gpm per pump) through a seal water injection filter. It is directed to a point between the pump shaft bearing and the thermal barrier cooling coil. Here the flow splits and a portion (nominally 5 gpm per pump) enters the RCS through the labyrinth seals and thermal barrier. The remainder of the flow is directed up the pump shaft, cooling the lower bearing, and to the number 1 seal. The number 1 seal leak-off flow discharges to a common manifold, exits from the containment, and then passes through the seal water return filter and the seal water heat exchanger to the suction side of the charging pumps, or by alternate path to the volume control tank. A very small portion of the seal flow leaks through to the number 2 seal. The number 3 seal provides a final barrier to leakage of reactor coolant to the containment atmosphere. The number 2 and 3 leak-off flow is discharged to the reactor coolant drain tank in the waste disposal system.

C. Reactor Coolant System Water Chemistry Control Reactor coolant chemistry specifications are given in Table 5.2-10.

(1) pH Control Lithium hydroxide is used to control the pH of the reactor coolant. This chemical is chosen for its compatibility with the materials and water chemistry of borated water/stainless steel/zirconium/inconel systems. Lithium-7 is produced in the core region due to irradiation of the dissolved boron in the coolant.

The concentration of Lithium-7 in the RCS is maintained for pH control. If needed, the cation bed demineralizer is employed to reduce lithium in the letdown line in series operation with a mixed bed demineralizer. If cation bed is unavailable, the mixed bed, with appropriate resins, may be utilized to reduce lithium. Since the amount of lithium to be removed is small and its buildup can be readily calculated, the flow through the cation bed demineralizer is not required to be full letdown flow. If the concentration of Lithium-7 is below the desired values lithium hydroxide can be introduced into the RCS via the charging flow. The solution is prepared in the laboratory and poured into the chemical mixing tank. Reactor makeup water is then used to flush the solution to the suction manifold of the charging pumps.

(2) Oxygen Control PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-19

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 During reactor startup from shutdown condition, hydrazine may be employed as an oxygen scavenging agent. The hydrazine solution is introduced into the RCS in the same manner as described above for the pH control agent. Dissolved hydrogen is employed to control and scavenge oxygen produced due to radiolysis of water in the core region. Sufficient partial pressure of hydrogen is maintained in the VCT such that the specified equilibrium concentration of hydrogen is maintained in the RC. A pressure control valve maintains a minimum pressure in the vapor space of the VCT.

This valve can be adjusted to provide the correct equilibrium hydrogen concentration (See Table 5.2-10). Hydrogen is supplied from the hydrogen manifold in the waste disposal system.

(3) Activity Level Mixed bed demineralizers are provided in the letdown line to cleanup the letdown flow.

The demineralizers remove ionic corrosion products and certain fission products. One demineralizer is normally in service and can be supplemented intermittently by the cation bed demineralizer, if necessary. The cation resin removes principally cesium and lithium isotopes from the purification flow. The second mixed bed demineralizer serves as a standby unit for use if the operating demineralizer becomes exhausted during operation. A further cleanup feature is provided for use during cold shutdown and RHR. A remotely operated valve admits a bypass flow from the RHR system into the letdown line upstream of the letdown heat exchanger. The flow passes through the heat exchanger, through a mixed bed demineralizer and the reactor coolant filter to the VCT. The fluid is then returned to the RCS via the normal charging route. To accelerate shutdown cleanup, letdown and associated charging flow may be increased beyond the normal flow rates. See Tables 9.3-4 and 9.3-5. Filters are provided at various locations to ensure filtration of particulate and resin fines and to protect the seals on the RCP.

(4) Neutron Absorber (boron) Concentration Control The reactor makeup control system consists of a group of instruments arranged to provide a manually preselected makeup composition to the charging pump suction header or the VCT. The makeup control function maintains the desired operating fluid inventory in the VCT and adjust RC boron concentration for reactivity control. For emergency boration and makeup, the capability exists to provide refueling water at 3100 to 3300 ppm boron directly to the suction of the charging pumps.

The boric acid is stored in three boric acid tanks. Four two-speed boric acid transfer pumps are provided with one or more pumps normally aligned with one or more boric acid tanks and continuously running at low speed to provide recirculation within the boric acid system and the boric acid tank. One or more pumps may be on stand-by.

On a demand signal from the reactor makeup control system, the stand-by boric acid transfer pump may be started or the recirculation pump is shifted to high speed and delivers boric acid as required.

9.3-20 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 During reactor operation, changes are made in the reactor coolant boron concentration for the following conditions:

(a) Reactor startup - boron concentration must be decreased from shutdown concentration to achieve criticality.

(b) Load follow - boron concentration must be either increased or decreased to compensate for the xenon transient following a change in load.

(c) Fuel burnup - boron concentration must be decreased to compensate for fuel burnup and the buildup of fission products in the fuel.

(d) Cold shutdown - boron concentration must be increased to the cold shutdown concentration.

(5) Makeup The primary makeup water pumps, taking suction from the primary water storage tank, are employed for various makeup and flushing operations throughout the systems.

One of these pumps operates continuously and provides flow to the blender as needed.

The reactor makeup control system can be set up for the following modes of operation:

(a) Automatic Makeup The "automatic makeup" mode of operation provides blended boric acid solution, preset to match the boron concentration in the RCS.

Automatic makeup compensates for minor leakage of reactor coolant without causing significant changes in the reactor coolant boron concentration.

Under normal plant operating conditions, the mode selector switch is set in the "automatic makeup" position. This switch position establishes a preset control signal to the total makeup flow controller and establishes positions for the makeup stop valves for automatic makeup.

The boric acid flow controller and primary water flow controller are set to blend to the same concentration of borated water as contained in the RCS. A preset low level signal from the VCT level controller initiates automatic makeup by shifting the operating boric acid transfer pump to high speed, opening the makeup stop valve to the charging pump suction, and positioning the boric acid flow control valve and the primary makeup water flow control valve. Since a primary makeup water pump runs continuously, automatic starting of this pump is not required.

However, these pumps will be deenergized when the primary water storage tank is being bypassed. The primary makeup water will be supplied from the demineralized water and cask decontamination system. The flow controllers then blend the makeup stream according PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-21

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 to the preset concentration. Makeup addition to the charging pump suction header causes water level in the VCT to rise. At a preset high level point, the makeup is stopped. This operation may be terminated manually at any time.

If the automatic makeup fails or is not aligned for operation and the tank level continues to decrease, a low level alarm is actuated. Manual actions may correct the situation or, if the level continues to decrease, an emergency low level signal opens the stop valves in the refueling water supply line to the charging pumps, and closes the stop valves in the VCT outlet line.

(b) Dilution The "dilute" mode of operation permits the addition of a preselected quantity of reactor makeup water at a preselected flow rate to the RCS.

The operator sets the mode selector switch to "dilute," the total makeup flow controller set point to the desired flow rate, the total makeup batch integrator to the desired quantity and initiates system start. This opens the reactor makeup water flow control valve, and opens the makeup stop valve to the VCT inlet. Excessive rise of the VCT water level is prevented by automatic actuation (by the tank level controller) of a three-way diversion valve which routes the reactor coolant letdown flow to the HUT. When the preset quantity of water has been added, the batch integrator causes makeup to stop. The operation may be terminated manually at any time.

(c) Alternate Dilution The "alternate dilute" mode of operation is similar to the dilute mode except a portion of the dilution water flows directly to the charging pump suction and a portion flows into the VCT via the spray nozzle and then flows to the charging pump suction. This decreases the delay in diluting the RCS caused by directing dilution water to the VCT.

(d) Boration The "borate" mode of operation permits the addition of a preselected quantity of concentrated boric acid solution at a pre-selected flow rate to the RCS. The operator sets the mode selection switch to "borate",

the concentrated boric acid flow controller setpoint to the desired flow rate, the concentrated boric acid batch integrator to the desired quantity, and initiates system start. This opens the makeup stop valve to the charging pump suction, positions the boric acid flow control valve, and transfers the selected boric acid transfer pump to hi-speed, which delivers 3.5 to 4.0% weight (wt) boric acid solution to the charging pump suction header. The total quantity added in most cases is so small that it has only a minor effect on the VCT level. When the preset quantity of concentrated boric acid solution is added, the batch integrator causes 9.3-22 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 makeup to stop. Also, the operation may be terminated manually at any time.

(e) Manual The "manual" mode of operation permits the addition of a pre-selected quantity and blend of boric acid solution to the refueling water storage tank, VCT, HUT, or to some other location via a temporary connection.

The discharge flow path to places other than the VCT must be aligned by opening manual valves in the desired path.

The operator sets the mode selector switch to "manual", the boric acid and total makeup flow controllers to the desired flow rates, the boric acid and total makeup batch integrators to the desired quantities, and actuates the makeup start switch.

The start switch actuates the boric acid flow control valve and the reactor makeup water flow control valve and transfers the pre-selected boric acid transfer pump to high-speed.

When the preset quantities of boric acid and reactor makeup water have been added, the batch integrators cause makeup to stop. This operation may be stopped manually by actuating the makeup stop switch. If either batch integrator is satisfied before the other has recorded its required total, the pump and valve associated with the integrator which has been satisfied will terminate flow. The flow controlled by the other integrator will continue until that integrator is satisfied.

The quantities of boric acid and reactor makeup water injected are totalized by the batch counters and the flow rates are monitored by the plant computer system which provides recorded data capability.

Deviation alarms sound for both boric acid and reactor makeup water if flow rates deviate from setpoints.

9.3.4.2.1 Component Description A summary of principal component design parameters is given in Table 9.3-5, and safety classifications and design codes are given in Section 3.2.

A. Pumps (1) Charging Pumps Two charging pumps are supplied to inject coolant into the RCS. The pumps are of the single speed, horizontal, centrifugal type. All parts in contact with the reactor coolant are fabricated of austenitic stainless steel or other material of adequate corrosion resistance. The CCS system provides normal cooling water to the CCP lube and gear oil coolers for pumps 2A-A and 2B-B. ERCW, via the CCP 2A-A room cooler, PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-23

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 provides backup cooling water to the CCP 2A-A lube and gear oil cooler. There is a minimum flow recirculation line to protect the centrifugal charging pumps from a closed discharge valve condition. Charging flow rate is determined from a pressurizer level signal. When operating a centrifugal charging pump, the flow paths remain the same but charging flow control is accomplished by a modulating valve on the discharge side of the centrifugal pumps. The centrifugal charging pumps also serve as high head safety injection pumps in the emergency core cooling system. A description of the charging pump function upon receipt of safety injection signal is given in Section 6.3.2.2.

(2) Boric Acid Transfer Pumps Two horizontal, centrifugal, two speed pumps with mechanical seals are supplied for each unit. One pump of each pair is aligned with one boric acid tank and runs continuously at low speed to provide recirculation of the boric acid system and boric acid tank. The second pump of each pair is aligned with the third boric acid tank and is considered as a standby pump, with service being transferred as operation requires.

These standby pumps also intermittently circulate fluid through the third tank. Manual or automatic initiation of the reactor makeup control system will activated the running pump for that unit to the higher speed to provide normal makeup of boric acid solution as required. For emergency boration, supplying of boric acid solution to the suction of the charging pump can be accomplished by manually actuating one or two pumps. The transfer pumps also function to transfer boric acid solution from the batching tank to the boric acid tanks. In addition to the automatic actuation by the makeup control system and manual actuation from the main control board, these pumps may also be controlled locally.

(3) Holdup Tank Recirculation Pump The recirculation pump is used to mix the contents of a holdup tank for sampling or to transfer the contents of a holdup tank to another holdup tank. When one of the holdup tanks is used to store water from the fuel transfer canal, the recirculation pump is used to return the water to the transfer canal. The pump is the centrifugal type, manually actuated, with all wetted surfaces constructed of austenitic stainless steel.

(4) Gas Stripper Feed Pumps Three centrifugal type gas stripper pumps are constructed of austenitic stainless steel.

These pumps were originally part of the boric acid recovery system which is not used for unit operation. These pumps are used to provide a flow path from the HUT to the waste disposal system.

B. Heat Exchanger (1) Regenerative Heat Exchangers The regenerative heat exchanger is designed to recover heat from the letdown flow by reheating the charging flow, which reduces thermal effects on the charging penetrations into the reactor coolant loop piping. The unit is constructed of austenitic 9.3-24 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 stainless steel, and is of all welded construction. The temperatures of both outlet streams from the heat exchanger are monitored with indication given in the control room. A high temperature alarm is actuated on the main control board if the temperature of the letdown stream exceeds desired limits.

(2) Letdown Heat Exchanger The letdown heat exchanger cools the letdown stream to the operating temperature of the mixed bed demineralizers. Reactor coolant flows through the tube side of the exchanger while component cooling water flows through the shell side. Surfaces in contact with the reactor coolant are austenitic stainless steel, and the shell is carbon steel.

The low pressure letdown valve, located downstream of the heat exchanger, maintains the pressure of the letdown flow upstream of the heat exchanger in a range sufficiently high to prevent two phase flow. Pressure indication and high pressure alarm are provided on the main control board.

The letdown temperature control indicates and controls the temperature of the letdown flow exiting from the letdown heat exchanger. A temperature sensor, which is part of the CVCS, provides input to the controller in the component cooling system. The exit temperature of the letdown stream is thus controlled by regulating the component cooling water flow through the letdown heat exchanger. Temperature indication is provided on the main control board. If the outlet temperature from the heat exchanger is excessive, a high temperature alarm is actuated and a temperature controlled valve diverts the letdown directly to the VCT. Valve failure mode also directs flow to the VCT.

The outlet temperature from the shell side of the heat exchanger is allowed to vary over an acceptable range compatible with the equipment design parameters and required performance of the heat exchanger in reducing letdown stream temperature.

(3) Excess Letdown Heat Exchanger The excess letdown heat exchanger cools reactor coolant letdown flow at a rate which is equivalent to the portion of the nominal seal injection flow which flows into the RCS through the RCP labyrinth seals.

The excess letdown heat exchanger can be employed either when normal letdown is temporarily out of service to maintain the reactor in operation or it can be used to supplement maximum letdown during the final stages of heatup. The letdown flows through the tube side of the unit and component cooling water is circulated through the shell. Surfaces in contact with reactor coolant are austenitic stainless steel and the shell is carbon steel. Tube joints are welded.

A temperature detector measures the temperature of the excess letdown flow downstream of the excess letdown heat exchanger. Temperature indication and high temperature alarm are provided on the main control board.

PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-25

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 A pressure sensor indicates the pressure of the excess letdown flow downstream of the excess letdown heat exchanger and excess letdown control valve. Pressure indication is provided on the main control board.

(4) Seal Water Heat Exchanger The seal water heat exchanger is designed to cool fluid from three sources: RCP number 1 seal leakage, reactor coolant discharged from the excess letdown heat exchanger, and miniflow from a centrifugal charging pump. Reactor coolant flows through the tube side of the heat exchanger and component cooling water is circulated through the shell. The design flow rate through the tube side is equal to the sum of the nominal excess letdown flow, maximum design RCP seal leakage, and miniflow from one centrifugal charging pump. The unit is designed to cool the above flow to the temperature normally maintained in the VCT. Surfaces in contact with reactor coolant are austenitic stainless steel and the shell is carbon steel.

C. Tanks (1) Volume Control Tank The VCT provides surge capacity for part of the reactor coolant expansion volume not accommodated by the pressurizer. Overfilling of the VCT is prevented by automatic diversion of the letdown stream to the HUT. The VCT also provides a means for introducing hydrogen into the coolant to maintain the required equilibrium concentration and is used for degassing the reactor coolant. It also serves as a head tank for the charging pumps.

Venting of hydrogen gas which may come out of solution and collect in the charging pump suction lines is provided through three vent lines which are connected to piping high points between the VCT and the charging pumps. These vent lines are connected to a header which then connects to the VCT vent line upstream of the vent valve.

A spray nozzle located inside the tank on the letdown line provides liquid to gas contact between the incoming fluid and the hydrogen atmosphere in the tank.

Hydrogen (from the hydrogen manifold in the waste disposal system) is continuously available to the VCT while a remotely operated vent valve, discharging to the waste disposal system, permits removal of gaseous fission products which are stripped from the reactor coolant and collected in this tank. Relief protection, gas space sampling, and nitrogen purge connections are also provided. The tank can also accept the seal water return flow from the RCPs although this flow normally goes directly to the suction of the charging pumps.

VCT pressure and temperature are monitored with indication given in the control room.

Alarm is actuated in the control room for high and low pressure conditions and for high temperature. The VCT pressure control valve is automatically closed by the low pressure signal.

9.3-26 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Two level channels govern the water inventory in the VCT. These channels are input to a distributed control system (DCS) which provides signals for local and remote level indication, level alarms, level control, makeup control, and emergency makeup control.

An average of the two level signals is provided for normal control. If a failed channel is detected by the DCS, the other channel will be used for control.

If the VCT level rises above the normal operating range, a proportional controller modulates the three-way valve downstream of the reactor coolant filter to maintain VCT level within the normal operating band. The three-way valve can split letdown flow so that a portion goes to the holdup tanks and a portion to the VCT. The controller would operate in this fashion during a dilution operation when reactor makeup water is being fed to the VCT from the reactor makeup control system.

If the modulating function of the control system fails and the VCT level continues to rise, the high level alarm will alert the operator to the malfunction and the full letdown flow will be automatically diverted by a high level interlock.

During normal power operation, a low level in the VCT initiates auto makeup which injects a pre-selected blend of boric acid solution and reactor makeup water into the charging pump suction header. When the VCT level is restored to normal, auto makeup stops.

If the automatic makeup fails or is not aligned for operation and the tank level continues to decrease, a low level alarm is actuated. If the level continues to decrease, a low-low signal from both of the level channels opens the isolation valves in the refueling water supply line. This signal also closes the isolation valves in the VCT outlet line which in turn closes the isolation valves of the hydrogen vent header for the charging pump suction side piping. Failure of the VCT level controller may require operator action to prevent damage to the charging pump. Following a low level alarm, the operator would have sufficient time to transfer the charging pump suction to the RWST, stop the pump or restore letdown to the VCT to prevent pump damage.

(2) Chemical Mixing Tank The primary use of the chemical mixing tank is in the preparation of caustic solutions for pH control and hydrazine solution for oxygen scavenging.

(3) Batching Tank The batching tank is used for mixing a makeup supply of boric acid solution for transfer to the boric acid tanks. A local sampling point is provided for verifying the solution concentration prior to transferring it out of the tank. The tank is provided with an agitator to improve mixing during batching operations and electric strip heaters to heat the tank contents to expedite dissolution of boric acid.

(4) Holdup Tanks Two holdup tanks hold radioactive liquid which enters from the letdown line or other sources. The liquid is released from the RCS during startup, shutdowns, load changes PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-27

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 and from boron dilution to compensate for burnup. When it is necessary to empty the fuel transfer canal, one of the tanks is emptied and is used to store the canal water.

(5) Boric Acid Tanks Approximately two and one-half full tanks of 4% wt boric acid solution (based on 9,890 gallons usable volume per tank) are required for shutdown and refueling of one unit. This is normally the most limiting evolution that an operator must perform involving system boration, i.e., the addition of maximum amount of boron to the RCS. Two tanks, one for each unit, supply boric acid for each reactor coolant makeup system during normal operation, while the third tank serves as a spare.

The concentration of boric acid solution in storage is maintained between 3.5 and 4%

by weight. Periodic manual sampling and corrective action, if necessary, ensure that these limits are maintained. As a consequence, measured boric acid solution can be delivered to the reactor coolant to control the chemical poison concentration. The combination overflow and breather vent connection has a water loop seal to minimize vapor discharge during storage of the solution.

Manually-operated electric immersion heaters in each boric acid tank can raise the temperature of boric acid solution to 100°F, if required. The heaters are sheathed in austentitic stainless steel.

One temperature detector provides temperature measurement of each tanks contents. Local temperature indication is provided and high and low temperature alarms are indicated on the main control board. A level detector indicates the level in each boric acid tank. Level indication with high and low level alarms is provided on the main control board. The low alarm is set to indicate the minimum level of boric acid in the tank to ensure sufficient boric acid to provide suction head to the boric acid transfer pumps.

D. Demineralizers (1) Mixed Bed Demineralizers Two flushable mixed bed demineralizers assist in maintaining reactor coolant purity. A cation resin and anion resin are charged into the demineralizers. The anion resin is converted to the borate form in operation.

Both types of resin remove fission and corrosion products. The resin bed is designed to reduce the concentration of ionic isotopes in the purification stream, except for cesium, yttrium and molybdenum, by a minimum factor of 10. If cation bed is unavailable, the mixed bed with appropiate resin may be used to reduce lithium.

Each demineralizer has more than sufficient capacity for one core cycle with 1% of the rated core thermal power being generated by defective fuel rods. One demineralizer is normally in service with the other in standby.

9.3-28 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 (2) Cation Bed Demineralizer A flushable demineralizer with cation resin in the hydrogen form is located downstream of the mixed bed demineralizers and is used intermittently to control the concentration of Lithium-7 which builds up in the coolant from the B10 (N, ) Lithium-7 reaction. The demineralizer also has sufficient capacity to maintain the Cesium-137 concentration in the coolant below 1.0 Ci/cc with 1% defective fuel. The resin bed is designed to reduce the concentration of ionic isotopes, particularly cesium and lithium.

The demineralizer has more than sufficient capacity for one core cycle with 1% of the rated core thermal power being generated by defective fuel rods.

E. Filter (1) Reactor Coolant Filter The reactor coolant filter is located in the letdown line downstream of the mixed bed and cation bed demineralizer. The filter collects resin fines and particulates from the letdown stream. The nominal flow capacity of the filter is equal to the maximum purification flow rate.

Two local pressure indicators are provided upstream and downstream of the reactor coolant filter to provide filter differential pressure.

(2) Seal Water Injection Filters Two seal water injection filters are located in parallel in a common line to the reactor coolant pump seals; they collect particulate matter that could be harmful to seal faces.

Each filter is sized to accept flow in excess of the normal seal water flow requirements.

A differential pressure indicator monitors the pressure drop across each seal water injection filter and gives local indication with high differential pressure alarm on the main control board.

(3) Seal Water Return Filter This filter collects particulates from the reactor coolant pump seal water return and from the excess letdown flow. The filter is designed to pass the sum of the excess letdown flow and the maximum design leakage from all reactor coolant pumps.

Two local pressure indicators are provided to show the pressures upstream and downstream of the filter and thus provide indication of differential pressure across the filter.

(4) Boric Acid Filter The boric acid filter collects particulates from the boric acid solution being pumped from the boric acid tanks by the boric acid transfer pumps. The filter is designed to pass the design flow of two boric acid transfer pumps operating simultaneously. Local pressure PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-29

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 indicators indicate the pressure upstream and downstream of the boric acid filter and thus, can be used to provide filter differential pressure.

F. Boric Acid Blender The boric acid blender promotes thorough mixing of boric acid solution and primary makeup water for the reactor coolant makeup circuit. The blender consists of a conventional pipe-tee. The blender decreases the pipe length required to homogenize the mixture for taking a representative local sample. A sample point is provided in the piping just downstream of the blender.

G. Orifices (1) Letdown Orifices Three letdown orifices are provided to reduce the letdown pressure from reactor conditions and to control the flow of reactor coolant leaving the RCS. The orifices are placed into or out of service by remote operation of their respective isolation valves.

One orifice is designed for normal letdown flow with the other two serving as standby.

One or both of the standby orifices may be used in parallel with the normally operating orifice for flow control when the RCS pressure is less than the maximum allowable during normal RHR operating conditions. Maximum purification letdown flow is limited to 120 gpm when RCS exceeds allowable RHR operating conditions. Each orifice consists of an assembly which provides for permanent pressure loss without recovery.

In addition to the three letdown orifices noted above, another orifice has been provided to limit the rate of thermal change on the welds upstream of the Regenerative Heat Exchanger. All letdown orifice assemblies are made of austenitic stainless steel or other adequate corrosion resistant material.

A flow monitor provides indication in the control room of the letdown flow rate, and a high alarm to indicate unusually high flow.

A low pressure letdown controller located downstream of the letdown heat exchanger controls the pressure upstream of the letdown heat exchanger to prevent flashing of the letdown liquid. Pressure indication and high pressure alarm are provided on the main control board.

(2) Seal Water Return Bypass Orifice An orifice in each reactor coolant pump number 1 seal bypass line can be in service during startup or shutdown when the RCS pressure is low. The bypass flow may be necessary to ensure adequate flow for cooling of the pump's lower radial bearing and to limit the temperature rise of the water cooling the number 1 seal. The orifice is constructed of austenitic stainless steel and designed to pass adequate flow for the differential pressure existing at the lowest allowable RCS pressure for reactor coolant pump operation.

(3) Chemical Mixing Tank Orifice 9.3-30 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 An orifice is provided in the piping upstream of the mixing tank. This orifice limits the flow rate through the tank to 2 gpm to avoid slugging the pump seals with concentrated chemicals.

(4) Reactor Coolant Pump Standpipe Orifice A seal stand pipe which contains water applies a constant head to the reactor coolant pump No. 3 seal to minimize leakage along the reactor coolant pump shaft. An orifice is provided in the standpipe drain line to the reactor coolant drain tank to limit the rate of drainage from the standpipe to the design leakage rate for the No. 2 seal. An increase in the No. 2 seal leak rate would then result in an increase in standpipe level and an eventual high level alarm which would alert the operator of a possible reactor coolant pump seal failure.

(5) Charging Pump Bypass Orifices A bypass orifice is provided for each centrifugal charging pump. The purpose of these orifices is to provide a minimum flow for pump protection.

(6) Boric Acid Tank Orifice Each boric acid tank orifice is designed to pass the minimum flow required to provide sufficient recirculation through the piping and tanks with the transfer pumps. The orifice is constructed of austenitic stainless steel.

Alternatively, valves may have enhanced live loads packing allowing the lantern leak-off to be capped.

H. Valves Where pressure and temperature conditions permit, diaphragm type valves are used to essentially eliminate leakage to the atmosphere. All packed valves which are larger than 2 inches and which are designated for radioactive services are provided with stuffing box and lantern leak-off connections. Alternatively,valves may have enhanced live load packing allowing the lantern leak-off to be capped. All control (modulating) and three-way valves are either provided with stuffing box and leak-off connections or are totally enclosed. Leakage to the atmosphere is essentially zero for these valves.

Basic material of construction is stainless steel for all valves which handle radioactive liquid or boric acid solutions.

Relief valves are provided for lines and components that might be pressurized above design pressure by improper operation or component malfunction.

(1) Check - Charging Line Downstream of Regenerative Heat Exchanger If the charging side of the regenerative heat exchanger is isolated while the hot letdown flow continues at its maximum rate, the volumetric expansion of coolant on the charging side of the heat exchanger is relieved to the RCS through a spring-loaded check valve.

PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-31

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 (2) Pressurizer Relief (a) Letdown Line Downstream of Letdown Orifices The pressure relief valve downstream of the letdown orifices protects the low pressure piping and the letdown heat exchanger from overpressure when the low pressure piping is isolated. The capacity of the relief valve is equal to the maximum flow rate through all letdown orifices. The valve set pressure is equal to the design pressure of the letdown heat exchanger tube side.

(b) Letdown Line Downstream of Low Pressure Letdown Valve The pressure relief valve downstream of the low pressure letdown valve protects the low pressure piping and equipment from overpressure when this section of the system is isolated. The overpressure may result from leakage through the low pressure letdown valve. The capacity of the relief valve equals the maximum flow rate through all letdown orifices. The valve set pressure is equal to the design pressure of the demineralizers.

(3) Relief (a) Volume Control Tank The relief valve protects the VCT from over-pressurization when the tank normal outlet lines are closed and flow from several sources are still entering the tank. The valve set pressure is equal to the VCT design pressure minus valve inlet piping losses.

(b) Charging Pump Suction A relief valve on the common charging pump suction header relieves pressure that may build up if the suction line isolation valves are closed or if the system is overpressurized. Also, each charging pump has a relief valve downstream of the suction isolation valve to provide overpressure protection of the suction piping in the event of check valve backleakage. Valve set pressure is equal to the design pressure of the associated piping and equipment.

(c) Seal Water Return Line (Inside Containment)

This relief valve is designed to relieve over-pressurization in the seal water return piping inside the containment if the motor-operated isolation valve is closed. The valve is designed to relieve the total leak-off flow from the No. 1 seals of the reactor coolant pumps plus the design excess letdown flow. The valve is set to relieve at the design pressure of the piping.

9.3-32 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 (d) Seal Water Return Line (Charging Pumps Bypass Flow)

This relief valve protects the seal water heat exchanger and its associated piping from over-pressurization. If either of the isolation valves for the heat exchanger are closed and if the bypass line is closed, the piping would be over-pressurized by the miniflow from the centrifugal charging pumps. The valve is sized to handle the miniflow from the centrifugal charging pumps. The valve is set to relieve at the design pressure of the heat exchanger.

I. Piping All CVCS piping that handles radioactive liquid is austenitic stainless steel. All piping joints and connections are welded, except where flanged connections are required to facilitate equipment removal for maintenance and hydrostatic testing.

9.3.4.2.2 System Operation A. Reactor Startup (1) Reactor startup is defined as the operations which bring the reactor from cold shutdown to normal operating temperature and pressure. It is assumed that:

(a) Normal residual heat removal is in progress.

(b) RCS boron concentration is at the cold shutdown concentration.

(c) Reactor makeup control system is set to provide makeup at the cold shutdown concentration.

(d) RCS is either water solid or drained to minimum level for the purpose of refueling or maintenance. If the RCS is water solid, system pressure is maintained by operation of a charging pump and controlled by the low pressure letdown valve in the letdown line (letdown is achieved via the residual heat removal system).

(e) The charging and letdown lines of the CVCS are filled with coolant at the cold shutdown boron concentration. The letdown orifice isolation valves are open.

(2) If the RCS requires filling and venting, the procedure is as follows:

(a) One charging pump is started, which provides blended flow from the reactor makeup control system at the cold shutdown boron concentration.

(b) The vents on the head of the reactor vessel and pressurizer are opened.

(c) The RCS is filled and the vents closed.

PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-33

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 (3) The system pressure is raised by using the charging pump and controlled by the low pressure letdown valve. When the system pressure is adequate for operation of the reactor coolant pumps, seal water flow to the pumps is established and the pumps are operated and vented sequentially until the gases are cleared from the system. Final venting takes place at the pressurizer. RCS vacuum refill may be performed in lieu of, or in conjunction with, the conventional method of filling and venting the RCS. The RCS vacuum refill method is accomplished by applying a vacuum to the system and drawing out the gases as the reactor vessel, pressurizer, and steam generator tubes are filled.

(4) After the filling and venting operations are completed, charging and letdown flows are established. Pressurizer heaters are energized to form a steam bubble in the pressurizer. At this point, steam formation in the pressurizer is accomplished by manual control of the charging flow and automatic pressure control of the letdown flow. When the pressurizer water level reaches the no-load programmed setpoint, the pressurizer level control is shifted to control the charging flow to maintain programmed level. The RHRS is then isolated from the RCS and the normal letdown path is established. The pressurizer heaters are now used to increase RCS pressure, and reactor coolant pumps are started to increase RCS temperature.

(5) The reactor coolant boron concentration is now reduced by operating the reactor makeup control system in the "dilute" mode. The reactor coolant boron concentration is corrected to the point where the control rods may be withdrawn and criticality achieved. Power increase may then proceed with corresponding manual adjustment of the reactor coolant boron concentration to balance the temperature coefficient effects and maintain the control rods within their operating range.

(6) Prior to or during this process, the CVCS is employed to obtain the correct chemical properties in the RCS. The reactor makeup control system is operated on a continuing basis to ensure correct control rod position. Chemicals are added through the chemical mixing tank as required to control reactor coolant chemistry such as pH and dissolved oxygen content. Hydrogen overpressure is established in the VCT to assure the appropriate hydrogen concentration in the reactor coolant.

B. Power Generation and Hot Standby Operation (1) Base Load At a constant power level, the rates of charging and letdown are dictated by the requirements for seal water to the reactor coolant pumps and the normal purification of the RCS. One charging pump is employed and charging flow is controlled automatically from pressurizer level. The only adjustments in boron concentration necessary are those to compensate for core burnup. These adjustments are made at infrequent intervals to maintain the control groups within their allowable limits. Rapid variations in power demand are accommodated automatically by control rod 9.3-34 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 movement. If variations in power level occur, and the new power level is sustained for long periods, some adjustment in boron concentration may be necessary to maintain the control groups within their maneuvering band.

During normal operation, normal letdown flow is maintained and one mixed bed demineralizer is in service. Reactor coolant samples are taken periodically to check zinc concentration, boron concentration, water quality, pH and activity level. The charging flow to the RCS is controlled automatically by the pressurizer level control signal through the discharge header flow control valve.

(2) Load Follow A power reduction will initially cause a xenon buildup followed by xenon decay to a new, lower equilibrium value. The reverse occurs if the power level increases; initially, the xenon level decreases and then it increases to a new and higher equilibrium value associated with the amount of the power level change.

The reactor makeup control system is used to vary the boron concentration in the reactor coolant to compensate for xenon transients occurring when reactor power level is changed.

Control rod position provides the operator with an indication of whether dilution or boration of the reactor coolant is necessary. If rod position is out of the desired range, proper manipulation of boron concentration will return the rods to the desired range.

During periods of plant loading, the reactor coolant expands as its temperature rises.

The pressurizer absorbs this expansion as the level controller raises the level setpoint to the increased level associated with the new power level. Any excess coolant due to RCS expansion is let down and stored in the VCT. During this period, the flow through the letdown orifice remains constant and the charging flow is reduced by the pressurizer level control signal, resulting in an increased temperature at the regenerative heat exchanger outlet. The temperature controller downstream from the letdown heat exchanger increases the component cooling water flow to maintain the desired letdown temperature.

During periods of plant unloading, the charging flow is increased to make up for the coolant contraction not accommodated by the programmed reduction in pressurizer level.

(3) Hot Shutdown If required, for periods of maintenance, or following reactor trips, the reactor can be held subcritical, but with the capability to return to full power within the period of time it takes to withdraw control rods. During this hot shutdown period, temperature is maintained at no-load Tavg by dumping steam to remove core residual heat, by running reactor coolant pumps to maintain system temperature.

Following shutdown, xenon buildup occurs and increases the degree of shutdown (delta-k/k). The effect of xenon build-up is to increase the degree of shutdown (delta-PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-35

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 k/k) to a maximum at about eight hours following shutdown from equilibrium full power conditions. If hot shutdown is maintained past this point, xenon decay results in a decrease in degree of shutdown. Since the delta-k/k value of the initial xenon concentration is high (assuming that an equilibrium concentration had been reached during operation), boration of the reactor coolant is necessary to counteract the xenon decay and maintain shutdown.

If a rapid recovery is required, dilution of the system may be performed to counteract this xenon buildup. However, after the xenon concentration reaches a peak, boration must be performed to maintain the reactor subcritical as the xenon decays out.

(4) Cold Shutdown Cold shutdown is the operation which takes the reactor from hot shutdown conditions to cold shutdown conditions (reactor is subcritical by at least 1% k/k and Tavg <

200°F).

Before initiating a cold shutdown, the RCS hydrogen concentration is lowered by reducing the volume control tank overpressure, by replacing the VCT hydrogen atmosphere with nitrogen, and by continuous purging to the waste disposal system.

During the plant cooldown, charging is provided to make up for coolant contraction.

During the initial phase of the cooldown, the makeup is provided from the boric acid tanks. The boric acid tanks should be used until at least the technical specification minimum volume has been charged. At that point, operators can continue using the boric acid tanks if additional volume is available, or shift suction of the charging pumps to the refueling water storage tank. If the boric acid tanks are used, 3.5 to 4.0% boric acid solution should be charged until the RCS reaches the desired cold shutdownXe free concentration. The cooldown is completed by using blended makeup at the cold shutdown concentration.

Contraction of the coolant during cooldown of the RCS results in actuation of the pressurizer level control to maintain normal pressurizer water level. The charging flow is increased, relative to letdown flow, and results in a decreasing VCT level. The VCT level controller automatically initiates makeup to maintain the inventory.

After the RHRS is placed in service and the reactor coolant pumps are shutdown, further cooling of the pressurizer liquid is accomplished by charging through the auxiliary spray line. Coincident with plant cooldown, a portion of the reactor coolant flow is diverted from the RHRS to the CVCS for cleanup. Demineralization of ionic radioactive impurities and stripping of fission gases reduce the reactor coolant activity level sufficiently to permit personnel access for refueling or maintenance operations.

9.3.4.3 Safety Evaluation A. Reactivity Control Any time that the plant is at power, the quantity of boric acid retained and ready for injection always exceeds that quantity required for the normal cold shutdown assuming 9.3-36 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 that the control assembly of greatest worth is in its fully withdrawn position. This quantity always exceeds the quantity of boric acid required to bring the reactor to hot shutdown and to compensate for subsequent xenon decay.

When the reactor is subcritical, i.e., during cold or hot shutdown, refueling and approach to criticality, the neutron source multiplication is continuously monitored and indicated. Any appreciable increase in the neutron source multiplication, including that caused by the maximum physical boron dilution rate, is slow enough to give ample time to start a corrective action to prevent the core from becoming critical. The rate of boration, with a single boric acid transfer pump operating, is sufficient to take the reactor from full power operation to 1% shutdown in the hot condition, with no rods inserted, in less than 135 minutes. In less than 110 additional minutes, enough boric acid can be injected via the normal boron charging path to compensate for xenon decay, although xenon decay below the equilibrium operating level will not begin until approximately 25 hours2.893519e-4 days <br />0.00694 hours <br />4.133598e-5 weeks <br />9.5125e-6 months <br /> after shutdown. Additional boric acid is employed if it is desired to bring the reactor to cold shutdown conditions.

Two separate and independent flow paths are available for reactor coolant boration, i.e., the charging line and the reactor coolant pump seal injection line. A single failure does not result in the inability to borate the RCS.

If the normal charging line is not available, charging to the RCS is continued via reactor coolant pump seal injection at the rate of approximately 5 gpm per pump. At the charging rate of 20 gpm (5 gpm per reactor coolant pump ), approximately 6.5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> are required to add enough boric acid solution to counteract xenon decay, although xenon decay below the full power equilibrium operating level will not begin until approximately 25 hours2.893519e-4 days <br />0.00694 hours <br />4.133598e-5 weeks <br />9.5125e-6 months <br /> after the reactor is shutdown.

As backup to the normal boric acid supply, the operator can align the refueling water storage tank outlet to the suction of the charging pumps.

Since inoperability of a single component does not impair ability to meet boron injection requirements, plant operating procedures allow components to be temporarily out of service for repairs. However, with an inoperable component, the ability to tolerate additional component failure is limited. Therefore, Technical Specifications require immediate action to effect repairs of an inoperable component, restrict permissible repair time, and require demonstration of the operability of the redundant component.

B. Reactor Coolant Purification The CVCS is capable of reducing the concentration of ionic isotopes in the purification stream as required in the design basis. This is accomplished by passing the letdown flow through one of the mixed bed demineralizers which removes ionic isotopes, (except those of cesium, molybdenum and yttrium, with a minimum decontamination factor of 10) and zinc. Through occasional use of the cation bed demineralizer the concentration of cesium can be maintained below 1.0 Ci/cc, assuming 1% of the rated core thermal power is being produced by fuel with defective cladding. The cation bed demineralizer is capable of passing the maximum purification letdown flow, though only a portion of this capacity is normally utilized. Each mixed bed demineralizer is PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-37

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 capable of processing the maximum purification letdown flow rate. If the normally operating mixed bed demineralizer resin has become exhausted, the second demineralizer can be placed in service. Each demineralizer is designed, however, to operate for one core cycle with 1% defective fuel.

There would be no safety problem associated with over-heating of the demineralizer resins. The only effect on reactor operating conditions would be the possibility of an increase in the reactor coolant activity level. If the activity level in the reactor coolant were to exceed the limit given in the Technical Specifications, reactor operation would be restricted as required by the Technical Specifications.

C. Seal Water Injection Flow to the reactor coolant pumps' seals is assured by the fact that there are two charging pumps, any one of which is capable of supplying the normal charging line flow plus the nominal seal water flow.

D. Leakage Provisions CVCS components, valves, and piping which see radioactive service are designed to limit leakage to the atmosphere. Leakage to the atmosphere is limited through:

(1) Welding of all piping joints and connections except where flanged connections are provided to facilitate maintenance and hydrostatic testing, (2) Extensive use of leak-offs to collect leakage, and use of enhanced live-load packing (3) Use of diaphragm valves where conditions permit.

The VCT in the CVCS provides an inferential measurement of leakage from the CVCS as well as the RCS. Low level in the volume control tank actuates makeup at the prevailing reactor coolant boron concentration. The amount of leakage can be inferred from the amount of makeup added by the reactor makeup control system.

E. Ability to Meet the Safeguards Function A failure analysis of the portion of the CVCS which is safety-related (used as part of the emergency core cooling system) is included as part of the emergency core cooling system failure analysis presented in Section 6.3.

9.3.4.4 Tests and Inspections As part of plant operation, periodic tests, surveillance inspections and instrument calibrations are made to monitor equipment condition and performance. Most components are in use regularly; therefore, assurance of the availability and performance of the systems and equipment is provided by control room and/or local indication.

9.3-38 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 9.3.4.5 Instrumentation Application Process control instrumentation is provided to acquire data concerning key parameters about the CVCS. The location of the instrumentation is shown on Figure 9.3-15.

The instrumentation furnishes input signals for monitoring and/or alarming purposes.

Indications and/or alarms are provided for the following parameters:

1 Temperature 2 Pressure 3 Flow 4 Water level The instrumentation also supplies input signals for control purposes. Some specific control functions are:

1 Letdown flow is diverted to theVCT upon high temperature indication upstream of the mixed bed demineralizers.

2 Pressure upstream of the letdown heat exchanger is controlled to prevent flashing of the letdown liquid.

3 Charging flow rate is controlled during charging pump operation.

4 Water level is controlled in the VCT.

5 Reactor makeup is controlled.

9.3.5 Failed Fuel Detection System The Gross Failed Fuel Detection System is not a safety-related system and is not used for Unit 1 or Unit 2 operations.

9.3.6 Auxiliary Charging System 9.3.6.1 Design Bases The auxiliary charging system is designed to provide makeup to the reactor coolant system (RCS) when the plant is operating in the "flood mode." For definition of "flood mode" see Section 2.4.14. This system is an essential part of the equipment used in flood protection provisions. This system is also designated as the flood mode boration makeup system (FMBMS).

The auxiliary charging system includes the following equipment:

(1) 4 full-capacity auxiliary charging pumps (2 per unit).

(2) 1 auxiliary boration makeup tank.

PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-39

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 (3) 2 filters.

(4) 1 demineralizer.

(5) 2 auxiliary charging booster pumps.

(6) Associated instrumentation and control equipment.

Each auxiliary charging pump capacity is 100 gph and each auxiliary charging booster pump capacity is 300 gph. Both capacities are several times greater than the maximum postulated leakage loss from the primary system. Postulated total recoverable leakage is based on No. 2 and No. 3 seal leakage (approximately 576 gpd) with No. 1 seal injection and return lines isolated for each RCP of both units plus the total recoverable leakage of 225 gpd at an RCS pressure of 350 psig (maximum during

'flood mode'). Nonrecoverable leakage need not be considered during flood mode operation since any two of the four steam generators provide adequate cooling and a steam generator with primary to secondary leakage can be isolated. Also, any other system leakage will be insignificant since the operating pressure during flood mode is considerably less than during normal operation.

The auxiliary boration makeup tank has a usable capacity of 868 gallons to provide a minimum of 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> makeup (801 gallons) based on the above leakage loss from each unit.

The demineralizer is provided for cleanup of makeup water and the filters prevent the demineralizer resins from leaving the FMBMS. The filters are designed for a maximum flow rate of 10 gpm each, and the demineralizer is designed for a maximum flow rate of 27 gpm. Auxiliary charging system equipment is located above flood level on Elevation 757.0 of the Auxiliary Building.

9.3.6.2 System Design Description The auxiliary charging system is shown on Figure 9.3-18. The initial fill of makeup water for the auxiliary boration makeup tank will come from the demineralized water tank. The majority of leakage, from RCS pump seals, etc., is collected in the reactor coolant drain tank (RCDT) and is pumped by the reactor coolant drain tank pumps to the auxiliary boration makeup tank. This recoverable leakage is the main preferred source of makeup water. Additional makeup water is supplied from other preferred sources: (1) cold leg accumulator tanks via the RCDT pumps, (2) pressurizer relief tank via the RCDT pumps, and (3) demineralized water tanks.

The above preferred sources of makeup water are backed up by the pumps of the high pressure fire protection system which can pump river water to the auxiliary makeup tank. To prevent inadvertent injection of raw water into the primary system, this source requires manual addition, via fire hose, only if it is needed.

The makeup water is borated to the extent necessary to maintain refueling shutdown concentration in the RCS. Boric acid, lithium hydroxide, and hydrazine are added and mixed with the makeup water in the auxiliary boration makeup tank in a batch process.

9.3-40 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 The process system provides a means to be sampled periodically for water quality analysis. Sample outlets are provided that are accessible in the flood mode.

The makeup water is pumped from the auxiliary boration makeup tank to the primary system as required to maintain pressurizer level. One booster pump per plant and one charging pump per unit are sufficient to provide the required makeup; two booster pumps and four charging pumps are provided.

Spool pieces are used to connect the auxiliary charging system to the normal charging lines. These spool pieces are installed only in the event of a flood warning and after the RCS pressure has been reduced to less than 350 psig.

9.3.6.3 Design Evaluation See Table 3.2-2a for classification of the auxiliary charging system components.

Sufficient separation and redundancy of components and circuits are provided so that no single failure can jeopardize system operation. The components are capable of being supplied with emergency power.

Refer to Sections 2.4.14.1.2 and 2.4.14.10 for the limitation on the coincidence of seismic events and a flood exceeding plant grade. As indicated in Table 3.2-2a, the auxiliary charging system piping essential for makeup and boration in the event of a flood above plant grade and portions of the system necessary for containment isolation are designed to Seismic Category I requirements. The balance of the system is designed to limited seisimic Category I(L) requirements.

9.3.6.4 Tests and Inspection Components of the auxiliary charging system are accessible for inspection. The system was tested during preoperational testing to assure its adequacy and is tested per the requirements of the ASME Augmented Inservice Testing Program for pumps and valves.

Inservice inspections of the Class C (ASME Class 3) for the tanks will be performed to the extent practical per the guidelines of the ASME Code,Section XI. Inservice inspections of the Class C (ASME Class 3) for the pumps and valves will be performed to the extent practical per the guidelines of the ASME OM Code as required by 10CFR50.55a.

9.3.6.5 Instrument Application Manual control is employed to the maximum extent practicable.

The level of the RCDT is indicated continuously and alarmed on high and low level on a panel in the Auxiliary Building. The RCDT level is controlled between the high and low alarm setpoints by the actuation of start and stop signals to the RCDT pumps.

Completely manual operation will be used to transfer water to the auxiliary boration makeup tank (ABMT). Levels in the ABMT can be visually checked (a level indicator is provided) since the tank has a 1/2-day supply under worst case conditions. The PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-41

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 redundant pressure and pressurizer level loops in the RCS serve as indications of the low pressure necessary for the activation of the auxiliary charging pumps.

9.3.7 Boron Recycle System The boron recycle system (BRS) is not required for the operation of Unit 2. The portions of this system which are used for the operation of Unit 2 are discussed in Section 9.3.4. The components which make up the BRS are installed in the Auxiliary Building and were originally intended to recover boron from the excess RCS.

A summary of the principal components of the BRS is listed below:

Evaporator Feed Ion Exchanger Evaporator Condensate Demineralizer Condensate Filter Concentration Filter Ion-Exchanger Filter Gas Stripper and Boric Acid Evaporator Package 9.3.8 Heat Tracing Electric heat tracing is used to supply heat to some of the insulated mechanical piping systems to prevent freezing of the fluid in the pipe or to provide process temperature control to maintain the media within its specified temperature range; and it is used on some instrument sense lines.

The following systems use heat tracing:

(a) Condensate - System 002 (b) Main and auxiliary feedwater - System 003(Note 1)

(c) Raw cooling water - System 024 (d) High pressure fire protection - System 026 (e) Sampling and water quality - System 043 (f) Safety injection - System 063 (g) Essential raw cooling water - System 067 (h) Radiation monitoring - System 090 (i) Makeup water treatment plant - System 928 (j) Main Steam - System 001(Note 1)

(k) Ice Condenser - System 061 Note 1 - No main control room alarm for instrument sense lines in North and South valve vault rooms.

9.3-42 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.3-1 Compressed Air System Descriptive Information Station Control and Service Air Systems (Page 1 of 2)

Station Air Compressors Number 4 Type 3 Reciprocating, 1 centrifugal Discharge pressure, psig 100 Discharge Temperature,°F 110 (A, B, C)

Capacity, scfm, total 610 (A, B, C)

Station Air Compressors A, B, C (reciprocating) Aftercoolers Number 1 per compressor Type Shell and tube Tube side flow, scfm (air) 610 (A, B, C)

Shell side flow, gpm (water) 12.4 (A, B, C)

Shell side design pressure, psig 150 Tube side design pressure, psig 150 Shell material Carbon steel Tube material Admiralty Design code ASME VIII Discharge Temperature, °F 110 Design Temperature, °F 340 Station Air Compressor D Coolers Intercooler/Aftercooler Integral Type Shell & Tube Tube Side Flow, SCFM (Air) 1166 Total Shell Side Water Flow, gpm 96.3 (Includes flow to external oil cooler)

Discharge Temperature, °F 105 Shell side design pressure, psig 75 Tube Side Design pressure, psig 150 Shell Material Cast Iron Tube Material Copper (ASTM B111)

Tube FIN Material Copper (ASTM B152)

Header Muntz Metal (ASTM B111)

Design Code Manufacturer's standard PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-43

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.3-1 Compressed Air System Descriptive Information Station Control and Service Air Systems (Page 2 of 2)

Station Air Receivers Number 3 (two control and one service air)

Capacity, ft3 266 Design pressure, psig 150 Design temperature, °F 300 Operating pressure, psig 100 Operating temperature,°F 105 Material Carbon steel Design code ASME VIII Auxiliary Air Compressors Number 2 Type Reciprocating Discharge pressure, psig 100 Discharge temperature, °F 430 (to aftercooler)

Capacity, scfm 75 each (this value is the procurement capacity; actual tested capacity could be lower)

Auxiliary Air Compressor Aftercooler Number 1 per compressor Type Tube and shell Tube side flow, scfm (air) 75 Shell side flow, gpm (water) 4.5 Discharge temperature, °F 100 (15°F above ERCW inlet temperature of 85°F)

Auxiliary Air Receivers Number 2 Capacity, ft3 34 Design pressure, psig 125 Operating pressure, psig 115 Design Code ASME Section VIII 9.3-44 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

Table 9.3-2 Process Sampling System Sample Locations and Data (Page 1 of 11)

Design Sampled Pressure: psig Sample Type System Sample Location Temperature, °F (See Note 1) WATTS BAR CVCS Outlet Boric Acid Blender P = 150 Hot Sample Room PROCESS AUXILIARIES T = 250 WDS *Downstream Monitor Tank Pumps A and B (One Sample) P = 150 Local T = 180 CVCS Upstream Evaporator Feed, Ion Exchanger No. 1A and 2A P = ATM Hot Sample Room T = 150 CVCS Downstream Evaporator Feed, Ion Exchanger No. 1B and P = ATM Hot Sample Room 2B T = 150 CVCS Volume Control Tank Vent P = 75 Hot Sample Room T = 250 CVCS Inlet Mixed Bed Demineralizer P = 200 Hot Sample Room T = 250 CVCS Outlet Mixed Bed Demineralizer P = 200 Hot Sample Room T = 250 CVCS *CVCS Holdup Tank Recirc P = 150 Hot Sample Room T = 200 WDS *Downstream Laundry Pump P = 150 Local T = 180 WDS *Downstream Waste Condensate Pumps P = 150 Local T = 180 WDS Waste Gas Decay Tanks Auto and Manual P = 150 Gas Analyzer T = 180 WDS Spent Resin Storage Tank P = 150 Gas Analyzer 9.3-45 T = 180 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-2 Process Sampling System Sample Locations and Data 9.3-46 (Page 2 of 11)

Design Sampled Pressure: psig Sample Type System Sample Location Temperature, °F (See Note 1) WATTS BAR WDS CVCS Holdup Tanks A & B P = 150 Gas Analyzer T = 200 WDS RCS Pressurizer Relief Tank P = 2485 Gas Analyzer T = 650 WDS CVCS Vol. Control Tank Vent P = 75 Gas Analyzer T = 250 WDS Reactor Coolant Drain Tank P = 150 Gas Analyzer T = 180 WDS *Chemical Drain Tank Recirculate P = 150 Local T = 180 WDS *Cask Decontamination Collector Tank P = 150 Local T = 180 WDS *Tritiated Drain Tank Recirculation P = 150 Hot Sample Room T = 180 WDS *Floor Drain Collector Tank Recirculation P = 150 Hot Sample Room T = 180 RCS Hot Leg Loop 1 P = 2485 Hot Sample Room T = 650 RCS Hot Leg Loop 3 P = 2485 Hot Sample Room T = 650 RCS Pressurizer Liquid P = 2485 Hot Sample Room T = 680 RCS Pressurizer Gas P = 2485 Hot Sample Room T = 650 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WBNP-109

Table 9.3-2 Process Sampling System Sample Locations and Data (Page 3 of 11)

Design Sampled Pressure: psig Sample Type System Sample Location Temperature, °F (See Note 1) WATTS BAR Main Steam Steam Gen No. 1 to H.P. Turbine P = 1185 Titration Room PROCESS AUXILIARIES T = 600 Main Steam Steam Gen No. 1 to H.P. Turbine P = 1185 Local T = 600 Main Steam Steam Gen No. 2 to H.P. Turbine P = 1185 Titration Room T = 600 Main Steam Steam Gen No. 2 to H.P. Turbine P = 1185 Local T = 600 Main Steam Steam Gen No. 3 to H.P. Turbine P = 1185 Titration Room T = 600 Main Steam Steam Gen No. 3 to H.P. Turbine P = 1185 Local T = 600 Main Steam Steam Gen No. 4 to H.P. Turbine P = 1185 Titration Room T = 600 Main Steam Steam Gen No. 4 to H.P. Turbine P = 1185 Local T = 600 Main Steam Steam Gen No. 1, 2, 3, & 4 Downcomers P = 1185 Hot Sample Room T = 600 Main Steam Steam Gen Blowdown No. 1, 2, 3, & 4 P = 1185 Hot Sample Room T = 600 Steam Generator Steam Gen Blowdown Pumps P = 450 Local Blowdown T = 250 Steam Generator Downstream of Steam Gen Blowdown Heat Exchanger P = 1185 Local Blowdown T = 150 9.3-47 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-2 Process Sampling System Sample Locations and Data 9.3-48 (Page 4 of 11)

Design Sampled Pressure: psig Sample Type System Sample Location Temperature, °F (See Note 1) WATTS BAR S.F.P.C. *Upstream Spent Fuel Pool Demin P = 150 Local T = 200 S.F.P.C. *Downstream Spent Fuel Pool Demin P = 150 Local T = 200 S.F.P.C. *Refueling Water Purification Filter P = 150 Local (Upstream) T = 200 S.F.P.C. *Refueling Water Purification Filter P = 150 Local (Downstream) T = 200 Htr Dr & V No. 3 Htr Drain Tank P = 250 Local T = 370 Htr Dr & V No. 7 Htr Drain Tank Pump A Discharge P = 410 Local T = 180 Htr Dr & V No. 7 Htr Drain Tank Pump B Discharge P = 410 Local T = 180 Htr Dr & V No. 7 Htr Drain Tank Pumps Discharge Common P = 410 Local Discharge Header T = 180 FW Downstream Htr 2A-1 P = 1185 Local T = 465 FW Downstream Htr 2B-1 P = 1185 Local T = 465 FW Downstream Htr 2C-1 P = 1185 Local T = 465 FW Htrs 1 A-1, 1B-1, and 1C-1 Hdr P = 1185 Titration Room T = 465 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WBNP-109

Table 9.3-2 Process Sampling System Sample Locations and Data (Page 5 of 11)

Design Sampled Pressure: psig Sample Type System Sample Location Temperature, °F (See Note 1) WATTS BAR FW Htrs 2A-1, 2B-1, and 2C-1 Hdr P = 1185 Local PROCESS AUXILIARIES T = 465 FW Auxiliary FW Pump Hdr 2A-A P = 1975 Local T = 120 FW Auxiliary FW Pump Hdr 2B-B P = 1975 Local T = 120 FW Turbine Driven Auxiliary FW Pump 2A P = 1975 Local T = 120 Cnds Hotwell Pumps Discharge Header P = 350 Titration Room T = 270 Cnds Inlet Cond Booster Pump P = 350 Titration Room T = 270 Cnds Outlet Heaters A-5, A-6, and A-7s P = 350 Local T = 270 Cnds Outlet Heaters B-5, B-6, and B-7 P = 350 Local T = 270 Cnds Outlet Heaters C-5, C-6, and C-7 P = 350 Local T = 270 Cnds Inlet to Heaters A-4, B-4, and C-4 P = 650 Local T = 300 Cnds Downstream Heater A-2 P = 650 Local T = 410 Cnds Downstream Heater B-2 P = 650 Local T = 410 9.3-49 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-2 Process Sampling System Sample Locations and Data 9.3-50 (Page 6 of 11)

Design Sampled Pressure: psig Sample Type System Sample Location Temperature, °F (See Note 1) WATTS BAR Cnds Downstream Heater C-2 P = 650 Local T = 410 Cnds Heaters A-2, B-2, and C-2 Downstream Hdr P = 650 Local T = 410 Cnds Upstream MFP A and B P = 650 Local T = 410 Cnds Hotwell Pump Discharge Header P = 350 Local T = 270 Cnds Downstream MFPT Cond A P = 350 Local T = 270 Cnds Downstream MFPT Cond B P = 350 Local T = 270 Cnds Condenser Inlet Tube Sheet P = 150/30" Hg & Total Local Vacuum T = 140 Cnds Condense Inlet Tube Sheet P = 150/30" Hg & Total Local Vacuum T = 140 Cnds Condenser Zone A Low Pressure P = 150/30" Hg & Total Local Vacuum T = 140 Cnds Condenser Zone A Low Pressure P = 150/30" Hg & Total Local Vacuum T = 140 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WBNP-109

Table 9.3-2 Process Sampling System Sample Locations and Data (Page 7 of 11)

Design Sampled Pressure: psig Sample Type System Sample Location Temperature, °F (See Note 1) WATTS BAR Cnds Condenser Outlet Tube Sheet P = 150/30" Hg & Total Local PROCESS AUXILIARIES Vacuum T = 140 Cnds Condenser Outlet Tube Sheet P = 150/30" Hg & Total Local Vacuum T = 140 Cnds Condenser Zone B Intermediate Pressure Crossover P = 150/30" Hg & Total Local Vacuum T = 140 Cnds Condenser Zone B Intermediate Pressure Crossover P = 150/30" Hg & Total Local Vacuum T = 140 Cnds Condensate Demineralizer Influent Header P = 350 Local T = 270 Cnds Condensate Demineralizer Effluent Header P = 350 Local T = 270 Cnds Outlet of Each Polisher Vessel P = 300 Local T = 140 Cnds Dilute Caustic P = 60 Local T = 140 Cnds Dilute Acid P = 60 Local T = Ambient Cnds Downstream Anion Tank P = 75 Local T = 140 9.3-51 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-2 Process Sampling System Sample Locations and Data 9.3-52 (Page 8 of 11)

Design Sampled Pressure: psig Sample Type System Sample Location Temperature, °F (See Note 1) WATTS BAR Cnds Condenser Zone C Bottom (High Pressure) P = 150/30" Hg & Total Local Vacuum T = 140 Ext Steam Inlet Htrs A-1, B-1, and C-1 P = 475 Local T = 460 Ext Steam Inlet Htrs A-2, B-2, and C-2 P = 325 Local T = 420 Ext Steam Inlet Htrs A-3, B-3, and C-3 P = 250 Local T = 375 Ext Steam Inlet MST SEP Reheaters A-1, B-1, and C-1 P = 475 Local T = 460 Ext Steam Inlet MST SEP Reheaters A-2, B-2, and C-2 P = 475 Local T = 460 RCW RCW Header P = 125 Local T = 130 Aux Blr *Auxiliary Deareator Tank P = 50 Titration Room T = 75 Aux Blr *Continuous Blowdown (Aux Blr A) P = 200 Titration Room T = 300 Aux Blr *Continuous Blowdown (Aux Blr B) P = 200 Titration Room T = 300 Aux Blr *Upper Drum Stm Sample (Aux Blr A) P = 200 Titration Room T = 300 Aux Blr *Upper Drum Stm Sample (Aux Blr B) P = 200 Titration Room PROCESS AUXILIARIES T = 300 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-2 Process Sampling System Sample Locations and Data (Page 9 of 11)

Design Sampled Pressure: psig Sample Type System Sample Location Temperature, °F (See Note 1) WATTS BAR Station *Demin Waste Sump Turbine Bldg P = ATM Local PROCESS AUXILIARIES Drainage T = 100 CCS Downstream Component Cooling System P = 150 Local Heat Exchanger A T = 200 CCS Downstream Component Cooling System P = 150 Local Heat Exchanger B T = 200 CCS Downstream Component Cooling System P = 150 Local Heat Exchanger C T = 200 ERCW *Downstream CCS Heat Exchanger A P = 160 Local T = 130 ERCW *Downstream CCS Heat Exchanger B P = 160 Local T = 130 ERCW *Downstream CCS Heat Exchanger C P = 160 Local T = 130 PMW Primary Water Storage Tank P = 150 Local T = 130 RHR RHR Pump 1A Minimum Flow Line P = 600 Hot Sample Room T = 400 RHR RHR Pump 1B Minimum Flow Line P = 600 Hot Sample Room T = 400 RHR RHR Pump 2A Minimum Flow Line P = 600 Hot Sample Room T = 400 RHR RHR Pump 2B Minimum Flow Line P = 600 Hot Sample Room T = 400 9.3-53 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-2 Process Sampling System Sample Locations and Data 9.3-54 (Page 10 of 11)

Design Sampled Pressure: psig Sample Type System Sample Location Temperature, °F (See Note 1) WATTS BAR RHR Upstream RHR Exchanger 1A P = 600 Hot Sample Room T = 400 RHR Upstream RHR Exchanger 1B P = 600 Hot Sample Room T = 400 RHR Upstream RHR Exchanger 2A P = 600 Hot Sample Room T = 400 RHR Upstream RHR Exchanger 2B P = 600 Hot Sample Room T = 400 SIS Accumulator Tanks No. 1, 2, 3, and 4 P = 700 Hot Sample Room T = 300 SIS Accumulator tank Header Outlet P = 2485 Hot Sample Room T = 650 SIS SIS Pump (Unit 1) Refueling Water/Minimum Flow Line P = 1750 Hot Sample Room T = 200 SIS SIS Pump (Unit 2) Refueling Water P = 1750 Hot Sample Room T = 200 SIS Refueling Water Storage Tank P = 150 Local at SFPC Refueling T = 200 Water Purification Filter (upstream)

SIS Downstream Boron Injection Tank (Unit 1) P = 2735 Hot Sample Room T = 200 SIS Upstream Boron Injection Tank (Unit 1) P = 2735 Hot Sample Room T = 200 SIS Downstream Boron Injection Tank (Unit 2) P = 2800 Hot Sample Room PROCESS AUXILIARIES T = 200 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-2 Process Sampling System Sample Locations and Data (Page 11 of 11)

Design Sampled Pressure: psig Sample Type System Sample Location Temperature, °F (See Note 1) WATTS BAR SIS Upstream Boron Injection Tank (Unit 2) P = 2800 Hot Sample Room PROCESS AUXILIARIES T = 200 Flood Mode Downstream Auxiliary Boration Makeup System P = 70 Local Boration T = 180 Makeup System WLRS Wet Layup Recirculation P = 150 Local T = 200 Gland Seal Gland Seal water at Demineralized Water Connection P = 100 Local T = 150 PMW Primary Makeup Water Pump 2A Discharge P = 150 Local T = 130 PMW Primary Makeup Water Pump 2B Discharge P = 150 Local T = 130

• These are common plant samples.

Note 1: The sample type indicates sample collection area or sample equipment.

Note 2: All samples listed for Unit 2 unless noted as Unit 1 or common.

9.3-55 WBNP-109

9.3-56 Table 9.3-3 Equipment and Floor Drainage Data Reactor Coolant System (Page 1 of 9)

Fluid (water and)

Drain 7 Component Drain Type Tritium Air Channel Drain Tank 8 Comments WATTS BAR Reactor Vessel Flange Leak-off X A RCDT Pressurizer Drain X A RCDT Pump Relief Tank Suction Reactor Coolant No. 2 Seal Leak-off X1 A RCDT Pump (Seals)

No. 3 Seal Leak-off X X A RCDT Thermal Barrier X2 X B or A FDCT or TDCT Reactor Coolant Pump Relief via Sump (Cooling)

Bearing oil cooler X X B or A FDCT or TDCT Pres. Relief via Sump Loop Drain Drain X X4 A RCDT Volume Control Drain X A TDCT Tank Pres. Relief X A CVCS HUT Boric Acid Overflow A TDCT Tank Drain A TDCT Batching Tank Drain A TDCT Overflow TDCT Regenerative HX Shell & Tube Drain X X4 A (FDCT or TDCT)3 via Sump Letdown HX Shell Drain X B FDCT Tube Drain X X4 A TDCT PROCESS AUXILIARIES WBNP-109

Table 9.3-3 Equipment and Floor Drainage Data Reactor Coolant System (Page 2 of 9)

Fluid (water and)

Drain 7 Component Drain Type Tritium Air Channel Drain Tank 8 Comments Shell Drain X B FDCT or TDCT via WATTS BAR Excess Let-down HX Sump PROCESS AUXILIARIES Tube Drain X X4 A FDCT or TDCT via Sump Shell Drain X B FDCT Seal Water Hx Tube Drain X X4 A TDCT Charging Pump Drain X X4 A TDCT Boric Acid Drain X4 B TDCT Transfer Pump All CVCS Filters Drain X9 X4 A TDCT All CVCS Drain X X4 A TDCT Resin Columns Chemical Mixing Drain X X A TDCT Tank Safety Valve Relief X A TDCT CVCS Holdup Tank Drain X A TDCT via Sump Gas Stripper Drain X X4 A TDCT via Sump Feed Pump Monitor Tank Overflow X A TDCT Drain X A TDCT Monitor Tank Drain X X4 A TDCT Pumps 9.3-57 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-3 Equipment and Floor Drainage Data Reactor Coolant System 9.3-58 (Page 3 of 9)

Fluid (water and)

Drain 7 Component Drain Type Tritium Air Channel Drain Tank 8 Comments CVCS Holdup Drain X A TDCT via Sump WATTS BAR Tank Recirculation Pump Reactor Coolant Drain X X4 A FDCT or TDCT via Pump Seal Sump Injection Line Excess Letdown Drain X A RCDT to Waste Dis-posal System Tritiated Overflow X X A Sump Drain Collector Tank Drain X X A Sump Waste Condensate Overflow X B FDCT Tanks Waste CondensateTank Drain X4 B FDCT Pump Overflow (or Safety X A TDCT or FDCT Reactor Coolant Valve) via Sump Drain Tanks Drain X A TDCT or FDCT via RBF & ED Sump Floor Drain Overflow X B Sump Collector Tank Drain X B Sump Laundry and Overflow X B FDCT Hot Shower Tanks PROCESS AUXILIARIES WBNP-109

Table 9.3-3 Equipment and Floor Drainage Data Reactor Coolant System (Page 4 of 9)

Fluid (water and)

Drain 7 Component Drain Type Tritium Air Channel Drain Tank 8 Comments Chemical Drain Drain & Over- X B FDCT WATTS BAR X10 Tank flow PROCESS AUXILIARIES This is a small tank to CCS Pump Seal Overflow X B FDCT be used for return of Leakage Collection pump seal leakage to Tank system Drain X B FDCT Spent Resin Storage Drain X TDCT Tank Reagent Drain X A TDCT Tanks TDCT Pumps Drain X X A Sump Chemical Drain Drain X10 X B FDCT Pump FDCT Pumps Drain X B Sump Laundry Pump Drain X B FDCT Reactor Coolant Drain Drain X X4 A TDCT or FDCT via Tank Pumps Sump Auxiliary Waste Drain X B Sump Evaporator Feed Pumps Waste Package Area Drains X A TDCT TDCT Discharge Filter Drain X X4 A TDCT via Sump 9.3-59 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-3 Equipment and Floor Drainage Data Reactor Coolant System 9.3-60 (Page 5 of 9)

Fluid (water and)

Drain 7 Component Drain Type Tritium Air Channel Drain Tank 8 Comments FDCT Discharge Drain X B FDCT WATTS BAR X4 Filter via Sump Waste Condensate Tank Drain B FDCT Feed Filter Waste Evap. Drain X X A TDCT Condensate Demineralizer Waste Gas Compressor Condensate X A TDCT Expected to be insignificant HX Drain B FDCT Gas Waste Vent Drain X A TDCT Header(Power)

Gas Decay Tank Drain X A TDCT via Sump (Shut-downs)

Drain X A RCDT Drain to RCDT Accumulator Pressure Relief Drain X A FDCT or TDCT via Sump Boron Injection Tank Drain X X4 A TDCT Safety Injection Pump Drain X X4 A TDCT Containment Spray Drain X X4 A TDCT via Sump Pump Residual HX Shell Drain CCS X B FDCT Tube Drain RCS X X A TDCT PROCESS AUXILIARIES WBNP-109

Table 9.3-3 Equipment and Floor Drainage Data Reactor Coolant System (Page 6 of 9)

Fluid (water and)

Drain 7 Component Drain Type Tritium Air Channel Drain Tank 8 Comments Residual Heat Drain X X A TDCT via WATTS BAR Removal Pumps Sump PROCESS AUXILIARIES Component Cooling Pres. Relief X B FDCT Surge Tank Overflow X B FDCT Drain X B FDCT Shell Drain X B FDCT Component Cooling HX Tube Drain (ERCW) Special Send overboard or to a floor drain Component Cooling Drain X B (CCST via CCS Pumps Pump SLCT) or FDCT Thermal Barrier Booster Drain X B Portable Container Pumps CCS Pump SLCT & Drain X B FDCT Pump Overflow X B FDCT Shell Drain CCS X B FDCT5 Spent Fuel Pit HX Tube Drain RCS X X A TDCT5 Spent Fuel Pit Pump Drain X X A TDCT5 Spent Fuel Pit Skimmer Drain X X A TDCT5 Pump Refueling Water Drain X A TDCT Purification Pumps 9.3-61 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-3 Equipment and Floor Drainage Data Reactor Coolant System 9.3-62 (Page 7 of 9)

Fluid (water and)

Drain 7 Component Drain Type Tritium Air Channel Drain Tank 8 Comments Refueling Water Drain X A TDCT WATTS BAR Purification Filter Spent Fuel Pit Leakage Drain X A TDCT Spent Fuel Drain X X A TDCT Pit Skimmer Filter Spent Fuel Pit Drain X X A TDCT Demineralizer Spent or Treated X CDT Sample & Chem'ls Radioactive Excess X X A TDCT Radiochem. Tritiated Laboratory Sample Sink Drain Non-Tritium X B FDCT Sample & Rinse Sink Drains Shell Drain X B FDCT5 Sample Heat Exchanger Tube Drain X X A TDCT Non-Tritium Tube X FDCT Drain Sample Vessel Drain X X A VCT PROCESS AUXILIARIES WBNP-109

Table 9.3-3 Equipment and Floor Drainage Data Reactor Coolant System (Page 8 of 9)

Fluid (water and)

Drain 7 Component Drain Type Tritium Air Channel Drain Tank 8 Comments Sample Sink Drain X X A TDCT Liquid from WATTS BAR secondary side PROCESS AUXILIARIES must be re-turned to secondary side or Sample Room discharged to FDCT.

Non-Tritium X B FDCT Floor Drain Inside Floor Drain X X A FDCT or TDCT via Containment Sump Floor Drains Aux. Floor Drain X B FDCT See 2.3.1 and 2.3.3.

Building Valve Leak-off Inside Leak-off X A RCDT Containment Valve Leak-off Outside Leak-off X A TDCT Containment Leak-off X X A TDCT Hot Shower Drain X B LHSDT Laundry Drain X B LHSDT Containment Fan Condensate Drain X6 X A FDCT or TDCT via Essential Raw Coolers Sump Cooling Water may be either (1) routed to a floor drain or (2) use portable con-tainer or (3) use Cooling Water Drain X Special (Sent overboard) or procedure to force (ERCW) (FDCT or TDCT via liquid into discharge Sump) header.

9.3-63 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-3 Equipment and Floor Drainage Data Reactor Coolant System 9.3-64 (Page 9 of 9)

Fluid (water and)

Drain 7 Component Drain Type Tritium Air Channel Drain Tank 8 Comments Gas Analyzer Drain Drain X A TDCT WATTS BAR Fuel Transfer Canal Drain X A TDCT Leakage Primary Water Makeup Drain TDCT Pumps Liner Leakage (Reactor Drain X A FDCT or TDCT via Bldg) Sump Cask Loading Area Drain X A TDCT Auxiliary Feedwater Drain B FDCT Pumps PROCESS AUXILIARIES WBNP-109

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 NOTES:

1. This liquid is aerated; however, because of the small amount it is directed to the RCDT.

2. Only in abnormal case or thermal barrier leak.

3. Flush after drain if desired to reduce airborne activity levels.

4. Becomes aerated during drain.

5. Or drain to portable container and recycle to respective system.

6. If high concentration, flow can be directed to TDCT.

7. Channel A is for tritiated liquid. Channel B is for non-tritiated liquid. See Section 9.3.3.2.

8. See Section 9.3.3.7 for explanation of acronyms.

9. Drains do not contain tritium because the RCS liquid is not being recycled.

10.Only in abnormal case.

PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-65

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.3-4 Chemical and Volume Control System Design Parameters General Seal water supply flow rate, for four reactor coolant pumps, nominal, gpm 32 Seal water return flow rate, for four reactor coolant pumps, nominal, gpm 12 Letdown flow:

Normal, gpm (centrifugal pump operation) 75 Maximum, gpm 120*

Charging flow (excludes seal water):

Normal, gpm (centrifugal pump operation) 55 Maximum, gpm 100*

Temperature of letdown reactor coolant entering system at full power, °F 557.3 Normal temperature of charging flow directed to Reactor Coolant System, °F 514 Temperature of effluent directed to Mixed Bed Demineralizer, °F 127 Centrifugal charging pump bypass flow (each), gpm 60 Amount of 3.5 to 4.0% boric acid solution required to meet cold shutdown See Figure 9.3-21 requirements at the end of a core cycle with the most reactive control rod stuck for Requirements out of the core, gallons Maximum pressurization required for hydrostatic testing of Reactor Coolant 3107 System, psig

• During RHR Shutdown Cleanup, letdown flow is qualified for 180 gpm and charging flow is qualified to 200 gpm (including seal water).

Reference:

Westinghouse Summary Report on the Equipment Evaluation for the Effects of an Increased Shutdown Purification Flow Rate for Watts Bar Unit 1 (LTR-SEE-05-20).

NOTE:

The maximum allowable letdown and charging flows provide margin for volume expansion transient event mitigation. Letdown and charging piping qualified flows provide for accelerated shutdown cleanup operation only in Modes 5 & 6.

9.3-66 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.3-5 Principal Component Data Summary (Page 1 of 7)

Centrifugal Charging Pumps Number 2 Design pressure, psig 2800 Design temperature, °F 300 Design flow, gpm 150 Total Developed head, ft. 5800 Material Austenitic stainless steel Boric Acid Transfer Pumps Number 4 Design pressure, psig 150 Design temperature, °F 250 Design flow, gpm 75 Design head, ft. 235 Material Austenitic stainless steel Gas Stripper Feed Pumps Number 3 Design pressure, psig 150 Design temperature, °F 200 Design flow, gpm 500 Design head, ft. 320 Material Austenitic stainless steel Holdup Tank Recirculation Pump Number 1 Design pressure, psig 150 Design temperature, °F 200 Design flow, gpm 500 Design head, ft. 100 Material Austenitic stainless steel Regenerative Heat Exchanger Number 1 Heat transfer rate at design conditions, Btu/hr 10.84 x 106 Shell Side Design pressure, psig 2485 Design temperature,°F 650 Fluid Borated reactor coolant Material Austenitic stainless steel PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-67

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.3-5 Principal Component Data Summary (Page 2 of 7)

Tube Side Design pressure, psig 2735 Design temperature, °F 650 Fluid Borated reactor coolant Material Austenitic stainless steel Shell Side (Letdown)

Normal Flow, lb/hr 37,020 Inlet temperature, °F 557.3 Outlet temperature, °F 290 Tube Side (Charging)

Normal Flow, lb/hr 27,148 Inlet temperature, °F 130 Outlet temperature, °F 514 Letdown Heat Exchanger Number 1 Heat transfer rate at design conditions, Btu/hr 15.27 x 106 Shell Side Design pressure, psig 150 Design temperature, °F 250 Fluid Component cooling water Material Carbon steel Tube Side Design pressure, psig 600 Design temperature, °F 400 Fluid Borated reactor coolant Material Austenitic stainless steel Shell Side (Heat up) (Normal)

Flow, lb/hr 498,000 203,000 Inlet temperature, °F 95 95 Outlet temperature, °F 126 126 Tube Side (Letdown) (Heatup) (Normal)

Flow, lb/hr 59,232 37,050 Inlet temperature, °F 380 290 Outlet temperature, °F 126 127 9.3-68 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.3-5 Principal Component Data Summary (Page 3 of 7)

Excess Letdown Heat Exchanger Number 1 Heat transfer rate at design conditions, Btu/hr 4.79 x 106 Shell Side Tube Side Design pressure, psig 150 2485 Design temperature, °f 250 650 Design flow, lb/hr 115,000 12,340 Inlet temperature, °F 95 557.3 Outlet temperature, °F 137 195 Fluid Component Borated reactor coolant cooling water Material Carbon Austenitic stainless steel steel Seal Water Heat Exchanger Number 1 Heat transfer rate at design 1.46 x 106 conditions, Btu/hr Shell Side Tube Side Design pressure, psig 150 200 Design temperature, °F 250 250 Design flow, lb/hr 99,500 47,879 Inlet temperature, °F 95 157.4 Outlet temperature, °F 109.7 127 Fluid Component Borated reactor coolant Cooling water Material Carbon Austenitic stainless steel steel Volume Control Tank Number 1 Volume, ft3 400 Design pressure, psig 75 Design temperature, °F 250 Material Austenitic stainless steel PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-69

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.3-5 Principal Component Data Summary (Page 4 of 7)

Boric Acid Tanks Number 3 Capacity, gal. 11,000 Design Pressure, psig Atmospheric Design Temperature, °F 200 Material Austenitic stainless steel Boric Acid Batching Tank Number 1 Capacity, gal. 800 Design Pressure, psig Atmospheric Design Temperature, °F 300 Material Austenitic stainless steel Holdup Tanks Number 2 Capacity, gal. 126,000 (per tank)

Design Pressure, psig 15 Design Temperature, °F 200 Material Stainless Tank Chemical Mixing Tank Number 1 Capacity, gal 5 Design pressure, psig 150 Design temperature, °F 200 Material Austenitic stainless steel Mixed Bed Demineralizers Number 2 Design pressure, psig 300 Design temperature, °F 250 Design flow, gpm 120*

Resin volume, each, ft.3 30 Material Austenitic stainless steel

• Flow may be increased to 180 gpm for shutdown cleanup.

9.3-70 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.3-5 Principal Component Data Summary (Page 5 of 7)

Cation Bed Demineralizer Number 1 Design pressure, psig 300 Design temperature, °F 250 Design flow, gpm 75 Resin volume, ft. 3 20 Material Austenitic stainless steel Reactor Coolant Filter Number 1 Design pressure, psig 300 Design temperature, °F 250 Design flow, gpm 150 (Flow may be increased to 180 gpm for shutdown cleanup.)

Particle retention 98% of 25 micron size Material, (vessel) Austenitic stainless steel Seal Water Injection Filters Number 2 Design pressure, psig 3100 Design temperature, °F 250 Design flow, gpm 80 Particle retention 98% of 5 micron size Material, (vessel) Austenitic stainless steel Seal Water Return Filter Number 1 Design pressure, psig 300 Design temperature, °F 250 Design flow, gpm 150 (max.)

Particle retention 98% of 25 micron size Material (vessel) Austenitic stainless steel Boric Acid Filters Number 1 Design pressure, psig 300 Design temperature, °F 250 Design flow, gpm 150 Particle retention 98% of 25 micron size Material (vessel) Austenitic stainless steel PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-71

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.3-5 Principal Component Data Summary (Page 6 of 7)

Letdown Orifice Approx. 3 gpm 45 gpm (Note 1) 75 gpm (Note 2)

Number 1 1 2 Design flow, lb/hr Approx. 1482 22,230 37,050 Differential pressure at 1900 1900 1900 design flow, psid Design pressure, psig 2485 2485 2485 Design temperature, °F 650 650 650 Material Austenitic Stainless Austenitic Austenitic Steel Stainless Stainless Steel Steel Seal Water Return Bypass Orifice Number 4 Design flow, gpm 1 Differential pressure at design flow, psid 300 Design pressure, psig 2485 Design temperature, °F 250 Material Austenitic Stainless Steel Chemical Mixing Tank Orifice Number 1 Design flow, gpm 2 Differential pressure at design flow, psid 50 Design pressure, psig 150 Design temperature, °F 200 Material Austenitic Stainless Steel Reactor Coolant Pump Standpipe Orifice Number 4 Design, flow, gpm 0.5 Differential pressure 9 inches of H2O Design pressure, psig 150 Design temperature, °F 200 Material Stainless Steel 9.3-72 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.3-5 Principal Component Data Summary (Page 7 of 7)

Charging Pump Bypass Orifice Number 2 Design flow, gpm 60 Differential pressure at design flow, psid 6000 Design pressure, psig 2800 Design temperature, °F 300 Material Stainless Steel Boric Acid Blender Number 1 Design pressure, psig 150 Design temperature, °F 250 Material Austenitic Stainless Steel Boric Acid Tank Orifice Number 3 Design flow, gpm 3 Differential pressure at design flow, psid 100 Design pressure, psig 150 Design temperature, °F 200 Material Austenitic Stainless Steel PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-73

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.3-6 Deleted by Amendment 95 9.3-74 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR Table 9.3-7 (Sheet 1 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN A

1. ACAS Compressor Intake Filters Air Prior to None None None None None No active failures for Filter 0-FLTR-32-60 compressor 0-FLTR-32-60

2. Auxiliary Compressor Provide required Fails to start Control/Mechanical Pressure indication Loss of Train "A" None. Train "B" 0-COMP-32-60 pressure and flow to failure via PI-32-62,-66 available to provide essential loads due to and/or -1000. for safe shutdown.

loss of CAS supply Unloader fails Control/Mechanical Relief valves Loss of Train "A" None. Train "B" (FSV-32-62) failure 0-32-366,-367, and/ available to provide or -372 relieve at for safe shutdown.

pressure >115 psig. If compressor fails to load low pressure indicated via PI-32-62,-66 and/or -

1000 Cooling water Control/Mechanical High air temperature Loss of cooling water None. Train "B" failure failure alarm via 0-TS-32-64 to compressor will available to provide cause failure of for safe shutdown.

compressor due to high temperature 9.3-75 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 2 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN A

3. After cooler 0-HTX-32-60 Remove the heat of Tube rupture Mechanical failure High moisture alarm High moisture would None. Train "B" compression from the via ME-32-83 cause saturation of available to provide auxiliary control air the air dryers and for safe shutdown.

degradation loss of Train "A" Cooling water Control/Mechanical High temperature High system None. Train "B" failure failure indication via temperatures available to provide 0-TI-32-65 if failure is resulting in possible for safe shutdown.

just to After Cooler system degradation.

supply. Also, high temperature alarm via 0-TS-32-64 if entire cooling water supply disrupted.

4. Compressor Accumulator Dampen compressor None None None None None No active failure for 0-ACUM-32-60 discharge pressure the accumulator pulses and provide sufficient air volume (in conjunction with the receivers) to minimize compressor starts/stops and unloading/ loading cycles 9.3-76 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 3 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN A

5. Check valve 0-32-240 Prevents backflow of Fails open Mechanical failure Low receiver Compressor will cycle None air from the receiver pressure indication more often in order to back to the via PI-32-66. maintain receiver compressor. Compressor running pressure.

longer than normal.

Fails closed Mechanical failure Low receiver Reduction of system None. Train "B" pressure indicated pressure until too low available to provide via PI-32-66 without for user operation. for safe shutdown.

any resultant Loss of train "A".

pressure increase due to compressor operation.

6. Auxiliary Air Receiver Dampen compressor None None None None None No active failures for 0-RCVR-32-62 pressure pulses and receiver.

provide a sufficient stored air volume to minimize startups and load/unload cycling of the ACAS compressors.

7. Isolation valve 0-32-246 To isolate the CAS None None None None None No active failure supply from the inlet failure for 0-32-246.

to the ACAS air WBNP-109 dryers.

9.3-77

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 4 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN A

8. Flow control valve to air To regulate inlet air Fails open Control/Mechanical No switching to Dryer Without switch over None. Train "B" Dryer No. 1 0-FCV-32-71 flow to Dryer No. 1 failure No. 2 flow path as to the other dryer, the available to provide indicated by PI-32-74 moisture will begin to for safe shutdown.

and -75 along with carry over until the possible high high moisture alarm moisture alarm via sounds thus causing Annunciator Window potential system high 136-C on moisture levels and 1- XA-55-6D. degradation Fails closed Control/Mechanical Continual flow Without switch over None. Train "B" failure through dryer No. 2 to the other dryer, the available to provide flow path as indicated moisture will begin to for safe shutdown.

by PI-32-74 and -75 carry over until the along with possible high moisture alarm high moisture alarm sounds thus causing via Annunciator potential system high Window 136-C on moisture levels and 1-XA-55-6D. degradation. Fail closed position will also result in low header pressure which will alarm in the MCR via 0- PS-32-0104.

9.3-78 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 5 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN A

9. Flow Control Valve to air To regulate inlet air Fails open Control/Mechanical No switchover to Without switchover to None. Train "B" valve to air Dryer No. 2 flow to Dryer No. 2 failure Dryer No. 1 flowpath the other dryer, the available to provide 0-FCV-32-70 as indicated by moisture will begin to for safe shutdown.

PI-32-74 and -75 carry over until the along with possible high moisture alarm high moisture alarm sounds thus causing via Annunciator potential system high Window 136-C on moisture levels and 1-XA-55-6D. degradation.

Fails closed Control/Mechanical Continual flow Without switch-over None. Train "B" failure through Dryer No. 1 to the other dryer, the available to provide flow path as indicated moisture will begin to for safe shutdown.

by PI-32-74 & -75 carry over until the along with possible high moisture alarm high moisture alarm sounds thus causing via annunciator potential system high window 136-C on moisture levels and 1-XA-55-6D degradation. Fail closed position will also result in low header pressure which will alarm in the MCR via 0-PS-32-0104.

9.3-79 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 6 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN A

10. Flow Control Valve for Provides flow path for Fails open Control/Mechanical Switchover will not Without switchover to None. Train "B" Dryer No. 1 purge flow backflow of air for failure occur due to Dryer No. 2 high available to provide 0-FCV-32-72 drying the desiccant electrical interlock moisture levels could for safe shutdown in Dryer No. 1 when which can be occur as indicated via not in operation determined by alarm at annunciator pressure indications window 136-C on on PI-32-74 & -75 1-XA-55-6D along with possible high moisture alarm via annunciator window 136-C on 1-XA-55-6D Fails closed Control/Mechanical No purge flow Without switchover None. Train "B" failure through Dryer No. 1 to Dryer No. 2 high available to provide or switchover to moisture levels could for safe shutdown.

Dryer No. 2 which occur as indicated via can be determined by alarm at annunciator pressure indications window 136-C on on PI-32-74 & -75 1-XA-55-6D along with possible high moisture alarm via annunicator window 136-C on 1-XA-55-6D 9.3-80 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 7 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN A

11. Flow Control Valve for Provides flow path for Fails open Control/Mechanical Switchover will not Without switchover None. Train "B" valve for Dryer No. 2 backflow of air for failure occur due to to Dryer No. 1 high available to provide purge flow 0-FCV-32-73 drying the desiccant electrical interlock moisture levels could for safe shutdown.

in Dryer No. 2 when which can be occur as indicated via not in operation determined by alarm at annunicator pressure indications window 136-C on on PI-32-74 & -75 1-XA-55-6D along with possible high moisture alarm via annunciator 136-C on 1-XA-55-6D Fails closed Control/Mechanical No purge flow Without switchover to None. Train "B" failure through Dryer No. 2 Dryer No. 1 high available to provide or switchover to moisture levels could for safe shutdown.

Dryer No. 1 which occur as indicated via can be determined by alarm at annunciator pressure indications window 136-C on on PI-32-74 & -75 1-XA-55-6D along with possible high moisture alarm via annunicator window 136-C on 1-XA-55-6D 9.3-81 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 8 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN A

12. Dryer No. 1 Reduce the moisture None None None None None No active failures for 0-DRYR-32-75 content of the air to a 0-DRYR-32-75 dew point of -40°F at line pressure and design flow for air usage.

13. Dryer No. 2 Reduce the moisture None None None None None No active failures for 0-DRYR-32-74 content of the air to a 0-DRYR-32-74 dew point of -40°F at the pressure and design flow for air usage.

9.3-82 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 9 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN A

14. Dryer No. 1 purge check Prevent backflow Stuck open Mechanical failure Reduced air header Reduced header None. Train "B" valve 0-CKV-32-70B through the dryer pressure as indicated pressure resulting in available to provide purge line when by PT-32-104 due to more frequent cycling for safe shutdown.

Dryer No. 1 is in loss of air through of ACAS compressor service Dryer No. 2 purge "A". Possible when Dryer No. 1 is reduction of pressure in service below minimum operating.

Allow backflow Stuck closed Mechanical failure No flow indicated via Possible high None. Train "B" through the dryer FI-32-76 for purge moisture levels when available to provide purge line when flow when Dryer No. Dryer No. 1 is in for safe shutdown.

Dryer No. 2 is in 2 is in service. Also service due to no service possible alarm via backflow when Dryer annunciator window No. 2 is in operation.

136-C on 1-XA-55-6D Potential for high when Dryer No. 1 is moisture alarm via in service. annunciator 136-C on 1-XA-55-6D.

9.3-83 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 10 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN A

15. Dryer No. 2 Purge check Prevent backflow Stuck open Mechanical failure Reduced air header Reduced header None. Train "B" valve 0-CKV-32-70A through the dryer pressure as indicated pressure resulting in available to provide purge line when by PT-32-104 due to more frequent cycling for safe shutdown.

Dryer No. 2 is in loss of air through of ACAS compressor service Dryer No. 1 purge "A". Possible when Dryer No. 2 is reduction of pressure in service below minimum operating.

Allow backflow Stuck closed Mechanical failure No flow indicated via Possible high None. Train "B" through the dryer FI-32-76 for purge moisture levels when available to provide purge line when flow when Dryer No. Dryer No. 2 is in for safe shutdown.

Dryer No. 1 is in 1 is in service. Also service due to no service possible alarm via backflow when Dryer annunciator window No. 1 is in operation.

136-C on 1-XA-55-6D Potential for high when dryer No. 2 is in moisture alarm via service. annunciator window 136-C on 1-XA-55-6D.

9.3-84 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 9.3-85 WATTS BAR (Sheet 11 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN A

16. Dryer No. 1 flow path Prevents backflow Stuck open Mechanical failure When Dryer No. 2 is Reduced system None. Train "B" check valve through Dryer No. 1 in service, air system pressure resulting available to provide 0-CKV-32-70D flow path (except for pressure would drop would cause more for safe shutdown.

the purge flow) when as indicated via frequent compressor Dryer No. 2 is in 0-PT-32-104 alarm "A" cycling. Possible service and PI-32-75 reduction of pressure indication. below minimum operating.

Stuck closed Mechanical failure When Dryer No. 1 is Reduced system None. Train "B" in service, there pressure and high available to provide would be no purge moisture contents in for safe shutdown.

flow to Dryer No. 2 Dryer No. 2 due to and no flow to the lack of purge flow.

system; therefore, FI-32-76 and PT-32-104 would give indication of no purge flow and a drop in system pressure.

Possible high moisture alarm via annunciator window PROCESS AUXILIARIES 136-C on 1-XA-55-6D when Dryer No. 2 is in service.

WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 12 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN A

17. Dryer No. 2 flow path Prevents backflow Stuck open Mechanical failure When Dryer No. 1 is Reduced system None. Train "B" check valve through Dryer No. 2 in service, air system pressure resulting available to provide 0-CKV-32-70C flow path (except for pressure would drop would cause more for safe shutdown.

the purge flow) when as indicated via frequent compressor Dryer No. 1 is in 0-PT-32-104 alarm "A" cycling. Possible service and PI-32-74 reduction of pressure indication. below minimum operating.

Stuck closed Mechanical failure When Dryer No. 2 is Reduced system None. Train "B" in service, there pressure and high available to provide would be no purge moisture contents in for safe shutdown.

flow to Dryer No. 1 Dryer No. 1 due to and no flow to the lack of purge flow.

system; therefore, FI-32-76 and PT-32-104 would give indication of no purge flow and a drop in system pressure.

Possible high moisture alarm via annunciator window 136-C on 1-XA-55-6D when Dryer No. 1 is in service.

9.3-86 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 9.3-87 WATTS BAR (Sheet 13 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN A

18. Dryer after filter Filter out 100% of None None None None None No active failure for 0-FLTR-32-76 particles of desiccant 0-FLTR-32-76 and other foreign matter down to 0.9 micron size.

19. Dryer Isolation Valve Isolates dryer unit None None None None None No active failure for 0-32-249 from air header. 0-32-249

20. ACAS Inlet filter Filter CAS air None None None None None No active failure for 0-FLTR-32-82 entering the ACAS 0-FLTR-32-82 during normal operation.

PROCESS AUXILIARIES WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 14 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN A

21. ACAS Isolation Valve Isolates ACAS from Stuck open Control/Mechanical Valve position ACAS compressor None 0-FCV-32-82 CAS supply on low failure indication "A" will take control of control air pressure ACAS in the case of low CAS pressure; therefore, with 0-FCV-32-82 stuckopen, check valve 0-32-256 will prevent back flow with no effect on train "A" operation.

Stuck closed Control/Mechanical Valve position ACAS compressor None failure indication "A" will take control of ACAS; therefore, train "A" will not be effected.

9.3-88 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 9.3-89 WATTS BAR (Sheet 15 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS

22. ACAS Backflow Check Prevents flow from Stuck open Mechanical failure None 0-FCV-32-82 will None Valve 0-32-256 ACAS back to CAS cycle to maintain system pressure and iolate any backflow; therefore, train "A" will not be effected.

Stuck closed Mechanical failure None ACAS compressor None "A" will supply train "A"; therefore, no effect on train "A" operation PROCESS AUXILIARIES WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 16 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN A

23. CAS Isolation Valve Bypasses CAS None None None None None No active failure for 0-32-251 around ACAS air 0-32-251 dryers

24. Moisture Element Isolates inlet of None None None None None No active failure for (ME-32-83) Inlet Isolation ME-32-83 for 0-32-252 Valve 0-32-252 maintenance

25. Moisture element Isolates outlet of None None None None None No active failure for (ME-32-83) Outlet ME-32-83 for 0-32-253 Isolation Valve 0-32-253 maintenance

26. Moisture Element Isolate ME-32-83 None None None None None No active failure for (ME-32-83) Bypass Valve bypass 0-32-254 0-32-254 9.3-90 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 9.3-91 WATTS BAR (Sheet 17 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN A

27. Control Air Check Valve Prevents loss of air Fails open Mechanical failure No position change Unable to operate SG None. Valves 0-32-380 for 1-LCV-3-172 pressure in piping to indicated for level control valves 1-LCV-3-173 and and -175 Backflow ensure operation in 1-LCV-3-172 and 1-LCV-3-172 and -174 operable in train the event of loss of -175 in control room -175 on loss of "B" air header pressure via HS-3-172A and header pressure. No

-175A. effect with full header pressure Fails closed Mechanical failure Unable to cycle Valves 1-LCV-3-172 None. Valves valves 1-LCV-3-172 and -175 inoperable. 1-LCV-3-173 and and -175 as indicated -174 operable in train on control room hand "B" switches HS-3-172A and -175A.

PROCESS AUXILIARIES WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 18 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN A

28. Train "A" Containment Isolate containment Fails open Control/Mechanical Valve position None. Check valve None Isolation Valve on low air pressure or failure indication via 1-32-303 provides 1-FCV-32-80 containment isolation 1-HS-32-80A containment isolation signal. backup.

Fails closed Control/Mechanical Valve position Pressurizer spray None. While Train "A" failure indication via valves not operable, spray valves will be 1-HS-32-80A however, these will inoperable, the Train not effect train "A" "A" components safety function. required for safe shutdown are still available. Train "B" spray valves operable for plant operation.

29. Containment Isolation Isolates Inlet to None None None None None No active failure Valve (1-FCV-32-80) Inlet 1-FCV-32-80 for mode for 1-32-297 Isolation Valve 1-32-297 maintenance

30. Containment Isolation Isolates Outlet to None None None None None No active failure Valve (1-FCV-32-80) 1-FCV-32-80 for mode for 1-32-301 Outlet Isolation Valve maintenance 1-32-301 9.3-92 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 9.3-93 WATTS BAR (Sheet 19 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN A

31. Containment Isolation Isolates 1-FCV-32-80 None None None None None No active failure Valve (1-FCV-32-80) bypass mode for 1-32-298 bypass Valve 1-32-298

32. Containment Isolation Provide containment Fails open Mechanical failure None None. 1-FCV-32-80 None Check Valve 1-32-303 isolation as a backup would provide for 1-FCV-32-80 containment isolation.

Failed closed Mechanical failure Pressurizer spray Safety function not None. Train "A" valve effected; however, components required 1-PCV-68-340D spray valve for safe shutdown are position indication via inoperable still available and 1-HS-340 train "B" spray valve 1-PCV-68-340B is operable

33. Isolation valve 0-32-385 Isolation air supply to None None None None None No active failure for system 65 dampers 0-32-385 and valves PROCESS AUXILIARIES WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 20 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN B

34. ACAS Compressor Intake Filters air prior to None None None None None No active failure for Filter 0-FLTR-32-86 compressor 0-FLTR-32-86

35. Auxiliary Compressor Provide required Fails to start Control/ Mechanical Pressure indication Loss of Train "B" None. Train "A" 0-COMP-32-86 pressure and flow to failure via PI-32-88, -89, available to provide essential loads due to and/or -1100 for safe shutdown.

loss of CAS supply Unloader fails Control/ Mechanical Relief valves 0-32, Loss of Train "B" None. Train "A" (FSV-32-88) failure -368, -391, -369 available to provide relieve at pressure for safe shutdown.

>115 psig. If compressor fails to load low pressure indicated via PI-32-88, -89 and/or

-1100 Cooling Water Control/ Mechanical High air temperature Loss of cooling water None. Train A Failure failure alarm via 0-TS-32-91 to compressor will available to provide cause failure of for safe shutdown.

compressor due to high temperature.

9.3-94 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 9.3-95 WATTS BAR (Sheet 21 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN B

36. After cooler 0-HTX-32-86 Remove the heat of Tube rupture Mechanical failure High moisture alarm High moisture would None. Train "A" compression from the via ME-32-84 cause saturation of available to provide auxiliary control air. air dryers and for safe shutdown.

degradation of train "B".

Cooling water Control/ Mechanical High temperature High system None. Train "A" failure failure indication via temperatures available to provide 0-TI-32-92 if failure is resulting in possible for safe shutdown.

just to after cooler system degradation.

supply. Also, high temperature alarm via 0-TS-32-91 if entire cooling water supply disrupted.

37. Compressor Accumulator Dampen compressor None None None None None No active failures for 0-ACUM-32-86 discharge pressure the Accumulators pulses and provide sufficient air volume (in conjunction with the receivers) to minimize compressor PROCESS AUXILIARIES starts/stops and unloading/ loading cycles.

WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 22 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN B

38. Check valve 0-32-279 Prevents backflow of Fails open Mechanical failure Low receiver Compressor will cycle None air from the receiver pressure indication more often in order to back to the via PI-32-89. maintain receiver compressor. Compressor running pressure.

longer than normal.

Fails closed Mechanical failure Low receiver Reduction of system None. Train "A" pressure indicated pressure until too low capable of carrying via PI-32-89 without for user operation. entire system load.

any resultant Loss of train "B" pressure increase due to compressor operation.

39. Auxiliary Air Receiver Dampen compressor None None None None None No active failures for 0-RCVR-32-88 pressure pulses and the receiver.

provide a sufficient stored air volume to minimize startups and load/unload cycling of the ACAS compressors.

40. Isolation Valve 0-32-275. To isolate the CAS None None None None None No active failure for supply from the inlet 0-32-275 to the ACAS air dryers.

9.3-96 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 9.3-97 WATTS BAR (Sheet 23 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN B

41. Flow control valve to air To regulate inlet air Fails open Control/Mechanical No switchover to Without switchover to None. Train "A" Dryer No. 1 0-FCV-32-95 flow to Dryer No. 1 failure Dryer No. 2 flow path the other dryer, the available to provide as indicated by moisture will begin to for safe shutdown.

PI-32-99 & -100 carry over until the along with possible high moisture alarm high moisture alarm sounds thus causing via annunciator potential system high window 137-C on moisture levels and 1-XA-55-6D degradation.

Fails closed Control/Mechanical Continual flow Without switchover to None. Train "A" failure through Dryer No. 2 the other dryer, the available to provide flow path as indicated moisture will begin to for safe shutdown.

by carry over until the PI-32-99 & -100 high moisture alarm along with possible sounds thus causing high moisture alarm potential system high via annunciator moisture levels and window 137-C on degradation. Fail 1-XA-55-6D closed position will also result in low header pressure which will alarm in the PROCESS AUXILIARIES MRC via 0-PS-32-0105.

WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 24 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN B

42. Flow control valve to air To regulate inlet air Fails open Control/Mechanical No switchover to Without switch over None. Train "A" Dryer No. 2 0-FCV-32-94 flow to Dryer No. 2 failure Dryer No. 1 flow path to the other dryer, the available to provide as indicated by moisture will begin to for safe shutdown.

PI-32-99 & -100 carry over until the along with possible high moisture alarm high moisture alarm sounds thus causing via annunciator potential system high window 137-C on moisture levels and 1-XA-55-6D degradation.

Fails closed Control/Mechanical Continual flow Without switch-over None. Train "A" failure through Dryer No. 1 to the other dryer, the available to provide flow path as indicated moisture will begin to for safe shutdown.

by carry over until the PI-32-99 & -100 high moisture alarm along with possible sounds thus causing high moisture alarm potential system high via annunciator moisture levels and window 137-C on degradation. Fail 1-XA-55-6D closed position will also result in low header pressure which will alarm in the MCR via 0-PS-032-0105.

9.3-98 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 9.3-99 WATTS BAR (Sheet 25 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN B

43. Flow control Valve for Provides flow path Fails open Control/Mechanical Switchover will not Without switchover None. Train "A" Dryer No. 1 purge flow 0- for backflow of air for failure occur due to Dryer No. 2 high available to provide FCV-32-96 drying the desiccant electrical interlock moisture levels could for safe shutdown.

in Dryer No. 1 when which can be occur as indicated via not in operation determined by alarm at annunciator pressure indications window 137-C on on PI-32-99 & -100 1-XA-55-6D.

along with possible high moisture alarm via annunciator window 137-C on 1-XA-55-6D Fails closed Control/Mechanical No purge flow Without swichover to None. Train "A" failure through Dryer No. 1 Dryer No. 2 high available to provide or switchover to moisture levels could for safe shutdown.

Dryer No. 2 which occur as indicated via can be determined by alarm at annunicator pressure indications window 137-C on on 1-XA-55-6D.

PI-32-99 & -100 along with possible high moisture alarm via annunciator PROCESS AUXILIARIES window 137-C on 1-XA-55-6D WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 26 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN B

44. Flow control Valve for Provides flow path Fails open Control/Mechanical Switch over will not Without switchover to None. Train "A" Dryer No. 2 purge flow 0- for backflow of air for failure occur due to Dryer No. 1 high available to provide FCV-32-97, drying the desiccant electrical interlock moisture levels could for safe shutdown.

in Dryer No. 2 when which can be occur as indicated via not in operation determined by alarm at annunicator pressure indications window 137-C on on PI-32-99 & -100 1-XA-55-6D.

along with possible high moisture alarm via annunciator window 137-C on 1-XA-55-6D Fails closed Control/Mechanical No purge flow Without switch over None. Train "A" failure through Dryer No. 2 to Dryer No. 1 high available to provide or switchover to moisture levels could for safe shutdown Dryer No. 1 which occur as indicated via can be determined by alarm at Annunciator pressure indications Window 137-C on on 1-XA-55-6D.

PI-32-99 and -100 and possible high moisture alarm via Annunciator Window 137-C on 1-XA-55-6D.

9.3-100 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 9.3-101 WATTS BAR (Sheet 27 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN B

45. Dryer No. 1 Reduce the moisture None None None None None No active failure for 0-DRYR-32-100 content of the air to a 0-DRYR-32-100 dew point of -40°F at line pressure and design flow for air usage.

46. Dryer No. 2 Reduce the moisture None None None None None No active failure for 0-DRYR-32-99 content of the air to a 0-DRYR-32-99 dew point of -40°F at line pressure and design flow for air usage.

PROCESS AUXILIARIES WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 28 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN B

47. Dryer No. 1 Purge check Prevent backflow Stuck open Mechanical failure Reduced air header Reduced header None. Train "A" valve 0-CKV-32-94B through the dryer pressure as indicated pressure resulting in available to provide purge line when by more frequent cycling for safe shutdown.

Dryer No.1 is in PT-32-105 due to of ACAS compressor service loss of air through "B". Possible Dryer no. 2 purge reduction of pressure when Dryer No. 1 is below minimum in service operating.

Allow backflow Stuck closed Mechanical failure No flow indicated via Possible high None. Train "A" through the dryer FI-32-101 for purge moisture levels when available to provide purge line when flow when Dryer No. Dryer No. 1 is in for safe shutdown.

Dryer No. 2 is in 2 is in service. Also, service due to no operation. possible alarm via backflow when Dryer Annunciator Window No. 2 is in operation.

137-C on Potential for high 1-XA-55-6D when moisture alarm via Dryer No. 1 is in Annunciator Window service. 137-C on 1-XA-55-6D.

9.3-102 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 9.3-103 WATTS BAR (Sheet 29 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN B

48. Dryer No. 2 Purge check Prevent backflow Stuck open Mechanical failure Reduced air header Reduced header None. Train "A" valve 0-CKV-32-94A through the Dryer pressure as indicated pressure resulting in available to provide purge line when by more frequent cycling for safe shutdown.

Dryer No. 2 is in PT-32-105 due to of ACAS compressor service loss of air through "B". Possible Dryer No. 1 purge reduction of pressure when Dryer No. 2 is below minimum in service. operating.

Allow backflow Stuck closed Mechanical failure No flow indicated via Possible high None. If Train "A" through the dryer FI-32-101 for purge moisture levels when available to provide purge line when flow when Dryer Dryer No. 2 is in for safe shutdown.

Dryer No. 1 is in No. 1 is in service. service due to no service Also possible alarm backflow when Dryer via annunicator No. 1 is in operation.

window 137-C on Potential for high 1-XA-55-6D when moisture alarm via Dryer No. 2 is in annunciator window service. 137-C on 1-XA-55-6D.

PROCESS AUXILIARIES WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 30 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN B

49. Dryer No. 1 Flow path Prevents backflow Stuck open Mechanical failure When Dryer No. 2 is Reduced system None. Train "A" check valve 0-CKV through dryer No. 1 in service, air system pressure resulting available to provide 94D flow path (except for pressure would drop would casue more for safe shutdown.

the purge flow) when as indicated via frequent compressor Dryer No. 2 is in 0-PT-32-105 alarm "B" cycling. Possible service and PI-32-100 reduction of pressure below minimum operating.

Stuck closed Mechanical failure When Dryer No. 1 is Reduced system None. Train "A" in service, there pressure and high available to provide would be no purge moisture contents in for safe shutdown.

flow to Dryer No. 2 Dryer No. 2 due to and no flow to the lack of purge flow.

system; therefore, FI-32-101 and PT-32-105 would give indication of no purge flow and a drop in system pressure.

Possible high moisture alarm via annunciator window 137-C on 1-XA-55-6D when Dryer No. 2 is in service.

9.3-104 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 9.3-105 WATTS BAR (Sheet 31 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN B

50. Dryer No. 2 Flow path Prevents backflow Stuck open Mechanical failure When Dryer No. 1 is Reduced system None. Train "A" check valve 0-CKV through Dryer No. 2 in service, air system pressure resulting available to provide 94C flow path (except for pressure would drop would cause more for safe shutdown.

the purge flow) when as indicated via frequent compressor Dryer No. 1 is in 0-PT-32-105 alarm "B" cycling. Possible service and PI-32-99 reduction of pressure indication. below minimum operating.

Stuck closed Mechanical failure When Dryer No. 2 is Reduced system None. Train "A" in service, there pressure and high available to provide would be no purge moisture contents in for safe shutdown.

flow to Dryer No. 1 Dryer No. 1 due to and no flow to the lack of purge flow.

system; therefore, FI-32-101 and PT-32-105 would give indication of no purge flow and a drop in system pressure.

Possible high moisture alarm via annunciator window PROCESS AUXILIARIES 137-C on 1-XA-55-6D when Dryer No. 1 is in WBNP-109 service.

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 32 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN B

51. Dryer Afterfilter Filter out 100% of None None None None None No active failure for 0-FLTR-32-101 particles of desiccant 0-FLTR-32-101 and other foreign matter down to 0.9 micron size

52. Dryer Isolation Valve 0- Isolates dryer unit None None None None None No active failure for 32-270 from air header. 0-32-270

53. ACAS Inlet Filter Filter CAS air None None None None None No active failure for 0-FLTR-32-85 entering the ACAS 0-FLTR-32-85 during normal operation.

9.3-106 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 9.3-107 WATTS BAR (Sheet 33 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN B

54. ACAS Isolation Valve Isolates ACAS from Stuck open Control/Mechanical Valve position ACAS compressor None 0-FCV-32-85 CAS supply on low failure indication "B" will take control of control air pressure ACAS in the case of low CAS pressure; therefore, with 0-FCV-32-85 stuck open, check valve 0-32-264 will prevent backflow with no effect on train "B" operation Stuck closed Control/Mechanical Valve position ACAS compressor None failure indication "B" will take control of ACAS; therefore, train "B" will not be effected.

55. ACAS Backflow Check Prevents flow from Stuck open Mechanical failure None 0-FCV-32-85 will None Valve 0-32-264 ACAS back to CAS. cycle to maintain system pressure and isolate any backflow; therefore, train "B" PROCESS AUXILIARIES will not be effected.

Stuck closed Mechanical failure None ACAS compressor None "B" will supply train WBNP-109 "B"; therefore, no affect on train "B" operation.

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 34 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN B

56. CAS Isolation Valve 0 Bypass CAS around None None None None None No active failure for 265 ACAS air dryers. 0-32-265

57. Moisture Element (ME- Isolates Inlet of ME- None None None None None No active failure for 32-84) Inlet Isolation 32-84 for 0-32-268 Valve 0-32-268 maintenance

58. Moisture Element (ME- Isolates Outlet of None None None None None No active failure for 32-84) Outlet Isolation ME-32-84 for 0-32-269 Valve maintenance 0-32-269

59. Moisture Element (ME- Isolates ME-32-84 None None None None None No active failure for 32-84) bypass Valve 0 Bypass 0-32-266 266 9.3-108 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 9.3-109 WATTS BAR (Sheet 35 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN B

60. Control Air Check Valve Prevents loss of air Fails open Mechanical failure No position change Unable to operate SG None. Valves 0-32-407 for 1-LCV-3-173 pressure in piping to indicated for level control valves 1- 1-LCV-3-172 and and -174 Backflow ensure operation in 1-LCV-3-173 and LCV-3-173 and -174 -175 operable in train Control Air Check Valve the event of loss of -174 in control room on loss of header "A".

0-32-407 air header pressure. via HS-3-173A and pressure. No effect

-174A with full header pressure.

Fails closed Mechanical failure Unable to cycle Valves 1-LCV-3-173 None. Valves valves 1-LCV-3-173 and -174 inoperable. 1-LCV-3-172 and and -174 as indicated -175 operable in train on control room hand "A".

switches HS-3-173A and

-174A.

61. Train "B" Containment Isolate containment Fails open Control/ Mechanical Valve position None. Check valve 1- None Isolation Valve 1-FCV on low air pressure or failure indication via 32-313 provides 102 containment isolation 1-HS-32-102A. containment isolation signal. as a backup.

Fails closed Control/ Mechanical Valve position Pressurizer spray None. While train "B" failure indication via valves not operable; spray valves will be 1-HS-32-102A however, these will inoperable the train not affect train "B" "B" safety functions PROCESS AUXILIARIES safety function. are still available.

Train "A" spray valves operable for WBNP-109 plant operation.

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 36 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN B

62. Containment Isolation Isolate inlet to None None None None None No active failure Valve (1-FCV-32-102) 1-FCV-32-102 for mode for 1-32-307 Inlet isolation Valve 1 maintenance 307

63. Containment Isolation Isolate outlet to None None None None None No active failure Valve (1-FCV-32-102) 1-FCV-32-102 for mode for 1-32-311 Outlet Isolation Valve 1- maintenance 32-311

64. Containment Isolation Isolate None None None None None No active failure Valve (1-FCV-32-102) 1-FCV-32-102 mode for 1-32-308 Bypass Valve 1-32-308 bypass

65. Containment Isolation Provide containment Fail open Mechanical failure None None. 1-FCV-32-102 None Check Valve 1-32-313 isolation as a backup would provide for containment isolation.

1-FCV-32-102.

Fail closed Mechanical failure Pressurizer spray Safety function not None. Train "B" valve 1-PCV-340B effected; however, safety functions position indication via spray valve operable and train "A" 1-HS-340. inoperable. spray valve 1-PCV-68-340D operable.

9.3-110 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 9.3-111 WATTS BAR (Sheet 37 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN B

66. Isolation Valve 0-32-413 Isolates air supply to None None None None None No active failure for systems 65 dampers 0-32-413 and valves PROCESS AUXILIARIES WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 38 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS CAS

67. Control Air System Isolate Containment Fails open Control/ Mechanical Valve position None. Check valve 1- None The line inside Containment Isolation on the non-safety failure indication via 32-293 provides containment Valve portion of control air 1-HS-32-110A containment isolation downstream of check 1-FCV-32-110 on a low air pressure backup by manual valve or containment isolation of an 1-32-293 is not isolation signal upstream valve or by protected from a turning off the non- HELB. The check safety related control valve will allow flow to air compressors by enter containment removing breakers. with a single failure of See Remarks. 1-FCV-32-110. Action is required to manually isolate valve 0-ISV-32-1013. If manual action is unsuccessful, breakers shall be removed to stop the non-safety related compressors.

Fails closed Control/ Mechanical Valve position Non-safety air loads None failure indication via inside containment 1-HS-32-110A not available 9.3-112 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 9.3-113 WATTS BAR (Sheet 39 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN A (UNIT 2)

68. Control Air check Valve Prevents loss of air Fails open Mechanical failure No position change Unable to operate SG None. Valves 0-32-386 for 2-LCV-3-172 pressure in piping to indicated for level control valves 2- 2-LCV-3-173 and and -175 Backflow ensure operation in 2-LCV-3-172 and LCV-3-172 and -175 -174 operable in train the event of loss of -175 in control room on loss of header "B" air header pressure via 2-HS-3-172A and pressure. No effect

-175A with full header pressure Fails closed Mechanical failure Unable to cycle Valves None. Valves valves 2-LCV-3-172 2-LCV-3-172 and 2-LCV-3-173 and and -175 as indicated -175 inoperable -174 operable in train on control room hand "B" switches 2-HS-3-172A and

-175A PROCESS AUXILIARIES WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 40 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN A (UNIT 2)

69. Train "A" Containment Isolate containment Fails open Control/ Mechanical Valve position None. Check valve 2- None isolation valve 2-FCV on low air pressure or failure indication via 32-333 provides 81 containment isolation 2-HS-3-81A containment isolation signal. backup Fails closed Control/ Mechanical Valve position Pressurizer spray None. While train "2-failure indication via valves not operable; A" spray valves will 2-HS-3-81A however these will be inoperable the not effect train "A" train "A" components safety function required for safe shutdown are still available. Train "B" spray valves operable for plant operation

70. Containment Isolation Isolates Inlet to None None None None None No active failure Valve 2-FCV-32-81 for mode for 2-32-327 (2-FCV-32-81) Inlet maintenance Isolation Valve 2-32-327

71. Containment Isolation Isolates Outlet to 2- None None None None None No active failure Valve FCV-32-81 for mode for 2-32-331 (2-FCV-32-81) Outlet maintenance Isolation Valve 2-32-331 9.3-114 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 9.3-115 WATTS BAR (Sheet 41 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN A (UNIT 2)

72. Containment Isolation Isolates None None None None None No active failure Valve 2-FCV-32-81 bypass mode for 2-32-328 (2-FCV-32-81) Bypass Valve 2-32-328

73. Containment Isolation Provide containment Fails open Mechanical failure None None. 2-FCV-32-81 None Check Valve 2-32-333 isolation as a backup would provide for containment isolation 2-FCV-32-81 Fails closed Mechanical failure Pressurizer spray Safety function not None. Train "A" valve effected; however, components required 2-PCV-68-340D spray valve for safe shutdown are position indication via inoperable still available and 2-HS-68-340D train "B" spray valve 2-PCV-68-340B is operable PROCESS AUXILIARIES WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 42 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN B (UNIT 2)

74. Control Air Check Valve Prevents loss of air Fails open Mechanical failure No position change Unable to operate SG None. Valves 0-32-414 for 2-LCV-3-173 pressure in piping to indicated for level control valves 2-LCV-3-172 and and -174 Backflow ensure operation in 2-LCV-3-173 and 2-LCV-3-173 and -175 operable in train the event of loss of -174 in control room -174 on loss of "A" air header pressure via header pressure. No 2-HS-3-173A and effect with full header

-174A pressure Fails closed Mechanical failure Unable to cycle Valves None. Valves valves 2-LCV-3-173 and 2-LCV-3-172 and 2-LCV-3-173 and -174 inoperable -175 operable in train

-174 as indicated on "A" control room hand switches 2-HS-3-173A and

-174A 9.3-116 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 9.3-117 WATTS BAR (Sheet 43 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN B (UNIT 2)

75. Train "B" Containment Isolates containment Fails open Control/ Mechanical Valve position None. Check valve 2- None Isolation Valve 2-FCV on low air pressure or failure indication via 32-323 provides 103 containment isolation 2-HS-3-103A containment isolation signal. backup Fails closed Control/ Mechanical Valve position Pressurizer spray None. While train "B" failure indication via valves not operable; spray valves will be 2-HS-3-103A however these will inoperable, the train not effect train "B" "B" components safety function required for safe shutdown are still available. Train "A" spray valves operable for plant operation

76. Containment Isolation Isolates Inlet to None None None None None No active failure Valve 2-FCV-32-103 for mode for 2-32-317

( 2-FCV-32-103) Inlet maintenance Isolation Valve 2-32-317

77. Containment Isolation Isolates Inlet to None None None None None No active failure Valve 2-FCV-32-103 for mode for 2-32-321 (2-FCV-32-103) Outlet maintenance Isolation Valve 2-32-321 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

78. Containment Isolation Isolates Inlet None None None None None No active failure Valve 2-FCV-32-103 mode for 2-32-318

( 2-FCV-32-103) Bypass bypass WBNP-109 Valve 2-32-318

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 44 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN B (UNIT 2)

79. Containment Isolation Provide containment Fails open Mechanical failure None None. 2-FCV-103 None Check Valve 2-32-323 isolation as a backup would provide for containment isolation 2-FCV-32-103 Fails closed Mechanical failure Pressurizer spray Safety function not None. Train "B" valve 2-PCV-68-340B effected; however, components required position indication via spray valve for safe shutdown are 2-HS-68-340B inoperable still available and train "A" spray valve 2-PCV-68-340D is operable 9.3-118 WBNP-109

Table 9.3-7 PROCESS AUXILIARIES WATTS BAR (Sheet 45 of 45)

FAILURE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT METHOD OF COMPONENT FAILURE POTENTIAL FAILURE EFFECT ON EFFECT ON No. IDENTIFICATION FUNCTION MODE CAUSE DETECTION SYSTEM PLANT REMARKS TRAIN B (UNIT 2)

80. Control Air System Isolates containment Fails open Control/ Mechanical Valve position None. Check valve 2- None The line inside Containment Isolation on the non-safety failure indication via 32-342 provides containment Valve 2-FCV-32-111 portion of control air 2-HS-32-111A containment isolation downstream of the on a low air pressure backup by manual check valve or containment isolation of an 2-32-343 is not isolation signal upstream valve or by protected from HELB.

turning off the related The check valve will control air allow flow to enter compressors by containment with a removing breakers. single failure of See remarks 2-FCV-32-111. Action is required to manually isolate valve 0-ISV-32-1013. If manual action is not successful, breakers shall be removed to stop the non-safety related compressors.

Fails closed Control/ Mechanical Valve position Non-safety air loads None.

failure indication via 2-HS- inside containment 62-111A not available.

9.3-119 WBNP-109

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 9.3-120 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.3-8 Equipment Supplied With Auxilary Control System Air (Page 1 of 4)

Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System Dampers OP Mode -

Component ID Failure Mode Supplied From 0-FCO-30-148 (N/A-FC) Train B 0-FCO-30-149 (N/A-FC) Train A 0-FCO-30-279 (NC-FC) Train B 0-FCO-30-280 (NC-FC) Train A 1-FCO-30-146B (NC-FC) Train A 1-FCO-30-146A (NC-FC) Train A 2-FCO-30-157B (NC-FC) Train B 2-FCO-30-157A (NC-FC) Train B Auxiliary Feedwater Control Valves 1,2-LCV-3-148 (NC-FO) Train B 1,2-LCV-3-148A (NC-FC) Train B 1,2-LCV-3-156 (NC-FO) Train A 1,2-LCV-3-156A (NC-FC) Train A 1,2-LCV-3-164 (NC-FO) Train A 1,2-LCV-3-164A (NC-FC) Train A 1,2-LCV-3-171 (NC-FO) Train B 1,2-LCV-3-171A (NC-FC) Train B 1,2-LCV-3-172 (NC-FC) Train A 1,2-LCV-3-173 (NC-FC) Train B 1,2-LCV-3-174 (NC-FC) Train B 1,2-LCV-3-175 (NC-FC) Train A 1-PCV-3-122 (NC-FC) Train A 1-PCV-3-132 (NC-FC) Train B 2-PCV-3-122 (NC-FC) Train A 2-PCV-3-132 (NC-FC) Train B Panel 1-L-222B NA Train B Panel 1-L-214B NA Train A Panel 2-L-222B NA Train B Panel 2-L-214B NA Train A Panel 2-L-218A NA Train A Panel 2-L-929 NA Train B Main Steam Pressure Relief Valves 1,2-PCV-1-5 (NC-FC) Train A 1,2-PCV-1-12 (NC-FC) Train B 1,2-PCV-1-23 (NC-FC) Train A 1,2-PCV-1-30 (NC-FC) Train B PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-121

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.3-8 Equipment Supplied With Auxilary Control System Air (Page 2 of 4)

OP Mode -

Component ID Failure Mode Supplied From Panel 2-L-420* NA Train A 1-L-420 NA Train A 2-L-423* NA Train A 1-L-423 NA Train A 2-L-421* NA Train B 1-L-421 NA Train B 2-L-422* NA Train B 1-L-422 NA Train B Reactor Coolant System Valves 1,2-PCV-68-340B (NC-FC) Train B 1,2-PCV-68-340D (NC-FC) Train A Panels 1-L-366 NA Train A Panels 1,2-L-180 NA Train B Panel 2-L-351B NA Train A Emergency Gas Treatment System Equipment Train A Train B 2-FCV-65-5 (NC-FC) 2-FCV-65-4 2-FCV-65-9 (NC-FC) 2-FCV-65-7 1-FCV-65-10 (NC-FC) 1-FCV-65-8 0-FCV-65-24 (NC-FC) 1-FCO-65-27 1-FCO-65-26 (NC-FC) 0-FCV-65-28A 2-FCO-65-46 (NC-FC) 0-FCV-65-28B 0-FCV-65-47A (NC-FC) 2-FCV-65-29 0-FCV-65-47B (NC-FC) 1-FCV-65-30 2-FCV-65-50 (NC-FC) 0-FCV-65-43 1-FCV-65-51 (NC-FC) 2-FCO-65-45 1-FCV-65-52 (NO-FC) 1-FCV-65-53 1,2-PCV-65-81 (NC-FC) 1,2-PCV-65-83 1,2-PCV-65-86 (NC-FC) 1,2-PCV-65-87 1,2-PCO-65-80** (NC-FO) 1,2-PCO-65-82**

1,2-PCO-65-88** (NO-FC) 1,2-PCO-65-89**

Panel 1-L-44 NA Panel 2-L-44 NA Panel 1-L-45 NA Panel 2-L-45 9.3-122 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.3-8 Equipment Supplied With Auxilary Control System Air (Page 3 of 4)

Control Building Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning Equipment Train A Train B FCO-31-335 (NC-FC) FCO-31-337 FCO-31-336 (NC-FC) FCO-31-338 TCV-31-108 NA TCV-31-138 TCV-31-112 NA TCV-31-142 FCV-31-3 (NO-FC) FCV-31-4 FCV-31-6 (NC-FC) FCV-31-5 FCO-31-8 (NC-FC) FCO-31-7 FCO-31-30 (NO-FO) FCO-31-31 0-FCO-31-12 (NO-FO) 0-FCO-31-11 0-FCO-31-82 (NA-FO) 0-FCO-31-91 0-MCV-31-176* (NA-FO) 0-MCV-31-201*

0-MCV-31-231* (NA-FO) 0-MCV-31-261*

0-MCV-31-232* (NA-FO) 0-MCV-31-262*

Equipment Supplied with Auxiliary Control System Air Train A Train B TT-31-41 NA TT-31-54 TT-31-47 NA TT-31-59 TT-31-82 NA TT-31-91 TT-31-335 NA TT-31-337 TT-31-336 NA TT-31-338 TC-31-82 NA TC-31-91 TC-31-335 NA TC-31-337 TC-31-336 NA TC-31-338 0-MC-31-176 NA 0-MC-31-201 0-MC-31-231 NA 0-MC-31-261 Panel L-523 NA Panel L-524 Panel L-529 NA Panel L-530 Radiation Monitoring Sample Isolation Valves Train A Train B 1,2-FCV-90-107 (NO-FC) 1,2-FCV-90-108 1,2-FCV-90-111 (NO-FC) 1,2-FCV-90-109 1,2-FCV-90-113 (NO-FC) 1,2-FCV-90-110 1,2-FCV-90-117 (NO-FC) 1,2-FCV-90-114 (NO-FC) 1,2-FCV-90-115 (NO-FC) 1,2-FCV-90-116 PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-123

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Table 9.3-8 Equipment Supplied With Auxilary Control System Air (Page 4 of 4)

Auxiliary Control Air System Train A Train B 1-FCV-32-80 (NO-FC) 1-FCV-32-102 2-FCV-32-81 (NO-FC) 2-FCV-32-103 Air Dryers A-A NA Air Dryers B-B

• Valves 0-MCV-31-176, 0-MCV-31-201, 0-MCV-31-231, 0-MCV-31-232, 0-MCV-31-261 and 0-MCV 262 do not directly receive control air from ACAS but instead receive an input signal for position control from controllers 0-MC-31-176, 0-MC-31*201, 0-MC-31-231 and 0-MC-31-261 which are supplied with control air from ACAS.

• • Dampers 1-PCO-65-80 and 2-PCO-55-80 are mechanically linked to dampers 1-PCO-65-BB and 2-PCO- 65-88, respectively. Dampers 1-PCO-65-82 and 2-PCO-65-82 are mechanically linked to dampers 1-PCO-65-89 and 2-PCO-65-89, respectively.

9.3-124 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR PROCESS AUXILIARIES Figure 9.3-1 Electrical Control Diagram for Control Air System WBNP-109 9.3-125

9.3-126 WATTS BAR Figure 9.3-2 Electrical Control Diagram for Control Air System WBNP-109 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR PROCESS AUXILIARIES Figure 9.3-3 Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Electrical Logic Diagram for Compressed Air System WBNP-109 9.3-127

9.3-128 WATTS BAR Figure 9.3-4 Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Electrical Logic Diagram for Control Air System WBNP-109 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR PROCESS AUXILIARIES Figure 9.3-5 Turbine Building and Yard Units 1 & 2 Flow Diagram for Control and Service Air System WBNP-109 9.3-129

9.3-130 WATTS BAR Figure 9.3-5a Control, Auxiliary, Reactor, Turbine, Office and Service Building Units 1 & 2 Flow Diagram for Control and Service Air System WBNP-109 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR PROCESS AUXILIARIES Figure 9.3-6 Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Mechanical Flow Diagram for Control Air System WBNP-109 9.3-131

9.3-132 WATTS BAR Figure 9.3-6a Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Mechanical Flow Diagram for Control Air System WBNP-109 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

\

WATTS BAR PROCESS AUXILIARIES Figure 9.3-7 Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Mechanical Flow Diagram - Floor and Equipment Drains WBNP-109 9.3-133

9.3-134 WATTS BAR Figure 9.3-8 Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Mechanical Flow Diagram -Floor and Equipment Drains WBNP-109 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR PROCESS AUXILIARIES Figure 9.3-9 Powerhouse, Auxiliary Building Units 1 & 2 Mechanical Flow Diagram -Floor and Equipment Drains WBNP-109 9.3-135

9.3-136 WATTS BAR Figure 9.3-10 Powerhouse, Auxiliary Building Units 1 & 2 Flow Diagram - Floor and Equipment Drains WBNP-109 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR PROCESS AUXILIARIES Figure 9.3-11 Powerhouse Auxiliary Building Units 1 & 2 Flow Diagram - Floor and Equipment Drains WBNP-109 9.3-137

9.3-138 WATTS BAR Figure 9.3-12 Powerhouse, Auxiliary Buildings Unit 1 & 2 Mechanical Flow Diagram Roof Drains and Floor Equipment Drains WBNP-109 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR PROCESS AUXILIARIES Figure 9.3-13 Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Electrical Logic Diagram for Waste Disposal System WBNP-109 9.3-139

9.3-140 WATTS BAR Figure 9.3-14 Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Electrical Logic Diagram for Waste Disposal System WBNP-109 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR PROCESS AUXILIARIES Figure 9.3-15 Powerhouse Unit 1 Chemical and Volume Control System Flow Diagram (Sheet 1)

WBNP-109 9.3-141

9.3-142 WATTS BAR Figure 9.3-15 Auxiliary Building Units 1 & 2 Flow Diagram for Chemical and Volume Control System (Boron Recovery) (Sheet 2)

WBNP-109 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR PROCESS AUXILIARIES Figure 9.3-15 Auxiliary Building Units 1 & 2 Flow Diagram for Chemical and Volume Control System (Boron Recovery) (Sheet 3)

WBNP-109 9.3-143

9.3-144 WATTS BAR Figure 9.3-15 Auxiliary Building Units 1 & 2 Flow Diagram for Chemical and Volume Control System (Boron Recovery) (Sheet 4)

WBNP-109 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR PROCESS AUXILIARIES Figure 9.3-15 Auxiliary Building Units 1 & 2 Flow Diagram for Chemical 9.3-145 and Volume Control System (Boric Acid) (Sheet 5) WBNP-109

9.3-146 WATTS BAR Figure 9.3-15 Auxiliary Building Units 1 & 2 Flow Diagram for Chemical and Volume Control System and (Boron Recovery) (Sheet 6) WBNP-109 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR PROCESS AUXILIARIES Figure 9.3-15 Auxiliary Building Unit 2 Flow Diagram for Chemical 9.3-147 and Volume Control System (Boron Recovery) (Sheet 6a) WBNP-109

9.3-148 WATTS BAR Figure 9.3-15 Powerhouse Unit 1 Electrical Control Diagram Chemical & Volume Control Sys (Sheet 7)

WBNP-109 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR PROCESS AUXILIARIES Figure 9.3-15Powerhouse Unit 1 Electrical Control Diagram Chemical & Volume Control Sys (Sheet 8)

WBNP-109 9.3-149

9.3-150 WATTS BAR Figure 9.3-15 Powerhouse Unit 1 Electrical Control Diagram Chemical & Volume Control Sys (Sheet 9)

WBNP-109 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR PROCESS AUXILIARIES Figure 9.3-15 Powerhouse Unit 2 Electrical Control Diagram Chemical & Volume Control Sys (Sheet 9a)

WBNP-109 9.3-151

9.3-152 WATTS BAR Figure 9.3-15 Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Electrical Control Diagram Chemical & Volume Control Sys (Sheet 10)

WBNP-109 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR PROCESS AUXILIARIES Figure 9.3-15 Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Electrical Control Diagram Chemical & Volume Control Sys (Sheet 11)

WBNP-109 9.3-153

9.3-154 WATTS BAR Figure 9.3-15 Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Electrical Control Diagram Chemical & Volume Control Sys (Sheet 12)

WBNP-109 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Figure 9.3-16 Deleted by Amendment 95 PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-155

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Figure 9.3-17 Deleted by Amendment 95 9.3-156 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR PROCESS AUXILIARIES Figure 9.3-18 Powerhouse Units 1 & 2 Flow Diagram for Flood Mode Boration WBNP-109 9.3-157

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Figure 9.3-19 Deleted by Amendment 52 (Sheets 1 through 3) 9.3-158 PROCESS AUXILIARIES

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Figure 9.3-20 Deleted by Amendment 95 PROCESS AUXILIARIES 9.3-159

WATTS BAR WBNP-109 Figure 9.3-21 Watts Bar Nuclear Plant Boric Acid Tank Limits 9.3-160 PROCESS AUXILIARIES